The Science of Psychology

Aalker, J. L., & Williams, P. (1998). Empathy versus pride: The influence of emotional appeals across cultures. Journal of Consumer Research, 25, 241-261.

Abel, E. L. (1980). Marijuana: The first twelve thousand years. New York: Plenum Press.

Abraham, H. D. (1983). Visual phenomenology of the LSD flashback. Archives of General Psychiatry, 40, 884-889.

Abraham, H. D., Aldridge, A. M., & Gogia, P. (1996). The psychopharmacology of hallucinogens. Neuropsychopharmacology, 14, 285-298.

Abramowitz, S. I. (1986). Psychosocial outcomes of sex reassignment surgery. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 54, 183-189.

Abrams, R. (1992). Electroconvulsive therapy (2nd ed.). New York: Oxford University Press.

Abramson, E. (1982). Behavioral approaches to the treatment of obesity. In B. Wolman (Ed.), Psychological aspects of obesity (pp. 207-224). New York: Van Nostrand.

Abramson, E. E., & Jones, D. (1981). Reducing junk food palatability and consumption by aversive conditioning. Addictive Behaviors, 6, 145-148.

Abramson, L. Y., Metalsky, G. I., & Alloy, L. B. (1989). Hopelessness depression: A theory-based subtype of depression. Psychological Review, 96, 358-372.

Ackerman, D. (1990). A natural history of the senses. New York: Random House.

Ackerman, M. D., & Carey, M. P. (1995). Psychology's role in the assessment of erectile dysfunction. Journal of Clinical and Consulting Psychology, 63(6), 862-876.

Acock, A. C., & Demo, D. H. (1994). Family diversity and well-being. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Adam, K., & Oswald, I. (1983). Protein synthesis, bodily renewal and the sleep-wake cycle. Clinical Science, 65, 561-567.

Adamec, R. E., & Stark-Adamec, C. (1986). Limbic hyperfunction, limbic epilepsy, and interictal behavior: Models and methods of detection. In B. K. Doane, & K. E. Livingston (Eds.), The Limbic System. New York: Raven Press.

Adams, G. R., & Cohen, A. S. (1974). Children's physical and interpersonal characteristics that affect student-teacher interactions. Journal of Experimental Education, 43, 1-5.

Adams, H. E., Wright, L. W., & Lohr, B. A. (1996). Is homophobia associated with homosexual arousal? Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 105, 440-445.

Ader, R., & Cohen, N. (1993). Psychoneuroimmunology: Conditioning and stress. In L. W. Porter and M. R. Rosenzweig (Eds.), Annual Review of Psychology, 44, 53-85.

Adler, I., & Kandel, D. (1981). Cross-cultural perspectives on developmental stages in adolescent drug use. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 42, 701-715.

Adolphs, R., Tranel, D., Damasio, H. & Damasio, A. (1994). Impaired recognition of emotion in facial expressions following bilateral damage to the human amygdala. Nature, 372, 669-672.

Agency for Health Care and Policy Research. (1993). Depression in primary care: Treatment of major depression. Rockville, MD: Author. (DHHS, AHCPR Publication No. 93-0551).

Agin, M. C, Geng, L. F., & Nicholl, M. J. (2003). The late talker: What to do if your child isn't talking yet. New York: St. Martin's Press.

Aiello, J. R., & Douthitt, E. A. (2001). Social facilitation from Triplett to electronic performance monitoring. Group Dynamics, 5, 163-180.

Ainsworth, M. D. S. (1973). The development of infant-mother attachment. In B. M. Caldwell & H. N. Ricciuti (Eds.), Review of child development research (Vol. 3, pp. 1-94). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Ainsworth, M. D. S., Blehar, M. L., Waters, E., & Wall, S. (1978). Patterns of attachment. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Ainsworth, M. S. (1979). Infant-mother attachment. American Psychologist, 34, 932-937.

Akbarian, S., Bunney, W. E., Potkin, S. G., Wigal, S. B., Hagman, J. O., Sandman, C. A., & Jones, E. G. (1993). Altered distribution of nicotinamide-adenine dinucleotide phosphate-diaphorase cells in frontal lobe of schizophrenics implies disturbances of cortical development. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50, 169-177.

Akerstedt, T. (1990). Psychological and psychophysiological effects of shift work. Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment & Health, 16(Suppl. 1), 67-73.

Alcock, J. E. (1990). Science and supernature: A critical appraisal of parapsychology. Buffalo, NY: Prometheus.

Aldwin, C. M., Sutton, K. J., Chiara, G., & Spiro, A., III. (1996). Age differences in stress, coping, and appraisal: Findings from the Normative Aging Study. Journals of Gerontology, 51B(4), P179-P188.

Alevizos, P. N., & Callahan, E. J., (1977). Assessment of psychotic behavior. In A. R. Ciminero, K. S. Calhoun, & H. E. Adams (Eds.), Handbook of behavioral assessment. New York: Wiley.

Alexander, C. N., Langer, E. J., Newman, R. I., Chandler, H. M., & Davies, J. L. (1989). Transcendental meditation, mindfulness, and longevity: An experimental study with the elderly. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 57, 950-964.

Alexander, G. M. (2003). An evolutionary perspective of sex-typed toy preferences: Pink, blue, and the brain. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 32, 7-14.

Alicke, M. D., Smith, R. H., & Klotz, M. L. (1986). Judgments of physical attractiveness: The role of faces and bodies. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 12, 381-389.

Allderidge, P. (1985). Bedlam: Fact or fantasy? In W. F. Bynum, R. Porter, & M. Shepherd (Eds.), The anatomy of madness: Essays in the history of psychiatry (Vol. 2). New York: Tavistock.

Allen, B. P. (2003). Personality theories: Development, growth, and diversity (4th ed.). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

Allen, F. (1979, May 4). St. Peter. The Minneapolis Star. pp. B1-B2.

Allen, M. G. (1976). Twin studies of affective illness. Archives of General Psychiatry, 33, 1476-1478.

Allgeier, A. R., & Allgeier, E. R. (1995). Sexual interactions. Lexington, MA: Heath.

Allgood-Merten, B., Lewinsohn, P. M., & Hops, H. (1990). Sex differences and adolescent depression. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 99, 55-63.

Allison, T., & Cicchetti, D. V. (1976). Sleep in mammals: Ecological and constitutional correlates. Science, 194, 732-734.

Allison, T., & Van Twyver, H. (1970). The evolution of sleep. Natural History, 79, 56-65.

Alloy, L. B., Acocella, J., & Bootzin, R. R. (1996). Abnormal Psychology: Current Perspectives (7th ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.

Allport, G. W. (1937). Personality: A Psychological interpretation. New York: Henry Holt.

Allport, G. W. (1954). The nature of prejudice. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Allport, G. W. (1961). Pattern and growth in personality. New York: Holt, Rinehart, and Winston.

Allport, G. W. (1985). The historical background of social psychology. In G. Lindzey & E. Aronson (Eds.), The handbook of social psychology (3rd edition, Vol. I). New York: Random House.

Allport, G. W., & Odbert, H. S. (1936). Trait-names: A psycho-lexical study. Psychological Monographs, 47 (1, Whole No. 211).

Alpert, M., Clark, A., & Pouget, E. R. (1994). The syntactic role of pauses in the speech of schizophrenic patients with alogia. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 103, 750-757.

Althof, S. E., & Seftel, A. D. (1995). The evaluation and management of erectile dysfunction. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 18(1), 171-192.

Alva, S. A. (1993). Differential patterns of achievement among Asian-American adolescents. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 22(4), 407-423.

Amabile, T. J. (1983). The social psychology of creativity. New York: Springer-Verlag.

Amabile, T. M. (1996). The context of creativity. Boulder, CO: Westview.

Amabile, T. M., & Hennesey, B. A. (1992). The motivation for creativity in children. In A. K. Boggiano & T. S. Pittman (Eds.), Achievement and motivation: A social-developmental perspective. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Amato, P. R. (1983). Helping behavior in urban and rural environments: Field studies based on taxonometric organization of helping episodes. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 45, 571-586.

Amato, P. R. (1994). Life-span adjustment of children to their parents' divorce. Future of Children, 4, 143-164.

American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP) Committee on Children with Disabilities and Committee on Psychosoial Aspects of Child and Family Health. (1993). Psychosocial risks of chronic health conditions in childhood and adolescence. Pediatrics, 92, 876-877.

American Academy of Ophthalmology (1997, October 15) Cataract FAQ. San Francisco, CA: Author.

American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP) and Center to Prevent Handgun Violence. (1994). Keep your family safe from firearm injury. Washington, DC: Centro to Prevent Handgun Violence.

American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP). (1986). Positive approaches to day care: How to make it work. Elk Grove Village, IL: Author.

American Diabetes Association (2000). Type 2 diabetes in children and adolescents. Pediatrics, 105, 671-680.

American Heart Association. (1999). 2000 Heart and Stroke Statistical Update. Dallas, TX: Author.

American Psychiatric Association (1990). The practice of electroconvulsive therapy: Recommendations for treatment, training, and privileging. Washington, DC: Author.

American Psychological Association. (1986). Animal research survey, 1985-1986. Washington, D.C.: Author.

American Psychological Association. (1991). Medical cost offset. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association Practice Directorate.

American Psychological Association. (1992). Ethical principles of psychologists and code of conduct. American Psychologist, 47, 1597-1628.

American Psychological Association. (1992). Guidelines for ethical conduct in the care and use of animals. Washington, D.C.: Author

American Psychological Association. (1995). Behavior research with animals. Washington D.C.: Author.

American Psychological Association. (2002). Ethical principles of psychologists and code of conduct. American Psychologist, 57, 1060-1073.

American Psychological Association. (2002). Medical cost offset. Retrieved June 18th, 2004, from http://www.apa.org/practice/offset3.html.

Ames, J. E. (1998). Acute and chronic effects of caffeine on performance, mood, headache, and sleep. Neuropsychobiology, 38, 32-41.

Amoore, J. E. (1969). A plan to identify most of the primary odors. In C. Pfaffman (Ed.), Olfaction and taste III (pp. 158-171). New York: Rockefeller University Press.

Amoore, J. E. (1970). Molecular basis of odor. Springfield, IL: Thomas.

Amoore, J. E. (1975). Four primary odor modalities of man: Experimental evidence and possible significance. In D. A. Denton & J. P. Coghlan (Eds.), Olfaction and taste V (pp. 283-289). New York: Academic Press.

Amoore, J. E., Pelosi, P., & Forrester, L. J. (1977). Specific anosmias to 5a-androst-16en-3one and w-penta-decalone: The urinous and musky odors. Chemical senses and Flavor, 5, 401-425.

Anastasi, A. (1988). Psychological testing (6th ed.). New York: Macmillan.

Andersen, B. L., Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K., & Glaser, R. (1994). A biobehavioral model of cancer stress and disease course. American Psychologist, 49, 389-404.

Andersen, E. S. (1978). Lexical universals of body-part terminology. In J. H. Greenberg (Ed.), Universals of human language (pp. 335-368). Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Anderson, A. K., & Phelps, E. A. (2001). Lesions of the human amygdala impair enhanced perception of emotionally salient events. Nature, 411, 305-309.

Anderson, C. A. (1989). Temperature and aggression: Ubiquitous effects of heat on occurrence of human violence. Psychological Bulletin, 106, 74-96.

Anderson, C. A., & Anderson, D. C. (1984). Ambient temperature and violent crime: Tests of the linear and curvilinear hypotheses. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 46, 91-97.

Anderson, C., John, O. P., Keltner, D., & Kring, A. M. (2001). Who attains social status? Effects of personality and physical attractiveness in social groups. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 81, 116-132.

Andersson, B. E. (1989). Effects of public daycare: A longitudinal study. Child Development, 60, 857-866.

Andreason, N. C., Arndt, S., Swayze, V., II, Cizadlo, T., et al. (1994). Thalamic abnormalities in schizophrenia visualized through magnetic resonance averaging. Science, 266, 294-298.

Andreason, N. C., Rezai, K., Alliger, R., Swayze, V. W., II, Flaum, M., Kirchner, P., Cohen, G., & O'Leary, D. S. (1992). Hypofrontality in neuroleptic-naive patients and in patients with chronic schizophrenia: Assessment with Xenon 133 single-photon emission computed tomography and the Tower of London. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49, 943-958.

Angell, M. (2000, May 18). Is academic medicine for sale? [Editorial]. New England Journal of Medicine, 342, 1516-1518.

Angst, J., Weis, P., Grof, P., Baastrup, P. C., & Schou, M. (1970). Lithium prophylaxis in recurrent affective disorders. British Journal of Psychiatry, 116, 604-614.

Anisman, H., & Zacharko, R. M. (1983). Stress and neoplasia: Speculations and caveats. Behavioral Medicine Update, 5, 27-35.

Annett, M., & Manning, M. (1990). Arithmetic and laterality. Neuropsychologia, 28(1), 61-69.

Anshel, M. H. (1995). Effect of chronic aerobic exercise and progressive relaxation on motor performance and affect following acute stress. Behavioral Medicine, 21(4), 186-196.

Anthony, D., & Robbins, T. (1992). Law, social science and the "brainwashing" exception to the First Amendment. Behavioral Sciences and the Law, 10, 5-29.

Antoni, M. H., Baggett, L., Ironson, G., LaPierriere, A., August, S., Klimas, N., Schneiderman, N., & Fletcher, M. A. (1991). Cognitive-behavioral stress management intervention buffers distress responses and immunologic changes following notification of HIV-1 seropositivity. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 59, 906-915.

Antonuccio, D. P., Danton, W. G., & DeNelsky, G. Y., et al. (1999). Raising questions about antidepressants. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 63, 3-14.

Antonuccio, D., Danton, W. G., & DaNelsky, G. Y. (1995). Psychotherapy vs. medication for depression: Challenging the conventional wisdom. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 26, 574-585.

Apgar, V., & Beck, J. (1982). A perfect baby. In H. E. Fitzgerald & T. H. Carr (Eds.), Human development 82/83 (pp. 66-70). Guilford, CT: Dushkin.

Archer, J. (1996). Sex differences in social behavior. American Psychologists, 51(9), 909-917.

Ardelt, M. (1997). Wisdom and life satisfaction in old age. Journals of Gerontology, 52B(1), P15-P27.

Aristotle (1962). Nicomachean Ethics (M. Ostwald, Trans.). Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merrill.

Arkes, H., Boehn. L. E., & Xu, G. (1991). The determinants of judged validity. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 27, 576-605.

Arlow, J. A. (1989). Psychoanalysis. In R. J. Corsini, & Wedding, D. (Eds.), Current psychotherapies (4th ed.). (pp. 19-62). Itasca, IL: F. E. Peacock.

Armstrong, B. G., McDonald, A. D., & Sloan, M. (1992). Cigarette, alcohol, and coffee consumption and spontaneous abortion. American Journal of Public Health, 82, 85-87.

Armstrong, Louise (1993). And they call it help: The psychiatric policing of America's children. Reading, MA: Addison Wesley.

Arner, P. (2000). Obesity: A genetic disease of adipose tissue? British Journal of Nutrition, 83, S9-S16.

Arnold, L. E., Christopher, J., Huestis, R. D., & Smeltzer, D. J. (1978). Megavitamins for minimal brain dysfunction: A placebo-controlled study. Journal of the American Medical Association, 240, 2642-2643.

Aronson, E. (1992). The social animal. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.

Aronson, E. (2002). Building empathy, compassion, and achievement in the jigsaw classroom. In J. Aronson (Ed.), Improving academic achievement: Impact of psychological factors on education (pp. 209-225). San Diego, CA: Academic Press.

Aronson, E., & Gonzales, A. (1988). Desegregation, jigsaw, and the Mexican-American experience. In P. A. Katz & D. A. Taylor (Eds.), Eliminating racism: Profiles in controversy (pp. 301-314). New York: Plenum.

Aronson, E., Blaney, N., Sikes, J., Stephan, C., & Snapp, M. (1979). Busing and racial tension: The jigsaw route to learning and liking. In V. J. Derlega & L. H. Janda (Eds.), Personal Adjustment: Selected readings. Glenview, IL: Scott, Foresman.

Arseneault, L., Moffitt, R. E., Caspi, A., Taylor, A., Rijsdijk, F. V., Jaffee, S. F., Ablow, J. C., & Measelle, J. R. (2003). Strong genetic effects of cross-situational antisocial behaviour among 5-year-old children according to mothers, teachers, examiner-observers, and twins' self-reports. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 44, 832-848.

Asch, S. E. (1955). Opinion and social pressure. Scientific American, 193, 31-35.

Asch, S. E. (1956). Studies of independence and conformity: I. A minority of one against a unanimous majority. Psychological Monographs, 70(416).

Aserinsky E., & Kleitman, N. (1955). Two types of ocular motility occurring in sleep. Journal of Applied Psychology, 8, 1-10.

Ashton, W. A., & Fuehrer, A. (1993). Effects of gender and gender role identification of participant and type of social support resource on support seeking. Sex Roles, 28(7-8), 461-476.

Atkinson, J. W. (1957). Motivational determinants of risk taking behavior. Psychological Review, 64, 359-372.

Atkinson, R. C., & Shiffrin, R. M. (1968). Human memory: A proposed system and its control processes. In K. W. Spence & J. T. Spence (Eds.), The psychology of learning and motivation: Vol. 2. Advances in research and theory. New York: Academic Press.

Atkinson, R. C., & Shiffrin, R. M. (1971, August). The control of short-term memory. Scientific American, 225(2), 82-90.

Auletta, K. (1984). Children of children. Parade Magazine, 17, 4-7.

Averill, J. R. (1982). Anger and aggression. New York: Springer-Verlag.

Axel, R. (1995, October). The molecular logic of smell. Scientific American, pp. 154-159.

Ayllon, T. (1999). How to use token economy and point systems (2nd ed.). Austin, TX: Pro-Ed.

Ayllon, T., & Azrin, N. H. (1968). The token economy: A motivational system for therapy and rehabilitation. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.

Azar, B. (1998, September), Lithium's mood-stabilizing effect is explained, American Psychological Association Monitor, 30, 8.

Azrin, N. H., & Holz, W. C. (1966). Punishment. In W. K. Honig (Ed.), Operant behavior: Areas of research and application (pp. 380-447). Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

 

 

Babigan, H. M., & Guttmacher, L. B. (1984). Epidemiological considerations in electroconvulsive therapy. Archives of General Psychiatry, 41, 246-253.

Babkoff, H., Caspy, T., Mikulincer, M., & Sing, H. C. (1991). Monotonic and rhythmic influences: A challenge for sleep deprivation research. Psychological Bulletin, 109, 411-428.

Bach-y-Rita, G., & Veno, A. (1974). Habitual violence: A profile of 62 men. American Journal of Psychiatry, 131, 1015-1017.

Baddeley, A. D., & Andrade, J. (2000). Working memory and the vividness of imagery. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 129, 126-145.

Baddeley, A. D., & Hitch, G. J. (1994). Developments in the concept of working memory. Neuropsychology, 8, 485-493.

Badia, P., & Culbertson, S. (1970). Behavioral effects of signalled vs. unsignalled shock during escape training in the rat. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 72, 216-222.

Baer, J. M. (1993). Creativity and divergent thinking. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Bahrick, H. P. (1984). Semantic memory content in permastore: 50 years of memory for Spanish learned in school. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 111, 1-29.

Bahrick, H. P., Bahrick, P. O., & Wittlinger, R. P. (1975). Fifty years of memory for names and faces: A cross-sectional approach. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 104, 54-75.

Bailey, J. M., Pillard, R. C. (1991). A genetic study of male sexual orientation. Archives of General Psychiatry, 48, 1089-1096.

Bailey, J. M., Pillard, R. C., Neale, M. C., & Agyei, Y. (1993). Heritable factors influence sexual orientation in women. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50, 217-223.

Bailey, J. M., Willerman, L., & Parks, C. (1991). A test of the maternal stress theory of human male homosexuality. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 20, 277-294.

Bailey, J., M., Bobrow, D., Wolfe, M., & Mikach, S. (1995). Sexual orientation of adult sons of gay fathers. Developmental Psychology, 31, 124-129.

Bailey, M, (1996). Demographic decline in late medieval England: Some thoughts on recent research. The Economic History Review, 49, 1-19.

Baker, G. H. B. (1987). Invited review: Psychological factors and immunity. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 31, 1-10.

Bakich, I. (1995). Hypnosis in the treatment of sexual desire disorders. Australian Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 23(1), 70-77.

Balkin, J. (1987). Contributions of friends to women's fear of success in college. Psychological Reports, 61, 39-42.

Ball, G. G., & Grinker, J. A. (1981). Overeating and obesity. In S. J. Mule (Ed.), Behavior in excess (pp. 194-220). New York: Free Press.

Ball, W. A., & Vurpillot, E. (1976). Perception of depth in infants. Annee Psychologique, 1976, 383-399.

Baltes, P. B. (1983). Life-span developmental psychology: Observations on history and theory revisited. In R. M. Lerner (Ed.), Developmental psychology: Historical and philosophical perspectives (pp. 79-111). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Baltes, P. B., & Kunzmann, U. (2003). Wisdom. Psychologist, 16, 131-133.

Baltes, P., & Graf, P. (1996). Psychological aspects of aging: Facts and frontiers. In D. Magnusson (Ed.), The lifespan development of individuals: Behavioral, neurobiological, and psychological perspectives: A synthesis (pp. 427-460). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Banaji, M., Lemm, K. M., & Carpenter, S. J. (2001). The social unconscious. In A. Tesser & N. Schwarz (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of social psychology: Intraindividual processes (pp. 134-158). Oxford: England: Blackwell.

Bandura, A. (1964). The stormy decade: Fact or fiction? Psychology in the Schools, 1, 224-231.

Bandura, A. (1986). Social foundations of thought and action: A social cognitive theory. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy. New York: Freeman.

Bandura, A. (1998, August). Swimming against the mainstream: Accenting the positive aspects of humanity. Invited address presented at the annual meeting of the American Psychological Association, San Francisco, CA.

Bandura, A., & Rosenthal, T. (1966). Vicarious classical conditioning as a function of arousal level. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 63, 575-582.

Bandura, A., Blanchard, E. B., & Ritter, B. (1969). Relative efficacy of desensitization and modeling approaches for inducing behavioral, affective, and attitudinal changes. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 13, 173-199.

Bandura, A., Ross, D., & Ross, S. A. (1961). Transmission of aggression through imitation of aggressive models. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 63, 575-582.

Bandura, A., Ross, D., & Ross, S. A. (1963). Imitation of film-mediated aggressive models. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 66, 311-318.

Bank, S. P., & Kahn, M. D. (1982). The sibling bond. New York: Basic Books.

Banks, A., & Gartrell, N. K. (1995). Hormones and sexual orientation: A questionable link. Journal of Homosexuality, 28, 247-268.

Baranaga, M. (1995). Missing Alzheimer's gene found. Science, 269, 817-818.

Barber, T. X. (1979). Suggested ("hypnotic") behavior: The trance paradigm versus an alternative paradigm. In E. Fromm & R. E. Shor (Eds.), Hypnosis: Developments in research and new perspectives (2nd ed.). New York: Aldine.

Bard, P. (1928). A diencephalic mechanism for the expression of rage with special reference to the sympathetic nervous system. American Journal of Physiology, 84, 490-515.

Bard, P. (1934). On emotional expression after decortication with some remaks on certain theoretical views. Psychological Review, 41, 309-329.

Bargh, J. A., & Chartrand, T. L. (1999). The unbearable automaticity of being. American Psychologist, 54, 462-479.

Barkow, J. H., Cosmides, L., & Toobey, J. (Eds.) (1992). The adapted mind: Evolutionary psychology and the generation of culture. New York: Oxford University Press.

Barlow, D. H. (1988). Anxiety and its disorders: The nature and treatment of anxiety and panic. New York: Guilford.

Barlow, H. B. (1970). Definition of intelligence. Nature, 228, 1008.

Barlow, H. B. (1983). Intelligence, guesswork, language. Nature, 304, 207-209.

Barnett, A. (1996, June 9). Quoted by Adam Bryan, "Fly me; Why no airline brags: "We're the safest." New York Times, Section 4, p. 1.

Barnier, A. J., & McConkey, K. M. (1992). Reports of real and false memories: The relevance of hypnosis, hypnotizability, and context of memory test. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 101, 521-527.

Baron, R. A. (1974). The aggression-inhibiting influence of heightened sexual arousal. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 30, 318-322.

Baron, R. A., & Bell, P. A. (1973). Effects of heightened sexual arousal on physical aggression. Proceedings of the 81st Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association, 8, 171-172.

Baron, R. S., Vandello, J. A., & Brunsman, B. (1996). The forgotten variable in conformity research: Impact of task importance on social influence. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 71, 915-927.

Barondes, S. H. (1994). Thinking about Prozac. Science, 263, 1102-1103.

Barrett, D. (1973). The "committee of sleep": A study of dream incubation for problem solving. Dreaming, 3, 115-122.

Barrett, P. T., & Eysenck, H. J. (1992). Brain evoked potentials and intelligence: The Hendrickson paradigm. Intelligence, 16(3-4), 361-381.

Barron, F. (1988). Putting Creativity to work. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), The nature of creativity (pp. 76-98). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Barron, R. S., Cutrona, C. E., Hicklin, D., Russell, D. W., & Lubaroff, D. M. (1990). Social support and immune function among spouses of cancer patients. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 59, 344-352.

Barsalou, L. W. (1992). Cognitive psychology. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Bar-Tal, D., & Bar-Zohar, Y. (1977). The relationship between perception of locus of control and academic achievement. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 2, 859–853.

Bartlett, F. C. (1932). Remembering: A study in experimental and social psychology. London: Cambridge University Press.

Bartoshuk, L. M. (1991). Sensory factors in eating behavior. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 29, 250-255.

Bartoshuk, L. M., Duffy, V. B., & Miller, I. J. (1994). PTC/PROP taste: Anatomy, psychophysics, and sex effects. Physiology & Behavior, 56(6), 1165-1171.

Basoglu, M., Livanou, M., & Salcioglu, E. (2003). A single session with an earthquake simulator for traumatic stress in earthquake survivors. American Journal of Psychiatry, 160, 788-790.

Bauer, M. S., & Whybrow, P. C. (1990). Rapid cycling bipolar affective disorder: II. Treatment of refractory rapid cycling with high-dose levothyroxine: A preliminary study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 47, 435-440.

Baum, A., Herberman, H., & Cohen, L. (1995). Managing stress and managing illness: Survival and quality of life in chronic disease. Journal of Clinical Psychology in Medical Settings, 2, 309-333.

Baumeister, R. F. (1989). The optimal margin of illusion. Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 8, 176-189.

Baumeister, R. F., & Leary, M. R. (1995). The need to belong: Desire for interpersonal attachments as a fundamental human motivation. Psychological Bulletin, 117, 497-529.

Baumeister, R. F., Chesner, S. P., Senders, P. S., & Tice, D. M. (1988). Who's in charge here: Group leaders do lend help in emergencies. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 14, 17-22.

Baumrind, D. (1964). Some thoughts on ethics of research: After reading "Milgram's Behavioral Study of Obedience,"  American Psychologist, 19, 421-423.

Baumrind, D. (1966). Effects of authoritative parental control on child behavior. Child Development, 37, 887-907.

Baumrind, D. (1973). Current patterns of parental authority. Developmental Psychology Monograph, 4(1, Pt. 2).

Baumrind, D. (1973). The development of instrumental competence through socialization. In A. D. Pick (Ed.), Minnesota Symposium on Child Psychology (Vol. 7). Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Baumrind, D. (1989). Rearing competent children. In W. Damon (Ed.), Child development today and tomorrow. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Baumrind, D. (1991). Parenting styles and adolescent development. In R. Lerner, A. C. Peterson, & J. Brooks-Gunn (Eds.), The encyclopedia of adolescence. New York: Garland.

Bauserman, R. (1996). Sexual aggression and pornography: A review of correlational research. Basic and Applied Psychology, 18, 405-427.

Bayley, P. J., Hopkins, R. P., & Squire, L R. (2003). Successful recollection of remote autobiographical memories by amnesiac patients with medial temporal lobe lesions. Neuron, 38, 135-144.

Beal, C. R. (1994). Boys and girls: The development of gender roles. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Beck, A. T. (1967). Depression: Clinical, experimental, and theoretical aspects. New York: Hoeber Medical Division, Harper & Row.

Beck, A. T. (1976). Cognitive therapy and the emotional disorders. New York: International Universities Press.

Beck, A. T. (1985). Cognitive therapy of depression: New perspectives. In P. Clayton (Ed.), Depression. New York: Raven.

Beck, A. T. (1988). Cognitive approaches to panic disorder: Theory and therapy. In S. Rachman & J. D. Maser (Eds.), Panic: Psychological perspectives. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Beck, A. T. (1991). Cognitive therapy. American Psychologist, 46(4), 368-375.

Beck, A. T. (1995). Cognitive therapy: A 30-year retrospective. In S. O. Lilienfeld (Ed.), Seeing both sides: Classic controversies in abnormal psychology (pp. 303-311). Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

Beck, A. T., & Freeman, A. (1990). Cognitive therapy of personality disorders. New York: Guilford Press.

Beck, A. T., Rush, A. J., Shaw, B. F., & Emery, G. (1979). Cognitive therapy of depression. New York: Guilford.

Beck, K. H., & Frankel, A. (1981). A conceptualization of threat communications and protective health behavior. Social Psychology Quarterly, 44, 204-217.

Beck, M., & Galef, B. G., Jr. (1989). Social influences on the selection of a protein-sufficient diet by Norway rats (Rattus norvegicus). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 103, 132-139.

Becker, M., Warr-Leeper, G. A., & Leeper, H. A., Jr. (1990). Fetal alcohol syndrome: A description of oral motor, articulatory, short-term memory, grammatical, and semantic abilities. Journal of Communication Disorders, 23, 97-104.

Bee, H. (1997). The developing child (8th ed.). New York: Longman.

Beels, C. C. (2002). Notes for a cultural history of family therapy. Family Process, 41, 67-82.

Behrman, R. E. (1992). Nelson textbook of pediatrics (13th ed.). Philadelphia: Saunders.

Beilin, H. (1992). Piaget's enduring contribution to developmental psychology. Developmental Psychology, 28(2), 191-204.

Békésy, G. von. (1960). Experiments in hearing. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Belezza, F. S., Six, L. S., & Phillips, D. S. (1992). A mnemonic for remembering long strings of digits. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 30(4), 271-274.

Bell, A. P., Weinberg, M. S., & Hammersmith, S. K. (1981). Sexual preference. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Bellaby, P. (2003). Communication and miscommunication of risk: Understanding UK parents' attitudes to combined MMR vaccination. British Medical Journal, 327, 775-728.

Bellack, A. S., Morrison, R. L., Wixted, J. T., & Mueser, K. T. (1990). An analysis of social competence in schizophrenia. British Journal of Psychiatry, 56, 809-818.

Belsher, G., & Costello, C. G. (1991). Do confidants of depressed women provide less social support than confidants of nondepressed women? Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 100, 516-525.

Belsky, J. (1988). The "effects" of infant day care reconsidered. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 3, 235-272.

Belsky, J. (1990). Parental and nonparental child care and children's socioemotional development: A decade in review. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 52, 885-903.

Belsky, J. (1992). Consequences of child care for children's development: A deconstructionist view. In A. Booth (Ed.), Child care in the 1990s: Trends and consequences (pp. 83-94). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Belsky, J. (1994). Effects of infant day care: 1986-1994. Invited address to the

Belsky, J. (1999). The psychology of aging (3rd ed.). Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

Belsky, J., & Rovine, M. J. (1988). Non-maternal care in the first year of life and the security of infant-parent attachment. Child Development, 59, 5-19.

Belsky, J., Hsieh, K., & Crnic, K. (1996). Infant positive and negative emotionality: One dimension or two? Developmental Psychology, 32, 289-298.

Belsky, J., Steinberg, L., & Draper, P. (1991). Childhood experience, interpersonal development, and reproductive strategy: An evolutionary theory of socialization. Child Development, 62, 647-670.

Bem, D. J. (1996). Exotic becomes erotic: A developmental theory of sexual orientation. Psychological Review, 103, 320-335.

Bem, S. L. (1975). Sex-role adaptability: One consequence of psychological androgyny. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31, 634-643.

Bem, S. L. (1981). Gender schema theory: A cognitive account of sex typing. Psychological Review, 88, 354-364.

Bemporad, J. R. (1988). Psychodynamic models of depression and mania. In A. Georgotas and R. Cancro (Eds.), Depression and mania. New York: Elsevier Science.

Ben Shakhar, G., Bar-Hillel, M., Bilu, Y., Ben-Abba, E., & Flug, A. (1986). Can graphology predict occupational success? Two empirical studies and some methodological ruminations. Journal of Applied Psychology, 71(4), 645-653.

Benbow, C. P. (1986). Physiological correlates of extreme intellectual precocity. Neuropsychologia, 24(5), 719-725.

Benca, R. M., Overmeyer, W. H., Thisted, R. A., & Gillin, J. C. (1992). Sleep and psychiatric disorders: A meta-analysis. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49, 651-668.

Bende, M., & Nordin, S. (1997). Perceptual learning in olfaction: Professional wine tasters versus controls. Physiology & Behavior, 62, 1065-1070.

Bendich, A., & Keen, C. L. (1993). Introduction to Part V: Influence of maternal nutrition on pregnancy outcome: Public policy issues. In C. L. Keen, A. Bendich, & C. C. Willhite (Eds.), Maternal nutrition and pregnancy outcome (pp. 284-285). New York: New York Academy of Sciences.

Benedetti, J., Corey, L., & Ashley, R. (1994). Recurrence rates in genital herpes after symptomatic first-episode infection. Annals of Internal Medicine, 121, 847-854.

Benson, H. & Klipper, M. Z. (1976). The relaxation response. New York: Morrow.

Benson, H., & Proctor, W. (1984). Beyond the relaxation response. New York: Times Books.

Benson, P. L., Karabenick, S. A., & Lerner, R. M. (1976). Pretty pleases: The effects of physical attractiveness, race, and sex on receiving help. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 12, 409-415.

Benton, A. L. (1969). Disorders of spatial orientation. In P. J. Vinken & G. W. Bruyn (Eds.), Handbook of clinical neurology (Vol. 3). Amsterdam: North-Holland.

Berenbaum, H., & Oltmanns, T. F. (1992). Emotional experience and expression in schizophrenia and depression. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 101, 37-44.

Berenbaum, S. A., & Hines, M. (1992). Early androgens are related to childhood sex-typed toy preferences. Psychological Science, 3, 203-206.

Berenbaum, S. A., & Snyder, E. (1995). Early hormonal influences on childhood sex-typed activity and playmate preferences. Developmental Psychology, 31, 31-42.

Berkowitz, L. (1968). The frustration-aggression hypothesis revisited. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Roots of aggression: A re-examination of the frustration-aggression hypothesis. New York: Atherton.

Berkowitz, L. (1994). Is something missing? Some observations prompted by the Cognitive-neoassociationist view of anger and emotional aggression. In L. R. Huesmann (Ed.), Human agression: Current perspectives (pp. 35-60). New York: Plenum.

Berkowitz, L. (1998). Affective aggression: The role of stress, pain, and negative affect. In R. G. Geen & E. Donnerstein (Eds.), Human Aggression (pp. 49-72). San Diego: Academic Press.

Berlin, B., & Kay, P. (1969). Basic color terms: Their universality and evolution. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Berlyne, D. E. (1971). Aesthetics and psychobiology. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.

Bernstein, I. L. (1985). Learning food aversions in the progression of cancer and its treatment. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 443, 365-380.

Bernthal, P. R., & Insko, C. A. (1993). Cohesiveness without groupthink: The interactive effects of social and task cohesion. Group and Organization Management, 18(1), 66-87.

Berry, J. W. (1974). Radical cultural relativism and the concept of intelligence. In J. W. Berry & P. R. Dasen (Eds.), Culture and cognition: Readings in cross-cultural psychology (pp. 225-229). London: Methuen.

Berry, J. W. (1994). Acculturative stress. In W. J. Lonner & R. W. Malpass (Eds.), Psychology and Culture. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

Berscheid, E. (1985). Interpersonal attraction. In G. Lindzey & E. Aronson (Eds.), The handbook of social psychology. New York: Random House.

Berscheid, E., & Walster, E. (1974). A little bit about love. In T. L. Huston (Ed.), Foundations of interpersonal attraction. New York: Academic Press.

Berscheid, E., Gangestad, S. W., & Kulakowski, D. (1984). Emotion in close relationships: Implications for relationship counseling. In S. D. Brown & R. W. Lent (Eds.), Handbook of counseling psychology. New York: Wiley.

Berton, P. (1992). Niagara: A history of the falls. New York: Kodansha International.

Bettelheim, B. (1960). The informed heart. New York: Free Press.

Bettelheim, B. (1962). Symbolic wounds. New York: Collier.

Bexton, W. H., Herron, W., & Scott, T. H. (1954). Effects of decreased variation in the sensory environment. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 8, 70-76.

Beyerstein, B., & Beyerstein, D. (Eds.). (1992). The Write Stuff: Evaluations of graphology. Buffalo, NY: Prometheus Books.

Bigler, E. D., Johnson, S. C., Jackson, C., & Blatter, D. D. (1995). Aging, brain size, and IQ. Intelligence, 21, 109-119.

Bilder, R. M., Wu, H., Bogerts, B., DeGreef, G., Ashtari, M., Alvir, J. M. J., Snyder, P. J., & Lieberman, J. A. (1994). Absence of regional hemispheric volume asymmetries in first-episode schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 151, 1437-1447.

Billig, M., & Tajfel, H. (1973). Social categorization and similarity in intergroup behavior. European Journal of Social Psychology, 3, 27-52.

Binzen, C. A., Swan, P. D., & Manore, M. M. (2001). Postexercise oxygen consumption and substrate use after resistance exercise in women. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 33, 932-938.

Birch, J., & McKeever, L. M. (1993). Survey of the accuracy of new pseudoisochromatic plates. Opthalmic & Physiological Optics, 13(1), 35-40.

Birnbaum, M. H., & Sotoodeh, Y. (1991). Measurement of stress: Scaling the magnitude of life changes. Psychological Science, 2, 236-243.

Blackwell, R. T., Galassi, J. P., Galassi, M. D., & Watson, T. E. (1985). Are cognitive assessments equal? A comparison of think aloud and thought listing. Cognitive Therapy and Research, 9, 399–413.

Blakeslee, A. F., & Salmon, T. H. (1935). Genetics of sensory thresholds: Individual taste reactions for different substances. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the U.S.A., 21, 84-90.

Blanchard, E. B., Andrasic, F., Neff, D. F., Arena, J. G., Ahles, T. A., Jurish, S. E., Pallmeyer, T. P., Saunders, N. L., & Teders, S. J. (1982). Biofeedback and relaxation training with three kinds of headache: Treatments effects and their prediction. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 50, 562-575.

Blanchard, R., Clemmensesn, L. H., & Steiner, B. W. (1983). Gender reorientation and psychosocial adjustment in male-to-female transsexuals. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 12, 503-510.

Blascovich, J., Ginsberg, G. P., & Howe, R. C. (1975). Blackjack and the risky shift, II: Monetary stakes. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 11, 224-232.

Blashfield, R. K. (1973). An evaluation of the DSM-II classification of schizophrenia as a nomenclature. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 82, 382-389.

Blasi, A. (1980). Bridging moral cognition and moral action: A critical review of the literature. Psychological Bulletin, 88, 1-45.

Blass, T. (1996). Stanley Milgram: A life of inventiveness and controversy. In G. A. Kimble, C. A. Boneau, & M. Wertheimer (Eds.), Portraits of pioneers in psychology (Vol. II). Washington, DC, and Mahway, NJ: American Psychological Association and Lawrence Erlbaum.

Blass, T. (1999). The Milgram Paradigm after 35 years: Some things we now know about obedience to authority. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 29, 955-978.

Blatt, S. J., & Homann, E. (1992). Parent-child interaction in the etiology of dependent and self-critical depression. Clinical Psychology Review, 12, 47-91.

Blatt, S. J., Sanislow, C. A., III, Zuroff, D. C., & Pilkonis, P. (1996). Characteristics of effective therapists: Further analysis of data from the National Institute of Mental Health Treatment of Depression Collaborative Research Program. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 64, 1276-1284.

Blatt, S. J., Zuroff, D. C., Quinlan, D. M., & Pilkonis, P. (1996). Interpersonal factors in brief treatment of depression: Further analysis of the NIMH Treatment of Depression Collaborative Research Program. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 64,162-171.

Blazer, D. G., Kessler, R. C., McGonagle, K. A., & Swartz, M. S. (1994). The prevalence and distribution of major depression in a national community sample: The National Comorbidity Survey. American Journal of Psychiatry, 151, 979-986.

Bless, H., Bohner, G., Schwartz, N., & Strack, F. (1990). Mood and persuasion: A cognitive response analysis. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 16, 331-345.

Bliss, T., & Gardner-Medwin, A. (1973). Long lasting potentiation of synaptic transmission in the dentate area of unanesthetized rabbit following stimulation of the perforant path. Journal of Physiology, 232, 357-374.

Bloom, J. D., & Faulkner, L. R. (1987). Competency determinations in civil commitment. American Journal of Psychiatry, 144, 193-196.

Blum, K. (1984). Handbook of abusable drugs. New York: Gardner Press.

Blumberg, M. S., & Wasserman, E. A. (1995). Animal mind and the argument from design. American Psychologist, 50, 133-144.

Blyth, D. A., Simmons, R. G., Bulcroft, R., Felt, D., VanCleave, E. F., & Bush, D. M. (1981). The effects of physical development on self-image and satisfaction with body-image for early adolescent males. In R. G. Simmons (Ed.), Research in community and mental health (Vol. 2). Greenwich, CT: JAI Press.

Boaz, F. (1905). The Negro and the demands of modern life: Ethnic and anatomical considerations. Charities, 15, 85.

Bochner, S., & Insko, C. A. (1966). Communicator discrepancy, source credibility, and opinion change. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 4, 614-621.

Bockoven, J. S. (1963). Moral treatment in American psychiatry. New York: Springer.

Bodenheimer, T. (2000, May 18). Uneasy alliance—clinical investigators and the pharmaceutical industry. New England Journal of Medicine, 342, 1539-1544.

Boehm, L. E. (1994). The validity effect: A search for mediating variables. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 20, 285-293.

Bogerts, B. (1993). Recent advances in the neuropathology of schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 19, 431-445.

Bohannon, J. N., & Stanowicz, L. B. (1988). The issue of negative evidence: Adult responses to children's language errors. Developmental Psychology, 24(5), 684-689.

Bohannon, J. N., III. (1988). Flashbulb memories for the Space Shuttle disaster: A tale of two theories. Cognition, 29, 179-196.

Bohannon, J. N., III. (1993). Theoretical approaches to language acquisition. In J. B. Gleason (Ed.), The development of language (pp. 239-297). New York: Macmillan.

Bohart, A. C., & Greening (2001). Humanistic psychology and positive psychology. American Psychologist, 55, 82-82

Bohlin, G., Hagekull, B., & Rydell, A.-M. (2000). Attachment and social functioning: A longitudinal study from infancy to middle childhood. Social Development, 9, 24-39.

Boivin, D. B., Duffy, J. F., Kronauer, R. E., & Czeisler, C. A. (1996). Dose response relationships for resetting of human circadian clock by light. Nature, 379, 540-542.

Bonanno, G. A., Keltner, D., Holen, A., & Horowitz, M. J. (1995). When avoiding unpleasant emotions might not be such a bad thing: Verbal-autonomic response dissociation and midlife conjugal bereavement. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 975-989.

Bond, R., & Smith, P. B. (1996). Culture and conformity: A meta-analysis of studies using Asch's (1952b, 1956) line judgment task. Psychological Bulletin, 119, 111-137.

Booth, D. A. (Ed.). (1978) Hunger models. London: Academic Press.

Bootzin, R. R., & Max, D. (1980). Learning and behavioral theories. In I. L. Kutash & L. B. Schlesinger (Eds.), Handbook on stress and anxiety. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Bootzin, R. R., Epstein, D., & Wood, J. M. (1991). Stimulus control instruction. In P. Houri (Ed.), Case studies in insomnia. New York: Plenum.

Borbely, A. (1986). Secrets of sleep. New York: Basic Books.

Borch-Jacobsen, M. (1997, April 24). Sybil—The making of a disease: An interview with Dr. Herbert Spiegel. The New York Review of Books, 44, 60-64.

Boring, E. G. (1923, June). Intelligence as the tests test it. The New Republic, 6, 35-37.

Boring, E. G. (1957). A history of experimental psychology (2nd ed.). New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.

Boring, E. G. (1967). Titchener's experimentalists. Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 3, 315-325.

Boring, E. G., Langfeld, H. S., & Weld, H. P. (1939). Introduction to psychology. New York: Wiley.

Borkum, J. M. (1999, August). Fechner, his critics and medieval measurement theory. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the American Psychological Association, Boston, MA.

Bornstein, M. H. (1989). Sensitive periods in development: Structural characteristics and causal interpretations. Psychological Bulletin, 105(2), 179-197.

Bornstein, M., Kessen, W., & Weiskopf, S. (1976). The categories of hue in infancy. Science, 191, 201-202.

Bornstein, R. F., Galley, D. J., Leone, D. R., & Kale, A. R. (1991). The temporal stability of ratings of parents: Test-retest reliability and influence of parental contact. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 6, 641-649.

Borum, R. (1996). Improving the clinical practice of violence risk assessment: Technology, guidelines, and training. American Psychologist, 51, 945-956.

Boschen, K. (1996). Correlates of life satisfaction, residential satisfaction, and locus of control among adults with spinal cord injuries. Rehabilitation Counseling Bulletin, 39(4), 230-243.

Bothwell, R. K., Deffenbacher, K. A., & Brigham, J. C. (1987). Correlation of eyewitness accuracy and confidence: Optimality hypothesis revised. Journal of Applied Psychology, 72, 691-698.

Bouchard, T. J. (1999). Genes, environment, and personality. In S. J. Ceci & W. M. Williams (Eds.), The nature-nurture debate: The essential readings (pp. 97-103). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Bouchard, T. J. Jr. (1997). IQ similarity in twins reared apart: Finding and responses to critics. In R. Sternberg & E. L. Grigorenko (Eds.), Intelligence, heredity and environment (pp. 126-169). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Bouchard, T. J., Jr., & McGue, M. (1981). Familial studies of intelligence: A review. Science, 212,  1055-1059.

Bouchard, T. J., Jr., Lykken, D. T., McGue, M., Segal, N. L., & Tellegen, A. (1990). Sources of human psychological differences: The Minnesota study of twins reared apart. Science, 250, 223–250.

Bovbjerg, D. H., Redd, W. H., Jacobsen, P. B., Manne, S. L., et al. (1992). An experimental analysis of classically conditioned nausea during cancer chemotherapy. Psychosomatic Medicine, 54, 623-637.

Bower, G. H. (1981). Mood and Memory. American Psychologist, 36, 129-148.

Bower, G. H., Wagner, A. D., Newman, S. E., & Randle, J. D. (1996). Does recoding interfering material improve recall? Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 22(1), 240-245.

Bowers, J. S., & Marsolek, C. J. (Eds.). (2003). Rethinking implicit memory. London: Oxford University Press.

Bowers, K. S., & Farvolden, P. (1996). Revisiting a century-old Freudian slip—From suggestion disavowed to the truth repressed. Psychological Bulletin, 119(3), 355-380.

Bowers, M. B. (1987). The role of drugs in the production of schizophreniform psychosis and related disorders. In H. Meltzer (Ed.), Psychopharmacology: Third generation of progress (pp. 819-823). New York: Raven Press.

Bowers, T. G., & Clum, G. A. (1988). Relative contribution of specific and nonspecific treatment effects: Meta-analysis of placebo-controlled behavior therapy research. Psychological Bulletin, 103, 315-323.

Bowlby, J. (1969). Attachment and loss. Vol. I: Attachment. New York: Basic Books.

Bowlby, J. (1973). Attachment and loss. Vol. II: Separation. New York: Basic Books.

Boyd, R. S., (1997, December 11). Scientific method is madness to many observers.  Saint Paul Pioneer Press,  pp. A1, A6.

Bradley, B. S., & Gobbart, S. K. (1989). Determinants of gender-typed play in toddlers. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 150(4), 453-455.

Brady, J. P., Thornton, D. R., & De Fisher, D. C. (1962). Deleterious effects of anxiety elicited by conditioned preaversive stimuli in the rat. Psychosomatic Medicine, 24, 590-595.

Braid, J. (1843). Neurypnology; or, The rationale of nervous sleep, considered in relation with animal magnetism. London: J. Churchill.

Brakel, S. J. (1985). Involuntary institutionalization. In S. J. Brakel, J. Parry, & B. A. Weiner (Eds.), The mentally disabled and the law (3rd ed.). Chicago: American Bar Foundation.

Bramwell, J. M. (1913). Hypnotism: its history, practice and theory (3rd ed.). London: W. Rider

Brandstädter, J., & Rothermund, K. (1994). Self-percepts of control in middle and later adulthood: Buffering losses by resealing goals. Psychology and Aging, 9, 265-273.

Bransford, J. D., & Franks, J. J. (1971). The abstraction of linguistic ideas. Cognitive Psychology, 2, 331-350.

Branson, R., Potoczna, N., Kral, J. G., Lentes, K.-U., Hoehe, M. R., & Horber, F. F. (2003). Binge eating as a major phenotype of melanocortin 4 receptor gene mutations. The New England Journal of Medicine, 348, 1096-1103.

Braun, C. M., & Bonta, J. L. (1979). Cross-cultural validity, reliability, and stimulus characteristics of the Luscher Color Test. Journal of Personality Assessment, 43, 459–460.

Braungart, J. M., Plomin, R., DeFries, J. C., & Fulker, D. W. (1992). Genetic influence on tester-rated infant temperament as assessed by Bayley's Infant Behavior Record. Developmental Psychology, 28(1), 40-47.

Bray, G. A. (1986). Effects of obesity on health and happiness. In K. D. Brownell & J. P. Foreyt (Eds.), Handbook of eating disorders (pp. 3-44). New York: Basic Books.

Brecher, E. M. (1972). Licit and illicit drugs. Boston: Little, Brown and Company.

Brecher, E. M. (1976). History of human sexual research and study. In B. J. Sadock, H. I. Kaplan, & A. M. Freedman (Eds.), The sexual experience (pp. 71-78). Baltimore, MD: Williams & Wilkins.

Breedlove, S. M. (1994). Sexual differentiation of the human nervous system. Annual Review of Psychology, 45, 389-418.

Breggin, P. R. & Breggin, G. (1994). Talking back to Prozac. New York: St. Martin's Press.

Breggin, P. R. (1979). Electroshock: Its Brain-Disabling Effects. New York: Springer.

Breggin, P. R. (1983). Psychiatric Drugs: Hazards to the Brain. New York, Springer.

Breggin, P. R. (1991). Toxic Psychiatry. New York: St. Martin's Press.

Breland, K., & Breland, M. (1961). The misbehavior of organisms. American Psychologist, 16, 681-684.

Breuer, J., & Freud, S. (1955). Studies on hysteria. In J. Strachey (Ed. and Trans.), The standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. 2). London: Hogarth Press. (Original work published 1885).

Brewer, M. B. (1991). The social self: On being the same and different at the same time. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 17, 475-482.

Brewin, C. R., MacCarthy, B., Duda, K., & Vaughn, C. E. (1991). Attribution and expressed emotion in the relatives of patients with schizophrenia. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 100, 546-554.

Bridgeman, B. (1988). The biology of behavior and mind. New York: Wiley.

Bridges, K. M. B. (1932). Emotional development in early infancy, Child Development, 3, 324-334.

Briggs, J. L. (1970). Never in anger: Portrait of an Eskimo family. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Brigham, J. C., & Malpass, R. S. (1985, Fall). The role of experience and contact in the recognition of faces of own- and other-race persons. Journal of Social Issues, 41, 139-155.

Briscoe, D. (1995, August 27). Women's share of power slips since the late 1980s. Associated Press.

British Psychological Society, (1993). Ethical principles for conducting research with human participants. The Psychologist: Bulletin of the British Psychological Society, 6, 33-36.

Broadbent, E., Petrie, K. J., Alley, P. G., & Booth, R. J. (2003). Psychological stress impairs early wound repair following surgery. Psychosomatic Medicine, 65, 865-869.

Brock, T. C. (1965). Communicator-recipient similarity and decision change. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1, 650-654.

Brodsky, A. M. (1982). Sex, race, and class issues in psychotherapy research. In J. H. Harvey & M. M. Parks (Eds.), Psychotherapy research and behavior change: Vol. 1. The APA Master Lecture Series. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Brody, J. E. (1998, March 31). Facing up to the realities of sleep deprivation. New York Times, 147 (p. B13).

Brody, N. (1992). Intelligence. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.

Bron, B., Strack, M., & Rudolph, G. (1991). Childhood experiences of loss and suicide attempts: Significance in depressive states of major depressed and dysthymic or adjustment disordered patients. Journal of Affective Disorders, 23, 165-172.

Bronson, F. H., & Desjardins, C. (1969). Aggressive behavior and seminal vesicle function in mice: Differential sensitivity to androgen given neonatally. Endocrinology, 85, 871-975.

Brooks, R. A. (1991). Intelligence without representation. Artificial Intelligence, 47, 139-159.

Brooks-Gunn, J., & Furstenberg, F. F., Jr. (1989). Adolescent sexual behavior. American Psychologist, 44, 249-257.

Brown, A. S., & Nix, L. A. (1996). Age-related changes in tip-of-the-tongue experience. American Journal of Psychology, 109(1), 79-91.

Brown, C. H. (1976). General principles of human anatomical partonomy and speculations on the growth of the partonomic nomenclature. American Ethologist, 3, 400-424.

Brown, G. M. (1994). Light, melatonin and the sleep-wake cycle. Journal of Psychiatry & Neuroscience, 19(5), 345-353.

Brown, G. W. (1993). Life events and affective disorder: Replications and limitations. Psychosomatic Medicine, 55, 248-259.

Brown, J. L., & Pollitt, E. (1996, February). Malnutrition, poverty and intellectual development. Scientific American, pp. 38-43.

Brown, P. (1994). Toward a psychobiological study of dissociation. In S. J. Lynn & J. Rhue (Eds.), Dissociation: Clinical, theoretical, and research perspectives. New York: Guilford Press.

Brown, R. (1970). Psycholinguistics: Selected papers by Roger Brown. New York: Free Press.

Brown, R. (1986). Social Psychology (2nd ed.). New York: Free Press.

Brown, R. E., & MacDonald, D. W. (Eds.). (1985a). Social odours in mammals: Vol. 1. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Brown, R. E., & MacDonald, D. W. (Eds.). (1985b). Social odours in mammals: Vol. 2. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Brown, R. J., & Donderi, D. C. (1986). Dream content and reported well-being among recurrent dreamers, past-recurrent dreamers, and nonrecurrent dreamers. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 612-623.

Brown, R., & Kilik, J. (1977). Flashbulb memories. Cognition, 5, 73-99.

Brown, R., & McNeill, D. (1966). The "tip of the tongue" phenomenon. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 5, 325-337.

Brown, R., Cazden, C., & Bellugi-Klima, U. (1968). The child's grammar from 1 to 3. In J. P. Hill (Ed.), Minnesota Symposium on Child Development (Vol. 2, pp. 28-73). Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press.

Brown, T. A., DiNardo, P. A., Lehman, C. L., & Campbell, L. A. (2001). Reliability of DSM-IV anxiety and mood disorders: Implications for the classification of emotional disorders. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 110, 49-58.

Brownell, K. D., & Wadden, T. A. (1991). The heterogeneity of obesity: Fitting treatments to individuals. Behavior Therapy, 22, 153-177.

Brownell, K. D., & Wadden, T. A. (1992). Etiology and treatment of obesity: Understanding a serious, prevalent, and refractory disorder. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 60, 505-517.

Brownlee, S. (1997, January 13). The senses. U.S. News & World Report, 122, 51-59.

Brownstein, A. L. (2003). Biased predecision processing. Psychological Bulletin, 129, 545-568.

Bruininks, R. H., Hill, B. K., Weatherman, R. F., & Woodcock, R. W. (1986). Inventory for Client and Agency Planning. Allen, TX: DLM Teaching Resources.

Bruner, J. (1983). Child's talk: Learning to use language. New York: Norton.

Bruner, J. S., & Postman, L. (1949). On the perception of incongruity: A paradigm. Journal of Personality, 18, 206-223.

Bruner, J. S., & Tagiuri, R. (1954). The perception of people. In G. Lindzey (Ed.), Handbook of social psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 634-654). Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Buchanan, C. M., Eccles, J. S., & Becker, J. B. (1992). Are adolescents the victims of raging hormones? Evidence for activational effects of hormones on moods and behavior at adolescence. Psychological Bulletin, 111, 62-107.

Buchanan, K. M. (1986). Apache women warriors. El Paso: Texas Western Press.

Bucher, B., & Lovaas, O. I. (1968). Use of aversive stimulation in behavior modification. In M. R. Jones (Ed.), Miami symposium on the prediction of behavior, 1967: Aversive stimulation. Coral Gables, FL: University of Miami Press.

Buchner, A., & Wippich, W. (2000). On the reliability of implicit and explicit memory measures. Cognitive Psychology, 40, 227-259.

Buck V. Bell (1927). 274 U.S. 200.

Buck, L., & Axel, R. (1991). A novel multigene family may encode odorant receptors: A molecular basis for odor recognition. Cell, 65, 175-187.

Buck, R. (1984). The communication of emotion. New York: Guilford Press.

Buckhout, R. (1979). The mistaken seven: Eyewitness identification in the case of Delaware v. Father Bernard T. Pagano. Social Action and the Law, 5, 35-44.

Buckley, K. W. (1989). Mechanical man: John Broadus Watson and the beginnings of behaviorism. New York: Guilford Press.

Buckley, K. W. (1994). Misbehaviorism: The case of John B. Watson's dismissal from Johns Hopkins University. In J. T. Todd & E. K. Morris (Eds.), Modern perspectives on John B. Watson and classical behaviorism (pp. 19-36). Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Buckner, R. L., & Wheeler, M. E. (2001). The cognitive neuroscience of remembering. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 2, 1-12.

Buehler, R., Griffin, D., & Ross, M. (1994). Exploring the “planning fallacy”: Why people underestimate their task completion times. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67, 366-381.

Bullough, V. L. (1980).  Sexual variance in society and history. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Bullough, V. L. (1987). A historical approach. In J. H. Geer & W. T. O'Donohue (Eds.), Theories of human sexuality. New York: Plenum.

Bullough, V. L. (Ed.), Sex, society and history. New York: Science History.

Bunge, M. (1984). What is pseudoscience?  The Skeptical Inquirer, 9, 36-46.

Bunsey, M., & Eichenbaum, H. (1993). Critical role of the parahippocampal regain for paired-associate learning in rats. Behavioral Neuroscience, 107, 740-747.

Burger, J. M., & Burns, L. (1988). The illusion of unique invulnerability and the use of effective contraception. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 14, 264-270.

Burgess, C., Morris, T., & Pettingale, K. W. (1988). Psychological response to cancer diagnosis: II. Evidence for coping styles (coping styles and cancer diagnosis). Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 32, 263-272.

Burgner, D., & Hewstone, M. (1993). Young children's causal attributions for success and failure. British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 11(2), 125-129.

Burke, D. M., MacKay, D. G., Worthley, J. S., & Wade, E. (1991). On the tip of the tongue: What causes word finding failures in young and older adults? Journal of Memory and Language, 30, 237-246.

Burke, K. C., Burke, J. D., Roe, D. S., & Regier, D. A. (1991). Comparing age at onset of major depression and other psychiatric disorders by birth cohorts in five U.S. community populations. Archives of General Psychiatry, 48, 789-795.

Burnam, M. A., Stein, J., Golding, J., Siegel, J., & Sorenson, S. (1988). Sexual assault and mental disorders in a community population. Journal of Counseling and Clinical Psychology, 56, 843-850.

Burns, D. D. (1980). Feeling good: The new mood therapy. New York: Morrow.

Burnstein, E., & Branigan, C. (2001). Evolutionary analyses in social-psychology. In A. Tesser & N. Schwarz (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of social psychology: Intraindividual processes (pp. 3-21). Oxford, England: Blackwell.

Burton, R. (1621). The anatomy of melancholy. Oxford: J. Lichfield & J. Short.

Burtt, H. E. (1941). An experimental study of early childhood memory: Final report. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 58, 435-439.

Busch, C. M., Zonderman, A. B., & Costa, P. T. (1994). Menopausal transition and psychological distress in a nationally representative sample: Is menopause associated with psychological distress? Journal of Aging and Health, 6, 209-228.

Bushman, B. J., & Anderson, C. J. (2002). Violent video games and hostile expectations: A test of the general aggression model. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 1679-1686.

Busnel, M. C., Granier-Deferre, C., & Lecanuet, J. P. (1992). Fetal audition. In G. Turkewitz (Ed.), Developmental psychobiology (pp. 118-134). New York: New York Academy of Sciences.

Buss, A. H. (1980). Self-consciousness and social anxiety. San Francisco: Freeman.

Buss, D. M. (1981). Sex differences in the evaluation and performance of dominant acts. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 40, 147-154.

Buss, D. M. (1985). Human mate selection. American Scientist, 73, 47-51.

Buss, D. M. (1987). Sex differences in human mate selection criteria: An evolutionary perspective. In C. Crawford, D. Krebs, & M. Smith (Eds.), Sociobiology and psychology: Ideas, issues, and applications (pp. 335-352). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Buss, D. M. (1988). From vigilance to violence: Tactics of mate retention. Ethology and Sociobiology, 9, 291-317.

Buss, D. M. (1988). the evolution of human intrasexual competition: Tactics of mate attraction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 616-628.

Buss, D. M. (1989). Sex differences in human mate preferences: Evolutionary hypotheses tested in 37 cultures. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 12, 1-49.

Buss, D. M. (1994). The evolution of desire. New York: Basic.

Buss, D. M. (1995). Evolutionary psychology: A new paradigm for psychological science. Psychological Inquiry, 6, 1-30.

Buss, D. M. (1999). Evolutionary psychology: The new science of the mind. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

Buss, D. M., & Barnes, M. (1986). Preferences in human mate selection. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 559-570.

Buss, D. M., & Greiling, H. (1999). Adaptive individual differences. Journal of Personality.

Buss, D. M., & Schmitt, D. P. (1993). Sexual strategies theory: An evolutionary perspective on human mating. Psychological Review, 100, 204-232.

Buss, D. M., Larsen, R. J., Western, D., & Semmelroth, J. (1992). Sex differences in jealousy. Psychological Science, 3, 251-255.

Bussey, K., & Maughan, B. (1982). Gender differences in moral reasoning. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 42, 701-706.

Buston, P. M., & Emlen, S. T. (2003). Cognitive processes underlying human mate choice: The relationship between self-perception and mate preference in Western society. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 100, 8805-8810.

Butler, J., O'Halloran, A., & Leonard, B. E. (1992). The Galway study of panic disorder: II. Changes in some peripheral markers of noradrenergic and serotonergic function in DSM-III-R panic disorder. Journal of Affective Disorders, 26, 89-100.

Butler, R. (1954). Curiosity in monkeys. Scientific American, 190, 70-75.

Butler, R. A. (1954, February). Curiosity in monkeys. Scientific American, pp. 70-75.

Butler, R. N. (1975). Why survive: Being old in America. New York: Harper & Row.

Butter, C. M. (1969). Perseveration in extinction and in discrimination reversal tasks following selective frontal ablations in Malcaca mulatta. Physiology & Behavior, 4, 163-171.

Butter, C. M., Snyder, D. R., & McDonald, J. A. (1970). Effects of orbitalfrontal lesions on aversive and aggressive behaviors in rhesus monkeys. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 72, 132-144.

Butterfield, F. (1992, June 9). Silent decades ended, dozens accuse a priest. New York Times, p. A18.

Buxhoeveden, D. P., Switala, A. E., Roy, E., Litaker, M., & Casanova, M. F. (2001). Morphological differences between minicolumns in human and nonhuman primate cortex. American Journal of Physical Anthropology, 115, 361-371.

Buyer, L. S. (1988). Creative problem solving: A comparison of performance under different instructions. Journal of Creative Behavior, 22(1), 55-61.

Byne, W. (1995). Science and belief: Psychobiological research on sexual orientation. Journal of Homosexuality, 28, 303-344.

Byrne, D. (1971). The attraction paradigm. New York: Academic Press.

Byrnes, D. A., Kiger, G. (1990). The effect of a prejudice-reduction simulation on attitude change. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 20, 341-356.

 

 

Cabeza, R., & Nyberg, L. (2000) Imaging cognition II: An empirical review of 275 PET and fMRI studies. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 12, 1-47.

Cacioppo, J. T., & Petty, R. E. (1980). Sex differences in influenceability: Toward specifying the underlying processes. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 6, 651-656.

Cahill, L., Prins, B., Weber, M., & Mcgaugh, J. L. (1994). ß-Adrenergic activation and memory for emotional events. Nature, 371, 702-704.

Cain, D. J., & Seeman, J. (Eds.). (2002). Humanistic psychotherapies: Handbook of research and practice. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Calder, B. J., Insko, C., & Yandell, B. (1974). The relation of cognitive and memorial processes to persuasion in a simulated jury trial. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 4, 62-93.

Callahan, L. A., Steadman, H. J., McGreevy, M. A., & Robbins, P. C. (1991). The volume and characteristics of insanity defense pleas: An eight-state study. Bulletin of the American Academy of Psychiatry and Law, 19, 331-338.

Calle, E. E., Rodriquez, C., Walker-Thurmond, K., & Thun, M. J. (2003). Overweight, obesity, and mortality from cancer in a prospectively studied cohort of U.S. adults. The New England Journal of Medicine, 348, 1625-1638.

Callell, H. D., Sellers, E. M., & Busto, U. (1986). Benzodiazepines as drugs of abuse and dependence. In H. D. Cappell, F. B. Glaser, Y. Israel, H. Kalant, W. Schmidt, E. M. Sellers, & R. C. Smart (Eds.), Research advances in alcohol and drug problems (Vol. 9, pp. 53-126). New York: Plenum Press.

Calvert, S. L., & Huston, A. C. (1987). Television and children's gender schemata. In L. S. Liben & M. S. Signorella (Eds.), Children's gender schemata. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Camera, W. J., & Schneider, D. L. (1994). Integrity tests: Facts and unresolved issues. American Psychologist, 49, 112-119.

Cameron, D. G. (1994). ECT: Sham Statistists, the myth of convulsive therapy, and the case for consumer misinformation. Journal of Mind and Behavior, 15, 177-198.

Cameron, P., Stewart, L., & Biber, H. (1973). Consciousness of death across the life span. Journal of Gerontology, 28, 92-95.

Campbell, C. S., & Robinson, J. W. (1997). Family and employment status associated with women’s criminal behavior. Psychological Reports, 307-314.

Campos, J. J., Barret, K. C., Lamb, M. E., Goldsmith, H. H., & Stenberg, C. (1983). Socioemotional development. In P. H. Mussen (Ed.), Handbook of child psychology: Vol. 2. Infancy and developmental psychobiology (pp. 783-915). New York: Wiley.

Campos, J. J., Langer, A., & Krowitz, A. (1970). Cardiac responses on the visual cliff in prelocomotor human infants. Science, 170, 196-197.

Campos, J., Hiatt, S., Ramsay, D., Henderson, C., & Svejda, M. (1978). The emergence of fear on the visual cliff. In M. Lewis & L. A. Rosenblum (Eds.), The development of affect. New York: Plenum Press.

Canavan, D. (1989). Fear of success. In R. C. Curtis (Ed.),  Self-defeating behaviors. New York: Plenum.

Canetto, S. S. (1992). Suicide attempts and substance abuse: Similarities and differences. Journal of Psychology, 125, 605-620.

Cannon, W. B. (1915). Bodily changes in pain, hunger, fear and rage. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.

Cannon, W. B. (1929). Bodily changes in pain, hunger, fear, and rage. New York: Branford.

Cannon, W. B. (1932). The wisdom of the body. New York: Norton.

Cannon, W. B., & Washburn, A. L. (1912). An explanation of hunger. American Journal of Physiology, 29, 441-454.

Cantor, N., & Kihlstrom. J. F. (1987). Personality and social intelligence. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Capaldi, E., & Powley, T. L. (Eds.). (1990). Taste, experience, and feeding. Washington DC: American Psychlogical Association.

Caplan, L., (1984). The insanity defense and the trial of John W. Hinckley, Jr. Boston, MA: D. R. Godine.

Caplan, N., Choy, M. H., & Whitmore, J. K. (1992. February). Indochinese refugee families and academic achievement. Scientific American, pp. 36-42.

Caramazza, A., & Berndt, R. S. (1978). Semantic and syntactic processes in aphasia: A review of the literature. Psychological Bulletin, 85, 898-918.

Carducci, B. J., & Stein, N. D. (1988, April). The personal and situational pervasiveness of shyness in college students: A nine-year comparison. A paper presented at the meeting of the Southeastern Psychological Association, New Orleans.

Carew, T. J., & Sahley, C. L. (1986). Invertebrate learning and memory: From behavior to molecules. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 9, 435-487.

Carey, G. (1990). Genes, fears, phobias, and phobic disorders. Journal of Counseling and Development, 68, 628-632.

Carlo, G., Koller, S. H., Eisenberg, N., Da Silva, M. S., & Frohlich, C. B. (1996). A cross-national study on the relations among prosocial moral reasoning, gender role orientations, and prosocial behaviors. Developmental Psychology, 32, 231-240.

Carlson, J. G., Chemtob, C. M., Rusnak, K., & Hedlund, N. L. (1996). Psychotherapy, 33(1), 104-113.

Carlson, N. R. (2001). Physiology of behavior (7th ed.). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

Carlson, S. (1985). A double-blind test of astrology. Nature, 318, 419–425.

Carnegie Council on Adolescent Development. (1989, June). Turning points: Preparing American youth for the 21st century. (The Report of the Task Force on Education of Young Adolescents.) New York: Carnegie Corporation.

Caroll, J., Volk, K., & Hyde, J. S. (1985). Differences between males and females in motives for engaging in sexual intercourse. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 14, 131-139.

Carpenter, W. T. (1995). Serotonin-dopamine antagonists and treatment of negative symptoms. Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology, 15 (Suppl. 1), S30-S35.

Carrillo, E., & Lopez, A. (Eds.). (2001). The Latino psychiatric patient: Assessment and treatment. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.

Carson, R. C. (1989). Personality. Annual Review of Psychology, 40, 227–248.

Carson, R. C., Butcher, J. N., & Mineka, S. (1996). Abnormal psychology and modern life.  New York: HarperCollins.

Carton, J. S., & Nowicki, Jr., S. (1994). Antecedents of individual differences in locus of control of reinforcement: A critical review. Genetic, Social, and General Psychology Monographs, 120, 33–81.

Cartwright, R. & Lamberg, L. (1992). Crisis dreaming. New York: HarperCollins.

Cartwright, R. D. (1990). A network model of dreams. In R. R. Bootzin, J. F. Kihlstrom, & D. L. Schachter (Eds.), Sleep and cognition. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Cartwright, S. A. (1981). Report on the diseases and physical peculiarities of the Negro race. In A. L. Caplan, H. T. Englehart, Jr., & J. J. McCartney (Eds.), Concepts of health and disease: Interdisciplinary perspectives (pp. 305-326). Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley. (Original work published 1851).

Carver, C. S., Ironson. G., Wynings, C., Greenwood. D., et al. (1993). Coping with Andrew: How coping responses relate to experience of loss and symptoms of poor adjustment. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the American Psychological Association, Toronto, Canada.

Caryl, P. G. (1994). Early event-related potentials correlate with inspection time and intelligence. Intelligence, 18, 15-46.

Case focuses on evolution and creation: Supreme Court roundup. (1986, May 6). The New York Times, p. 29.

Case R. (1992). The role of the frontal lobes in the regulation of cognitive development. Brain and Cognition, 20(1), 51-73.

Cash, T., & Janda, L. H. (1984, December). The eye of the beholder. Psychology Today, pp. 46-52.

Caspi, A., & Moffitt, T. E. (1991). Individual differences are accentuated during periods of social change: The sample case of girls at puberty. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 61, 157-168.

Castonguay, L. G., & Goldfried, M. R. (1994). Psychotherapy integration: An idea whose time has come. Applied & Preventive Psychology, 3, 159-172.

Castro, J. (1991, October 28). Vox Pop. Time, p. 23.

Catalano, R., Dooley, D., Novaco, R. W., Wilson, G., et al. (1993). Using ECA data to examine the effect of job layoffs on violent behavior. Hospital and Community Psychiatry, 44, 874-879.

Cates, W., & Wasserheit, J. N. (1991). Genital chlamydial infections: Epidemiological and reproductive sequelae. American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 164, 1771-1781.

Cattell, R. B. (1950). Personality: A systematic theorietical and factual study. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Cattell, R. B. (1987). Intelligence, Its structure, growth and action. Amsterdam: North-Holland.

Cattell, R. B., & Nesselroade, J. R. (1967). Likeness and completeness theories examined by sixteen personality factors measures by stably and unstably married couples. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 7, 351–361.

Cautela, J. R., & Bennett, A. K. (1981). Covert conditioning. In R. J. Corsini (Ed.), Handook of innovative psychotherapies (pp. 189-204). New York: Wiley.

Cautela, R. J., & Kearney, A. J. (1986). The covert conditioning handbook. New York: Springer.

Ceci, S. J., & Bronfenbrenner, U. (1985). Don't forget to take the cupcakes out of the oven: Strategic time monitoring, prospective memory and context. Child Development, 56, 175-190.

Ceci, S. J., & Bruck, M. (1995). Jeopardy in the courtroom: A scientific analysis of children's testimony. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Ceci, S. J., & Roazzi, A. (1994). The effects of context on cognition: Postcards from Brazil. In R. J. Sternberg & R. K. Wagner (Eds.), Minds in context: Interactionist perspectives on human intelligence. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Ceci, S. J., Huffman, M. L. C., Smith, E., & Loftus, E. F. (1994). Repeatedly thinking about a non-event: Source misattributions among preschoolers. Consciousness and Cognition, 3, 388-407.

Centers for Disease Control. (1992). Selected behaviors that increase risk for HIV infection, other sexually transmitted diseases, and unintended pregnancy among high school students—United States, 1991. Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Reports, 41, 945-950.

Cerletti, U., & Bini, L. (1938). L'Elettroshock. Archivio generale di neurologia, 19, 266-268.

Cernoch, J. M., & Porter, R. H. (1985). Recognition of maternal axillary odors by infants. Child Development, 56, 1593-1598.

Chaiken, E., & Eagly, A. H. (1983). Communication modality as a determinant of persuasion: The role of communicator salience. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 45, 241-256.

Chaiken, S. (1979). Communicator physical attractiveness and persuasion. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 3, 1387-1397.

Chakos, M. H., Alvir, J. M. J., Woerner, M., & Koreen, A. (1996). Incidence and correlates of tardive dyskinesia in first episode of schizophrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 53(4), 313-319.

Chance, J. E., & Goldstein, A. G. (1995). The other-race effect in eyewitness identification. In S. L. Sporer, G. Koehnken, & R. S. Palpass (Eds.), Psychological issues in eyewitness identification. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Chandler, R. (1940). Farewell my lovely. New York: Knopf.

Chang, E. C. (1996). Cultural differences in optimism, pessimism, and coping: Predictors of subsequent adjustment in Asian American and Caucasian American college students. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 43, 113-123.

Chapdelaine, A., Kenny, D. A., & LaFontana, K. M. (1994). Matchmaker, matchmaker, can you make me a match? Predicting liking between two unacquainted persons. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 67, 83-91.

Chapman, W. P., Schroeder, H. R., Geyer, G., Brazier, M. A. B., Fager, C., Poppen, J. L., Solomon, H. C., & Yakovlev, P. I. (1954). Physiological evidence concerning importance of the amygdaloid nuclear region in the integration of circulatory function and emotion in man. Science, 120, 949-951.

Charrrow, R. P. (1991, November). Sex, politics, and science. The Journal of NIH Research, 3, 80-83.

Chase, M. H., & Morales, F. R. (1983). Subthreshold excitatory activity and motorneuron discharge during REM periods of active sleep. Science, 221, 1195-1198.

Chaudhari, N., Landin, A. M., & Roper, S. D. (2000). A metabotropic glutamate receptor variant functions as a taste receptor. Nature Neuroscience, 3, 113-119.

Chaves, J. F. (1989). Hypnotic control of clinical pain. In N. P. Spanos & J. F. Chaves (Eds.), Hypnosis: The cognitive-behavioral perspective. Buffalo, NY: Prometheus Books.

Cheek, J., & Buss, A. H. (1979). Scales of shyness, sociability, and self-esteem and correlations among them. Unpublished research, University of Texas. (Cited by Buss, 1980.)

Chen, Z., Lawson, R. B., Gordon, L. R., & McIntosh, B. (1996). Groupthink: Deciding with the leader and the devil. Psychological Record, 46(4), 581-590.

Cheney, D. L., & Seyfarth, R. M. (1985). Vervet monkey alarm calls: Manipulation through shared information? Behavior, 94, 150-166.

Chess, S. (1983). Mothers are always the problem—or are they? Old wine in new bottles. Pediatrics, 71, 974-976.

Chess, S., & Thomas, A. (1982). Infant bonding: Mystique and reality. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 52, 213-222.

Chi, M. T. H., & Koeski, R. D. (1983). Network representations of a child's dinosaur knowledge. Developmental Psychology, 19, 29-39.

Chi, M. T., Glaser, R., & Rees, E. (1982). Expertise in problem solving. In R. Sternberg (Ed.), Advances in the psychology of human intelligence (Vol. 1, pp. 7-75). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Chisholm, H. (Ed.). (1910). The Encyclopædia Britannica (11th ed.). New York: The Encyclopædia Britannica Company.

Chomsky, N. (1959). Review of Verbal Behavior by B. F. Skinner. Language, 35, 26-58.

Chomsky, N. (1965). Aspects of the theory of syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Chomsky, N. (1972). Language and mind. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.

Chomsky, N. (1975). Reflections on language. New York: Pantheon.

Chomsky, N. (1986). Knowledge of language. New York: Praeger.

Chomsky, N. (1991, March). [Quoted in] Discover, 12(3), 20.

Christensen, A., & Jacobson, N. S. (1994). Who (or what) can do psychotherapy: The status and challenge of nonprofessional therapies. Psychological Science, 5, 8-14.

Christensen, A., & Jacobson, N. S. (1994). Who (or what) can do psychotherapy. Psychological Science, 5(1), 8-14.

Christmas, J. T. (1992). The risks of cocaine use in pregnancy. Medical Aspects of Human Sexuality, 26(2), 36-43.

Cialdini, R. B. (1988). Influence: Science and practice (2nd ed.). Glenview, IL: Foresman/Little, Brown.

Cialdini, R. B. (2001). Influence: Science and practice (4th ed.). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

Cialdini, R. B., Vincent, J. E., Lewis, S. K., Catalan, J., Wheeler, D., & Darby, B. L. (1975). Reciprocal concessions procedure for inducing compliance: The door-in-the-face technique. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31, 206-215.

Clark, D. M. (1988). A cognitive model of panic attacks. In S. Rachman & J. D. Maser (Eds.), Panic: Psychological perspectives. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Clark, D. M., Salkovskis, P. M., Gelder, M., Koehler, C., Martin, M., Anastasiades, P., Hackmann, A., Middleton, H., & Jeavons, A. (1988). Tests of a cognitive theory of panic. In I. Hand & H. V. Wittchen (Eds.), Panic and phobias 2. New York: Springer-Verlag.

Clark, L. A., Watson, D., & Mineka, S. M. (1994). Temperament, personality, and the mood and anxiety disorders. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 103, 103-116.

Clark, R. D., & Hatfield, E. (1989). Gender differences in receptivity to sexual offers. Journal of Psychology and Human Sexuality, 2, 39-55.

Clark, R. D., III, & Word, L. E. (1974). Where is the apathetic bystander? Situational characteristics of the emergency. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 29, 279-287.

Clarke-Stewart, A., Gruber, C. P., & Fitzgerald, L. M. (1994). Children at home and in day care. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Clarke-Stewart, K. A. (1987). Predicting child development from child care forms and features: The Chicago Study. In D. A. Phillips (Ed.), Quality in child care: What does research tell us? (Research Monographs of the National Association for the Education of Young Children Vol 1, pp. 21-41). Washington, DC: National Association for the Education of Young Children.

Clay, R. A. (2002). Psychotherapy s cost-effective. Monitor on Psychology, 31, Retrieved June 18th, 2004, from http://www.apa.org/monitor/jan00/pr2.html.

Clifford, M. M. (1975). Physical attractiveness and academic performance. Child Study Journal, 5, 2201-2209.

Clopton, N. A., & Sorell, G. T. (1993). Gender differences in moral reasoning: Stable or situational? Psychology of Women Quarterly, 17, 85-101.

Clower, C. E., & Bothwell, R. K. (2001). An exploratory study of the relationshipb between the Big Five and inmate recidivism. Journal of Research in Personality, 35, 231-237.

Cochran, W. G., Mosteller, F., & Tukey, J. W. (1953). Statistical problems of the Kinsey report. Journal of the American Statistical Association, 48, 673-716.

Cohan, C., & Cole, S. (2002). Life course transitions and natural disaster: Marriage, birth, and divorce following Hurricane Hugo. Journal of Family Psychology, 16, 14-25.

Cohen, D., Taieb, O. Flament, M., Benoit, N., Chevret, S., Corcos, M., Fossati, P., Jeammet, P., Allilaire, J. F. & Basquin, M. (2000). Absence of cognitive impairment at long-term follow-up in adolescents treated with ECT for severe mood disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 460-462.

Cohen, K. P. (1979). Hospice: Prescription for terminal care. Germantown, MD: Aspen.

Cohen, M. W. (1976). Eidetic imagery versus language skills. Journal of Social Psychology, 99, 143-144.

Cohen, N. L., Waltzman, S. B., & Fisher, S. G. (1993). A prospective, randomized study of cochlear implants. New England Journal of Medicine, 328(4), 233-237.

Cohen, S. (1988). Psychosocial models of the role of social support in the etiology of physical disease. Health Psychology, 7, 269-297.

Cohen, S. (1996). Psychological stress, immunity, and upper respiratory infections. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 5, 86-90.

Cohen, S., & Andrysiak, T. (1982). The therapeutic potential of marijuana's components. Rockville, MD: American Council on Marijuana and Other Psychoactive Drugs.

Cohn, L. D. (1991). Sex differences in the course of personality development: A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 109, 252-266.

Coile, D. C., & Miller, N. E. (1984, June). How radical animal activists try to mislead humane people. American Psychologist, 39, 700-701.

Colby, A., Kohlberg, L., Gibbs, J., & Lieberman, M. (1983). A longitudinal study of moral judgment. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 48(1-2, Serial No. 200).

Coldwell, S. E., Getz, T, Milgrom, P., Prall, C. W., Spadafora, A., & Ramsay, D. S. (1998). CARL: A LabView 3 computer program for conducting exposure therapy for the treatment of dental injection fear. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 36, 429-441.

Cole, M., & Cole, S. (1993). The development of children (2nd ed.). New York: Freeman.

Cole, M., Gay, J., Glick, J., & Sharp, D. (1971). The cultural context of learning and thinking. New York: Basic Books.

Cole, T. R. (1992). The journey of life: A cultural history of aging in America. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Coleman, E., & Reece, R. (1988). Treating low sexual desire among gay men. In S. R. Leiblum & R. C. Rosen (Eds.), Sexual desire disorders. New York: Guilford.

Coleman, M. (1994). Second trimester of gestation: A time of risk for classical autism? Developmental Brain Dysfunction, 7, 104-109.

Coles, R. (1997). The Moral Intelligence of Children: How to raise a moral child. New York: Plume.

Colline, T. J., & Suzukamo, L. (1989, November 26). Dreams in exile: The Hmong in St. Paul. St. Paul Pioneer Press, p. 1G.

Collins, W. A., & Gunnar, M. R. (1990). Social and personality development. Annual Review of Psychology, 41, 387-416.

Colon, E. A., Callies, A. L., Popkin, M. K., & McGlave, P. B. (1991). Depressed mood and other variables related to bone marrow transplantation survival in acute leukemia. Psychosomatics, 32, 420-425.

Comstock, G. A., & Paik, H. (1991). The effects of television violence on aggressive behavior: A meta-analysis. In A preliminary report of the National Research Council on the understanding and control of violent behavior. Washington, DC: National Research Council.

Comstock, G., & Strasburger, V. C. (1990). Deceptive appearances: Television violence and aggressive behavior. Journal of Adolescent Health Care, 11, 31-44.

Conant, M., Hardy, D., Sernatinger, J., Spicer, D., Levy, J. A. (1986). Condoms prevent transmission of AIDS-associated retrovirus. Journal of the American Medical Association, 255, 1706.

Conner, K. R., Duberstein, P. R., Conwell, Y., Seidlitz, L., & Caine, E. D. (2001). Psychological vulnerability to completed suicide: A review of empirical studies. Suicide and Life-Threatening Behavior, 31, 367-385.

Considine, R. V., Sinha, M. K., Heiman, M. L., Kriauciunas, A., et al. (1996). Serum immunoreactive-leptin concentrations in normal-weight and obese humans. New England Journal of Medicine,334(5), 292-295.

Consoli, S. (1996). Skin and stress. Pathologie Biologie, 44(10). 875-881.

Constantinople, A. (1969). An Eriksonian measure of personalty development in college students. Developmental Psychology, 1, 357-372.

Consumer Reports (1995, November). Mental health: Does Therapy Help? 734-739.

Contrada, R. J., Ashmore, R. D., Gary M. L., Coups, E., Egeth, J. D., Sewell, A., et al. (2000). Ethnicity-related sources of stress and their effects on well-being. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 9, 136-139.

Cook, M., Mineka, S., Wolkenstein, B., & Laitsch, K. (1985). Observational conditioning of snake fear in unrelated rhesus monkeys. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 94, 591-610.

Cook, S. W. (1978). Interpersonal and attitudinal outcomes in cooperating interracial groups. Journal of Research and Development in Education, 12, 97-113.

Coon, A. M. (1957). Brainstorming: A creative problem-solving technique. Journal of Communication, 7, 111-118.

Coon, D. (1998). Introduction to psychology: exploration and application. (8th ed., p. 498). Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole

Coons, P. M., Milstein, V., & Marley, C. (1982). EEG studies of two multiple-personalities and a control. Archives of General Psychiatry, 39, 823-825.

Cooper, H. M. (1979). Statistically combining independent studies: Meta-analysis of sex differences in conformity research. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 131-146.

Cooper, J. K., & Mungas, D. (1993). Alzheimer's disease drug treatment. Journal of Geriatric Drug Therapy, 8(2), 5-18.

Cooper, J., & Mackie, D. (1986). Video games and aggression in children. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 16, 726-744.

Cooper, M. L., Russell, M., Skinner, J. B., Frone, M. R., & Mudar, P. (1992). Stress and alcohol use: The moderating effects of gender, coping, and alcohol expectancies. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 101, 139-152.

Cooper, S. (1987). The fetal alcohol syndrome. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 28, 223-227.

Corballis, M. C. (1989). Laterality and human evolution. Psychological Review, 96, 492-505.

Coren, S. (1993). The left-hander syndrome. New York: Vintage Books.

Coren, S. (1996). Sleep thieves: An eye-opening exploration into the science and mysteries of sleep. New York: Free Press.

Coren, S., & Aks, D. J. (1990). Moon illusion in pictures: A multimechanism approach. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 16, 365-380.

Coren, S., Ward, L. M., & Enns, J. T. (1999). Sensation and perception (5^th ed.). Fort Worth, TX: Harcourt Brace.

Cornelius, R. R. (1991). Gregorio Marañon's two-factor theory of emotion. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 17, 65-69.

Cornell, D., & Cornley, J. E. (1979). Aversive conditioning of campground coyotes in Joshua Tree National Monument. Wildlife Society Bulletin, 7, 129-131.

Corsini, R. J., & Wedding, D. (2001). Current psychotherapies (6th ed.). Itasca, IL: Peacock.

Cosmides, L. (1989). The logic of social exchange: Has natural selection shaped how humans reason? Studies with the Wason selection task. Cognition, 31, 187-276.

Costa, E., & Guidotti, A. (1985). Endogenous ligands for benzodiazepine recognition sites. Biochemical Pharmacology, 34, 3399-3403.

Costa, P. T., & McCrae, R. (1992). Revised NEO Personality Inventory: NEO PI and NEO Five-Factor Inventory (NEO FFI: Professional Manual). Odessa, FL: Psychological Assessment Resources.

Costa, P. T., Jr., & McCrae, R. R. (1988). Personality in adulthood: A six-year longitudinal study of self-reports and spouse ratings on the NEO Personality Inventory. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54,  853–863.

Costa, P. T., Jr., & McCrae, R. R. (1992). Four way five factors are basic. Personality and Individual Differences, 13, 653–665.

Cota, D., Marsicano, G., Lutz, B., Vicennati, V., Stalla, G. K., Pasquali, R., & Pagotto, U. (2003). Endogenous cannabinoid system as a modulator of food intake. International Journal of Obesity, 27, 289-301.

Cotton, J. L. (1986). Ambient temperature and violent crime. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 16, 786-801.

Courchesne, E., Yeung-Courchesne, R., Press, G. A., Hesselink, J. R., & Jernigan, T. L. (1988). Hypoplasia of cerebellar vermae lobules VI and VII in autism. New England Journal of Medicine, 318, 1349-1354.

Cowan, N. (1988). Evolving conceptions of memory storage, selective attention, and their mutual constraints within the human information-processing system. Psychological Bulletin, 104, 162-191.

Cowart, B. J. (1981). Development of taste perception in humans: Sensitivity and preference throughout the life span. Psychological Bulletin, 90, 43-73.

Craik, F. I. M., & Watkins, M. J. (1973). The role of rehearsal in short-term memory. Journal of Verbal Behavior, 12, 599-607.

Cramer, P. (1998) Coping and defense mechanisms: What's the difference? Journal of Personality, 66, 919-946.

Craske, M. G. (1999). Anxiety disorders: Psychological approaches to theory and treatment.. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Crawford, C. (1998). Environments and adaptations: Then and now. In C. B Crawford, & D. L. Krebs (Eds.). Handbook of evolutionary psychology: Ideas, issues, and applications (pp. 275-302). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Crawford, C. B., & Anderson, J. L., (1989). Sociobiology: An environmentalist discipline? American Psychologist, 44, 1449-1459.

Crick, F. & Mitchison, G. (1995). REM sleep and neural nets. Behavioural Brain Research, 69, 147-155.

Crick, F., & Mitchison, G. (1983). The function of dream sleep. Nature, 304, 111-114.

Croen, L. A., Grether, J. K., & Selvin, S. (2001). The epidemiology of mental retardation of unknown cause. Pediatrics, 107, 86.

Cronbach, L. (1990). Essentials of psychological testing. Reading, PA: Addison Wesley.

Crowe, R. A. (1990). Astrology and the scientific method. Psychological Reports, 67, 163–191.

Csikszentmihalyi, M. (1988). Society, person, and culture: A systems view of creativity. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), The nature of creativity. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Csikszentmihalyi, M. (1990). Flow: The psychology of optimal experience. New York: Harper & Row.

Csikszentmihalyi, M., & Larson, R. (1984). Being adolescent: Conflict and growth in the teenage years. New York: Basic Books.

Cummings, E. M., Iannotti, R. J., & Zahn-Waxler, C. (1983). Influence of conflict between adults on the emotions and aggression of young children. Developmental Psychology, 21, 495-507.

Cummings, E. M., Zahn-Waxler, C., & Radke-Yarrow, M. (1981). Young children's responses to expressions of anger and affection by others in the family. Child Development, 52, 1274-1282.

Cunningham, M. R. (1986). Measuring the physical in physical attractiveness: Quasi-experiments on the sociobiology of female facial beauty. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 925-935.

Cunningham, M. R., Roberts, A. R., Barbee, A. P., Druen, P. B., & Wu, C. (1995). "Their ideas of beauty are, on the whole, the same as ours:" Consistency and variability in the cross-cultural perception of female physical attractiveness. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 68, 261-279.

Cunningham, W. R., & Tomer, A. (1990). Intellectual abilities and age: Concepts, theories and analyses. In E. A. Lovelace (Ed.), Aging and cognition: Mental processes, self awareness, and interventions (pp. 379-406). Amsterdam, Netherlands: North-Holland.

Cuny, H. (1965). Ivan Pavlov: The man and his theories. New York: Eriksson.

Curtains for Dr. Death: After assisting 130 suicides since 1990, Jack Kevorkian is found guilty of murder. (1999, April 5). Time, 153, 48.

Curtis, G. C., Magee, W. J., Eaton, W. W., Wittchen, H.-U., & Kessler, R. C. (1998). Specific fears and phobias: Epidemiology and classification. British Journal of Psychiatry, 173, 212-217.

Curtis, T. Miller, B. C., & Berry, E. H. (2000). Changes in reports and incidence of child abuse following natural disasters. Child Abuse & Neglect, 24, 1151-1162.

 

 

Dabbs, J. M., Jr., & Leventhal, H. (1966). Effects of varying the recommendations in a fear-arousing communication. Journal of Personality and Social Psycology, 4, 525-531.

Dacey, J. S. (1989). Fundamentals of creative thinking. Lexington, MA: Lexington.

Dackis, C. A., Pottash, A. L. C., Annitto, W., & Gold, M. S. (1982). Persistence of urinary marijuana levels after supervised abstinence. American Journal of Psychiatry, 139, 1196-1198.

Dain, N. (1964). Concepts of sanity in the United States, 1789-1895. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press.

Dalgic, T., & Heijblom, R. (1996). International marketing blunders revisited. Journal of International Marketing, 4, 81-91.

Daly, M., & Wilson, M. (1994). Evolutionary psychology of male violence. In J. Archer (Ed.), Male violence. London: Routledge.

Daly, M., Wilson, M., & Weghorst, S. J. (1982). Male sexual jealousy. Ethology & Sociobiology, 3, 11-27.

Damaser, E. C., Shor, R. E., & Orne, M. T. (1963). Physiological effects during hypnotically requestions emotions. Psychosomatic Medicine, 25, 334-343.

Damasio, A. R. (1994). Descartes' error: Emotion, reason, and the human brain. New York: Grosset/Putnam.

Darley, J. M., & Batson, C. D. (1973). “From Jerusalem to Jericho:” A study of situational and dispositional variables in helping behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 27, 100-108.

Darley, J. M., & Latané, B. (1968). Bystander intervention in emergencies: Diffusion of responsibility. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 8, 377-383.

Darley, J. M., & Schultz, T. R. (1990). Moral judgments: Their content and acquisition. Annual Review of Psychology, 41, 525-556.

Darling, C. A., Davidson, J. K., & Pasarello, L. C. (1992). The mystique of first intercourse among college youth: The role of partners, contraceptive practices, and psychological reactions. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 21(1), 97-117.

Darwin Adventure stirs controversy. (1972, October 1). The New York Times, p. 131.

Darwin, C. (1859). On the origin of species by means of natural selection. London: Murray.

Darwin, C. (1871). The descent of man. London: Murray.

Darwin, C. (1959). On the origin of the species by means of natural selection. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press. (Original work published 1859).

Darwin, C. (1965). The expression of the emotions in man and animals. New York: Appleton. (Original work published 1872).

Davachi, L., Mitchell, J. P., & Wagner, A. D. (2003). Multiple routes to memory: Distinct medial temporal lobe processes build item and source memories. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 100, 2157-2162.

Davanloo, H. (1995). Intensive short-term dynamic psychotherapy. International Journal of Short-Term Psychotherapy, 10(3-4), 121-155.

Davidson, J. R. T., Rothbaum, B. O., van der Kolk, B. A., Sikes, C. R., & Farfel, G. M. (2001). Multicenter, double-blind comparison of sertraline and placebo in the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 58, 485-492.

Davidson, R. J., Putnam, K. M., & Larson, C. L. (2000). Dysfunction of the neural circuitry of emotion regulation? A possible prelude to violence. Science, 289, 591-594.

Davies, D. R., & Sparrow, P. R. (1985). Age and work behavior. In N. Charness (Ed.), Aging and human performance. New York: Wiley.

Davies, D. R., Matthews, G., & Wong, C. S. K. (1991). Aging and work. International Review of Industrial and Organizational Psychology, 6, 149-211.

Davies, I. R. L., Sowden, P. T., Jerret, D. T., Jerret, T., , & Corbett, G. G. (1998). A cross-cultural study of English and Setswana speakers on a colour triads task: A test of the Sapir-Whorf hypothesis. British Journal of Psychology, 89, 1-15.

Davis, C. M. (1928). Self-selection of diet by newly weaned infants. American Journal of Diseases of Children, 36, 651-679.

Davis, C. M. (1939). Results of the self selction of diets by young children. The Canadian Medical Association Journal, 41,  257-261.

Davis, C. M., & Bauserman, R. (1993). Exposure to sexually explicit materials: An attitude change perspective. Annual Review of Sex Research, 4, 121-210.

Davis, J. D. (1989). The microstructure of ingestive behavior. In L. H. Schneider, & S. J. Cooper (Eds.) The psychobiology of human eating disorders: Preclinical and clinical perspectives (pp. 106-121). New York: New York Academy of Sciences.

Davis, J. L., Stewart, D. G., Friedman, J. I., Buchsbaum, M. Harvey, P. D. Hof, P. R., et al. (2003). White matter changes in schizophrenia: Evidence for myelin-related dysfunction. Archives of General Psychiatry, 60, 443-456).

Davis, P. W., & Solomon, E. P. (1986). The world of biology (3rd ed.). Philadelphia: Saunders.

Davison, G. C., & Neale, J. M. (2001). Abnormal psychology (8th ed.). New York: Wiley.

Dawkins, R. (1976). The selfish gene. New York: Oxford University Press.

Day, A. L., & Jreige, S. (2002). Examining Type A behavior patterns to explain the relationship between job stressors and psychosocial outcomes. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 7, 109-120.

Day, N. L., & Richardson, G. A. (1991). Prenatal marijuana use: Epidemiology, methodological issues, and infant outcome. Chemical Dependency and Pregnancy, 18, 77-91.

D'Azevedo, W. L., (Ed.). (1973). The traditional artist in African societies. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

de Bono, E. (1992). Serious creativity: Using the power of lateral thinking to create new ideas. New YorK: HarperCollins.

de Boyson-Bardies, B., Halle, P., Sagart, L., & Durand, C. (1989). A cross-linguistic investigation of vowel formats in babbling. Journal of Child Language, 16, 1-17.

de Castro, J. M., & Brewer, E. M. (1991). The amount eaten in meals by humans is a power function of the number of people present. Physiology & Behavior, 51, 121-125.

de Castro, J. M., & de Castro, E. S. (1989). Spontaneous meal patterns of humans: Influence of the presence of other people. Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 50, 237-247.

De Renzi, E. (Ed.). (1982). Disorders of space exploration and cognition. New York: John Wiley & Sons.

de Roiste, A., & Bushnell, I. W. R. (1996). Tactile stimulation: Short- and long-term benefits for pre-term infants. British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 14, 41-53.

de Waal, F. B. M. (1999, December). The end of nature versus nurture. Scientific American,  94-99.

Deacon, T. W. (1997). The symbolic species: The co-evolution of language and the brain. New York: Norton.

Dean, G. A., Kelly, I. W., Saklofske, D. H., & Furnham, A. (1992). In B. Beyerstein & D. Beyerstein (Eds.), The write stuff: Evaluations of graphology. Buffalo, NY: Prometheus Books.

Dean-Church, L., & Gilroy, F. D. (1993). Relation of sex-role orientation to life satisfaction in a healthy elderly sample. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 8(1), 133-140.

Deardorff, J. (1994, July 28). "It feels like there's a beast inside me." Chicago Tribune, p. 1.

Deary, I. J., & Stough, C. (1996). Intelligence ans inspection time: Achievements, prospects, and problems. American Psychologist, 51, 599-608.

Deater-Deckard, K., & Dodge, K. A. (1997). Externalizing behavior problems and discipline revisited: Nonlinear effects and variation by culture, context, and gender. Psychological Inquiry, 8, 161-175.

Deaux, K., & Emswiller, T. (1974). Explanation of successful performance on sex-linked tasks: What is skill for the male is luck for the female. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 29, 80-85.

DeCasper, A., & Fifer, W. (1980). Newborns prefer their mother's voices. Science, 208, 1174-1176.

Decker, M. D., Dewey, M. J., Hutcheson, R. H., & Schaffner, W. (1984). The use and efficacy of child restraint devices. Journal of the American Medical Association, 252, 2571-2575.

Decoding the human body: The secrets of life. (2000, April 10). Newsweek, 135, 50.

Deese, J. (1959). On the prediction of occurrence of particular verbal intrusions in immediate recall. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 58, 17-22.

Deese, J., & Hulse, S. J. (1967). The psychology of learning (3rd. ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.

DeFries, J. C., Fulker, D. W., & LaBuda, M. C. (1987). Evidence for a genetic etiology in reading disability of twins.. Nature, 329, 537-539.

Degler, C. N. (1991). In search of human nature: The decline of Darwinism in American social thought. New York: Oxford University Press.

DeGood, D. E. (1975). Cognitive factors in vascular stress responses. Psychophysiology, 12, 399-401.

DeLeon, P. H., & Wiggins, J. G., Jr. (1996). Prescription privileges for psychologists. American Psychologist, 51, 225-229.

Delgado, P. L., Price, L. H., Heninger, G. R., & Charney, D. S. (1992). Neurochemistry. In E. S. Paykel (Ed.), Handbook of affective disorders, (2nd ed., pp. 219-254). New York: Guilford Press.

Demare, D., Brier, J., & Lips, H. M. (1988). Violent pornography and self-reported likelihood of sexual aggression. Journal of Research in Personality, 22, 140-153.

Dement, W. (1960). The effect of dream deprivation. Science, 131, 1705-1707.

Dement, W. C. (1972). Some must watch while some must sleep. Stanford, CA: Stanford Alumni Assocation.

Dement, W. C. (1976). Some must watch while some must sleep. New York: Norton.

Dement, W. C. (1992). The sleepwatchers. Stanford, CA: Stanford Alumni Association.

Dement, W. C., & Kleitman, M. (1957). Cyclic variations in EEG during sleep and their relation to eye movements, body motility, and dreaming. EEG and Clinical Neurophysiology, 9, 673-690.

Dement, W. C., & Vaughan, C. (1999). The promise of sleep. New York: Delacorte Press.

Dement, W. C., & Wolpert, E. A. (1957). The relation of eye movements, bodily motility, and external stimuli to dream content. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 55, 543-553.

Denmark, F. L., & Fernandez, L. C. (1992). Women: Their influence and their impact on the teaching of psychology. In A. E. Puente, J. R. Matthews, & C. L. Brewer (Eds.), Teaching psychology in America: A history (pp. 171-188). Washinton, DC: American Psychological Association.

Denney, N. A. (1989). Everyday problem solving: Methodological issues, research findings, and a model. In L. W. Poon, D. C. Rubin, & B. A. Wilson (Eds.), Everyday cognition in adulthood and late life (pp. 59-73). New York: Cambridge University Press.

D'Eon, J. L. (1989). Hypnosis in the control of labor pain. In N. P. Spanos & J. F. Chaves (Eds.), Hypnosis: The cognitive-behavioral perspective. Buffalo, NY: Prometheus Books.

Deregowski, J. (1980). Illusions, patterns, and pictures: A cross-cultural perspective. London: Academic Press.

Derogatis, L. (1986). Psychology in cancer medicine: A perspective and overview. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 54, 632-638.

Desmond, A., & Moore, J. (1991). Darwin. New York: Warner Books.

Deutch, A. (1949). The mentally ill in America (2nd ed.). New York: Columbia University Press.

Deutsch, M. (1993). Educating for a peaceful world. American Psychologist, 48(5), 510-517.

DeValois, R. L., & DeValois, K. K. (1975). Neural coding of color. In E. C. Carterette & M. P. Friedman (Eds.), Handbook of perception: Vol. V. Seeing. New York: Academic Press.

Dey, E. L., Astin, A. W., & Korn, W. S. (1991). The American freshman: Twenty-five year trends. Los Angeles: Higher Education Research Institute, UCLA.

Dickinson, D. J., & O'Connell, D. Q. (1990). Effect of quality and quantity of study on student grades. Journal of Educational Research, 83(4), 227-231.

Diener, E. (2000). Subjective well-being: The science of happiness and a proposal for a national index. American Psychologist, 55, 34-43.

Diener, E., & Suh, M. E. (1998). Subjective well-being and age: An international analysis. In K. W. Schaie & M. P. Lawton (Eds.), Annual review of gerontology and geriatrics: Vol 17. Focus on emotion and adult development (pp. 304-324). New York: Springer.

Diener, E., Diener, M., & Diener, C. (1995). Factors predicting the subjective well-being of nations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 851-864.

Dietz, W. H. (1989). Obesity. Journal of the American College of Nutrition, 8(Suppl.), 139-219.

Digman, J. M. (1990). Personality structure: Emergence of the five-factor model. Annual Review of Psychology, 41, 417–440.

DiLalla, D. L., Carey, G., Gottesman, I. I., & Bouchard, T. J., Jr. (1996). Heritability of MMPI personality indicators of psychopathology in twins reared apart. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 105, 491-499.

DiLalla, L. F. (2002). Behavior genetics of aggression in children: Reviews and future directions. Developmental Review, 22, 593-622.

Dillard, J. P. (1991). The current status of research on sequential-request compliance techniques. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 17(3), 283-288.

Dinges, D. F., Whitehouse, W. G., Orne, E. C., Powell, J. W., Orne, M. T., & Erdelyi, M. H. (1992). Evaluating hypnotic memory enhancement (hypermnesia and reminiscence) using multitrial forced recall. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 18, 1139-1147.

Dion, K. (2003). Prejudice, racism and discrimination. In T. Millon & M. Lerner (Eds.). Handbook of psychology: Volume 5: Personality and social psychology (pp. 507-536). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.

Dion, K. K., & Stein, S. (1978). Physical attractiveness and its interpersonal influence. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 14, 97-108.

Dion, K. K., Berscheid, E., & Walster, E. (1972). What is beautiful is good. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 24, 285-290.

Dipboye, R. L., Fromkin, H. L., & Wilback, K. (1975). Relative importance of applicant sex, attractiveness, and scholastic standing in evaluation of job applicant resumes. Journal of Applied Psychology, 60, 39-43.

Dixon, J. F., & Hokin, L. E. (1998). Lithium acutely inhibits and chronically up-regulates and stabilizes glutamate uptake by presynaptic nerve endings in mouse cerebral cortex. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 95, 83-63-8368.

Dobson, K. S. (1989). A meta-analysis of the efficacy of cognitive therapy for depression. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 57, 414-419.

Dockery, T. M., & Bedeian, A. G. (1989). "Attitudes versus actions": Lapiere's (1934) classic study revisited. Social Behavior and Personality, 17, 9-16.

Doheny, K. (1988, October 2). Self-help. Los Angeles Times, p. VI1.

Doll, E. A. (1965). Vineland Social Maturity Scale: Manual of directions (rev. ed.). Minneapolis, MN: American Guidance Service.

Dollard, J., & Miller, N. E. (1950). Personality and psychotherapy. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Dollard, J., Doob, L. W., Miller, N. E., Mowrer, O. H., & Sears, R. R. (1939). Frustration and aggression. New Haven: Yale University Press.

Dollinger, S. J. (2000). Locus of control and incidental learning: An application to college students. College Student Journal, 34, 537-540.

Dolnick, E. (1990, July). What dreams are (really) made of. The Atlantic Monthly, 226, 41-45, 48-53, 56-58, 60-61.

Dols, M. W. (1987). Insanity and its treatment in Islamic society. Medical History, 31, 1-14.

Domjan, M., & Purdy, J. E. (1995). Animal research in psychology: More than meets the eye of the general psychology student. American Psychologist, 50, 496-503.

Donnerstein, E. I., & Berkowitz, L. (1981). Victim reactions in aggressive erotic films as a factor in violence against women. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 41, 710-724.

Donnerstein, E. I., (1980). Aggressive erotica and violence against women. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 39, 269-277.

Donnerstein, E., Donnerstein, M., Simon, S., & Ditrichs, R. (1972). Variables in interracial aggression: Anonymity, expected retaliation, and a riot. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 22, 236-245.

Donohue, P. G. (2001, March 26). Missing hormones arrest development. St. Paul Pioneer Press, p. 4C.

Dooley, D. (2001). Social Research Methods (4th ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Dorner, G., Schenk, B., Schmiedel, B., & Ahrens, L. (1983). Stressful events in prenatal life of bi- and homosexual men. Experimental and Clinical Endocrinology, 81, 83-87.

Doty, R. L., Applebaum, S., Zusho, H., & Settle, R. G. (1985). Sex differences in odor identification ability: A cross-cultural analysis. Neuropsychologia, 23, 667-672.

Doty, R. L., Green, P. A., Ram, C., & Yankell, S. L. (1982). Communication of gender from human breath odors: Relationship to perceived intensity and pleasantness. Hormones and Behavior, 16, 13-22.

Doty, R. L., Shaman, P., Applebaum, S. L., Giberson, R., Sikorski, L., & Rosenberg, L. (1984). Smell identification ability: Changes with age. Science, 226, 1441-1443.

Dovidio, J. F., Gaertner, S. L., & Kawakami, K. (2003). Intergroup contact: The past, present, and the future. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 6, 5-21.

Dovido, J. F., Allen, J. L., & Schroeder, D. A. (1990). Specificity of empathy-induced helping: Evidence for altruistic motivation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 59(2), 249-260.

Down, J. L. (1866). Observations on the ethnic classification of idiots. London Hospital Clinic Lecture Reports, 3, 259-262.

Drucker, P. F. (1979, March). What Freud forgot. Human Nature, 2, 40–50.

Druckman, D., & Bjork, R. A. (Eds.) (1994). Learning, remembering, believing: Enhancing human performance. Washington, DC: Natrional Academy Press.

Dryer, P. H. (1982). Sexuality during adolescence. In B. B. Wolman (Ed.), Handbook of developmental psychology (pp. 559-601). Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

DSM-IV (1994)Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders (4th ed.). American Psychiatric Association. Washington, D.C..

DSM-IV-TR. (2000). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental of mental disorders (4th ed., Text revision). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Association.

Duffy, J. A. (1998, November 20). Americans Concerned about health, ignore advice, study finds. Saint Paul Pioneer Press. p. A2.

Dumont, F., & Corsini, R. J. (2000). Six therapists and one client. New York: Springer.

Dumont, M. P. (1987, December). A diagnostic parable. Readings: A Journal of Reviews and Commentary in Mental Health, 9-12.

Duncan, B. L. (1976). Differential social perception and attribution of intergroup violence: Testing the lower limits of stereotyping of blacks. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 590-598.

Duncan, C. P. (1949). The retroactive effect of electroshock on learning. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 42, 32-44.

Duncan, P. D., Ritter, P. L., Dornbusch, S. M., Gross, R. T., & Carlsmith, J. M. (1985). The effects of pubertal timing on body image, school behavior, and deviance. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 14, 227-235.

Duncan-Davis, J., Filoteo, V., & Kesner, R. P. (1996, March). Memory impairment for spatial location and motor movements in patients with Huntington's disease. Paper presented at the Third Annual Meeting of the Cognitive Neuroscience Society, San Francisco.

Duncker, K. (1945). On problem solving. Psychological Monographs, 58 (Whole No. 270).

Dunn, D. H. (1975). Ponzi! The Boston Swindler. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Dupont, K.P. (1998, January 28). Fame and shame in 1994. Boston Globe, p. F1.

DuPont, R. L. (1983). Phobias in children. Journal of Pediatrics, 102, 999-1002.

Durkheim, É. (1951). Suicide (J. A. Spaulding & G. Simpson, Trans.). Glenco IL: Free Press. (Original work published 1897)

Dywan, J., & Bowers, K. (1983). The use of hypnosis to enhance recall. Science, 222, 184-185.

 

 

Eagly, A. H. (1978). Sex differences in influenceability. Psychological Bulletin, 85, 86-116.

Eagly, A. H., & Carli, L. L. (1983). Sex of researchers and sex-typed communications as determinants of sex differences in influenceability: A meta-analysis of social influence studies. Psychological Bulletin, 90, 1-20.

Eagly, A. H., Karau, S. J., & Makhijani, M. G. (1995). Gender and the effectiveness of leaders: A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 117, 125-145.

Eagly, A. H., Makhijani, M. G., & Klonsky, B. G. (1992). Gender and the evaluation of leaders: A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 111, 3-22.

Eastwood, M. R., & Peacocke, J. (1976). Seasonal patterns of suicide, depression, and electroconvulsive therapy. British Journal of Psychiatry, 129, 472-475.

Ebbeson, E. G., Duncan, B., & Konecni, V. J. (1975). Effects of content of verbal aggression on future verbal aggression: A field experiment. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 11, 192-204.

Ebbinghaus, H. (1913). Memory: A contribution to experimental psychology./i (H. A. Ruger & C. E. Bussenius, Trans.). New York: New York Teacher's College, Columbia University. (Original work published 1885).

Ebenkamp, B. (1996, August 5). Why major marketers are Latin lovers: Marketing to the Hispanic market. Brandweek, 37, 20-23.

Eckensberger, L. H. (1994). Moral development and its measurement across cultures. In W. J. Lonner & R. Malpass (Eds.), Psychology and culture. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

Edelman, G. M. (1987). Neural Darwinism: The theory of neuronal group selection. New York: Basic Books.

Edinger, J. D., Marsh, G. R., McCall, W. V., Erwin, C. W. et al. (1990). Daytime functioning and nighttime sleep before, during, and after a 146-hour tennis match. Sleep, 13(6), 526-532.

Edleson, J. L., & Syers, M. (1991). The effects of group treatment for men who batter: An 18-month follow-up study. Research on Social Work Practice, 1, 227-243.

Egeth, H. E. (1993). What do we not know about eyewitness identification? American Psychologist, 48, 577-580.

Egger, M. D., & Flynn, J. P. (1963). Effects of electrical stimulation of the amygdala on hypothalamically elicited attack behavior in cats. Journal of Neuophysiology, 26, 705-720.

Eggert, G. H. (ed. & trans.). (1977) Wernicke's Work on Aphasia: A source book and review, Vol. 1. Early Sources in Aphasia and Related Disorders. The Hague and New York: Mouton.

Ehlers, C. L., Frank, E., & Kupfer, D. J. (1988). Social zeitgebers and biological rhythms: A unified approach to understanding the etiology of depression. Archives of General Psychiatry, 45, 948-952.

Ehrenkranz, J. R. L., & Hembree, W. C. (1986). Effects of marijuana on male reproductive function. Psychiatric Annals, 16, 243-248.

Ehrhardt, A. A., & Money, J. (1967). Progestin induced hermaphroditism: I.Q. and psychosocial identity. Journal of Sexual Research, 3, 83-100.

Eichorn, D. H., Hunt, J. V., & Honzik, M. P. (1981). Experience, personality, and IQ: Adolescence to middle age. In D. H. Eichorn, J. A. Clausen, N. Haan, M. P. Honzik, & P. H. Mussen (Eds.), Present and past in middle life. New York: Academic.

Eisenberg, N. (1992). The caring child. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Eisenberg, N., Carlo, G., Murphy, B., & Van Court, P. (1995). Prosocial development in late adolescence: A longitudinal study. Child Development, 66, 1179-1197.

Ekman, P. (1989). The argument and evidence about universals in facial expressions of emotion. In H. Wagner & A. Manstead (Eds.), Handbook of social psychophysiology (pp. 143-164). Chichester, England: Wiley.

Ekman, P. (1993). Facial expression and emotion. American Psychologist, 48, 384-392.

Ekman, P. (1994). Strong evidence for universals in facial expressions: A reply to Russell's mistaken critique. Psychological Bulletin, 115, 268-287.

Ekman, P., & Friesen, W. V. (1975). Unmasking the face. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Ekman, P., & Friesen, W. V. (1978). Facial action coding system: A technique for the measurement of facial movement. Palo Alto, CA: Consulting Psychologists Press.

Ekman, P., Davidson, R. J., & Friesen, W. V. (1990). The Duchenne smile: Emotional expression and brain physiology II. Journal or Personality and Social Psychology, 58, 342-353.

Ekman, P., Friesen, W. V., & O'Sullivan, M. (1988). Smiles when lying. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 414-420.

Ekman, P., Friesen, W. V., O'Sullivan, M., Chan, A., Diacoyanni-Tarlatzis, I., Heider, K., Krause, R., LeCompte, W. A., Pitcairn, T., Ricci-Bitti, P. E., Scherer, K., Tomita, M., & Tzavaras, A. (1987). Universals and cultural differences in the judgements of facial expressions of emotion. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 53, 712-717.

Ekman, P., Levenson, R. W., & Friesen, W. V. (1983). Automomic nervous system activity distinguishes among emotions. Science, 221, 1208-1210.

El Yacoubi, M., Bouali, S., Popa, D., Naudon, L., Leroux-nicollet, I., HAmon, M., Et al. (2003). Behavioral, neurochemical, and electrophysiological characterization of a genetic mouse model of depression. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 100, 6227-6232.

Elkin, I., Shea, T., Watkins, J. T., Imber, S. D., Sotsky, S. M., Colling, J. F., Glass, D. R., Pilkonis, P. A., Leber, W. R., Docherty, J. P., Fiester, S. J., & Parloff, M. B. (1989). National Institute of Mental Health treatement of depression collaborative research program. Archives of General Psychiatry, 46, 971-983.

Elkind, D. (1967). Egocentrism in adolescence. Child Development, 38, 1025-1034.

Elkind, D. (1974). Children and adolescents: Interpretive essays on Jean Piaget (2nd ed.). New York: Oxford University Press.

Ellinwood, E. H., Kilbey, M. M., Castellani, S., & Khoury, C. (1977). Amygdala hyperspindling and seizures induced by cocaine. In E. E. Ellinwood & M. M. Kilbey (Eds.), Cocaine and other stimulants (pp. 303-326). New York: Plenum.

Ellis, A. (1973, February). The no cop-out therapy. Psychology Today, 7, 56-62.

Ellis, A. (1979). The practice of rational-emotive therapy. In A. Ellis & J. Whiteley (Eds.), Theoretical and empirical foundations of rational-emotive therapy. Monterey, CA: Brooks/Cole.

Ellis, A. (1995a). Rational emotive behavior therapy. In R. J. Corsini & D. Wedding (Eds.), Current psychotherapies (5th ed., pp. 1620196). Itasca, IL: Peacock.

Ellis, A. (1995b). Changing rational-emotive therapy (RET) to rational-emotive behavior therapy (REBT). Journal of Rational-Emotive & Cognitive Behavior Therapy, 13(2), 85-89.

Ellis, H. (1901-1928). Studies in the psychology of sex (Vols. 1-7). Philadelphia, PA: F. A. Davis.

Ellis, H. D. (1984). Practical aspects of face memory. In G. L. Wells & E. F. Loftus (Eds.), Eyewitness testimony: Psychological perspectives (pp. 12-37). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Ellis, L., & Ames, M. A. (1987). Neurohormonal functioning and sexual orientation: A theory of homosexuality-heterosexuality. Psychological Bulletin, 101, 233-258.

Emmelkamp, P. M. G. (1994). Behavior therapy with adults. In A. E. Bergin & S. L. Garfield (Eds.), Hanbook of psychotherapy and behavior change (4th ed., pp. 379-427). New York: Wiley.

Empson, J. (1989). Sleeping and dreaming. London: Faber and Faber.

Empson, J. A. C., & Clarke, P. R. F. (1970). Rapid eye movements and remembering. Nature, 227, 287-288.

Engel, G. (1977, November). Emotional stress and sudden death. Psychology Today, p. 144.

Engen, T. (1987). Remembering odors and their names. American Scientist, 75, 497-503.

Engen, T., Lipsitt, L. P., & Kaye, H. (1963). Olfactory responses and adaptation in the human neonate. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56, 73-77.

Ennis, B. J., & Emery, R. D. (1978). The rights of mental patients. New York: Avon.

Eppley, J., Abrams, A., & Shear, J. (1989). Differential effects of relaxation techniques on trait anxiety: A meta-analysis. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 45, 957-974.

Epstein, S. (1983). Aggregation and beyond: Some basic issues in the prediction of behavior. Journal of Personality, 51, 360–392.

Ericsson, K. A., & Chase, W. G. (1982). Exceptional memory. American Scientist, 70, 607-615.

Ericsson, K. A., & Simon, H. A. (1980). Verbal reports as data. Psychological review, 87, 215-251.

Erikson, E. H. (1963). Childhood and society. New York: Norton.

Eron, L. D. (1987). The development of aggressive behavior from the perspective of a developing behaviorism. American Psychologist, 42, 435-442.

Eron, L. D., Gentry, J. H., & Schlegel, P. (1994). Reason to hope: A psychosocial perspective on violence and youth. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Estabrooks, G. H. (1943). Hypnotism. New York: Dutton.

Estcorn, F., & Stephens, R. (1973). Establishment of conditioned taste aversions with a 24-hour CS-US interval. Physiological Psychology, 1, 251-259.

Esterson, A. (2001). The mythologizing of psychoanalytic history: Deception and self-deception in Freud's account of the seduction theory episode. History of Psychiatry, 12, 329-352.

Evans, C. (1984). Landscapes of the night (edited and completed by P. Evans). New York: Viking.

Evans, G. W., & Johnson, D. (2000). Stress and open-office noise. Journal of Applied Psychology, 85, 779-783.

Evans, G. W., Bullinger, M., & Hygge, S. (1998). Chronic noise exposure and physiological response: A prospective study of children living under environmental stress.

Everson, C. A. (1995). Functional consequences of sustained sleep deprivation in the rat. Behavioural Brain Research, 69, 43-54.

Everson, S. A., Goldberg, D. E., & Salonen, J. T. (1996). Hopelessness and risk of mortality and incidence of myocardial infarction and cancer. Psychosomatic Medicine, 58(2), 113.

Ewart, C. K., & Kolodner, K. B. (1994). Negative affect, gender, and expressive style predict elevated ambulatory blood pressure in adolescents. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 66, 596-605.

Exner, J. E. (1993). The Rorschach: A comprehensive system, Vol. 1. Basic foundations (3rd ed.). New York: Wiley.

Eyer, D. E. (1994). Mother-infant bonding: A scientific fiction. Human Nature, 5(1), 69-94.

Eysenck, H. J. (1947). Dimensions of personality. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Eysenck, H. J. (1970). The structure of human personality (3rd Ed.). London: Methuen.

Eysenck, H. J. (1992). Four ways five factors are not basic. Personality and Individual Differences, 13, 667–673.

Eysenck, H. J., & Eysenck, M. W. (1985). Personality and individual differences: A natural science approach. New York: Plenum.

Eysenck, H. J., & Kamin, L. (1981). The intelligence controversy: H. J. Eysenck vs. Leon Kamin. New York: Wiley.

Eysenck, S. B. G. & Long, F. Y. (1986). A cross-cultural comparison of personality in adults and children: Singapore and England. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 124–130.

 

 

Fagan, J. F. (2000). A theory of intelligence as processing. Psychology, Public Policy, and Law, 26, 168-179.

Fagot, B. I. (1985). Beyond the reinforcement principle: Another step toward understanding sex role development. Developmental Psychology, 2, 1097-1104.

Fagot, B. I., & Leinbach, M. D. (1993). Gender role development in young children: From discrimination to labeling. Developmental Review, 13, 205-224.

Fahy, T. A. (1988). The diagnosis of multiple personality disorder: A critical review. British Journal of Psychiatry, 153, 597-606.

Faigel, H. C., Sznajderman, S., Tishby, O., et al. (1995). Attention deficit disorder during adolescence: A review. Journal of Adolescent Health, 16(3), 174-184.

Fairburn, C. G., Norman, P. A., Welch, S. L., O’Connor, M. E., Doll, H. A., & Peveler, R. C. (1995). A prospective study of outcome in bulimia nervosa and the long-term effects of three psychological treatments. Archives of General Psychology, 52, 304-312.

Falloon, I. R. H., Boyd, J. L., McGill, C. W., Williamson, M., Razani, J., Moss, H. B., Gilderman, A. M., & Simpson, G. M. (1985). Family management in the prevention of morbidity of schizophrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 42, 887-896.

Fantz, R. L. (1961). The origins of form perception. Scientific American, 204, 66-72.

Fantz, R. L. (1963). Pattern vision in newborn infants. Science, 140, 296-297.

Farbman, A. I. (1992). Cell biology of olfaction. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Fawzy, F. I., Fawzy, N. W., Arndt, L. A., & Pasnau, R. O. (1995). Critical review of psychosocial interventions in cancer care. Archives of General Psychiatry, 52, 100-113.

Fawzy, F. L., Fawzy, N. W., Hyun, C. S., Elashoff, R., Guthrie, D., Fahey, J. L., & Morton, D. L. (1993). Malignant melanoma: Effects of an early structured psychiatric intervention, coping, and affective state on recurrence and survival 6 years later. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50, 681-689.

Fazio, R. H. (1990). Multiple processes by which attitudes guide behavior: The MODE model as an integrative framework. In M. P. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 23). San Diego, CA: Academic Press.

Federal Bureau of Investigation. (1998). Crime in the United States: 1998. Uniform Crime Reports [On-line]. Available: http://www.fbi.gov/ucr/98cius.htm

Feingold, A. (1988). Cognitive gender differences are disappearing. American Psychologist, 43, 95-103.

Feingold, A. (1990). Gender differences in effects of physical attractiveness on romantic attraction: A comparison across five research paradigms. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 59, 981-993.

Feist, J., & Feist, G. J. (2002). Theories of personality (5th ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.

Feldhusen, J. F. (1995). Creativity: A knowledge base, metacognitive skills, and personality factors. Journal of Creative Behavior, 29(4), 255-268.

Fenichel, O. (1945). The Psychoanalytic theory of neurosis. New York: Norton.

Ferguson, E. D. (1989). Adler's motivational theory: An historical perspective on belonging and the fundamental human striving. Individual Psychology, 45, 354-361.

Fernandez, E., & Turk, D. C. (1989). The utility of cognitive coping strategies for altering pain perception: A meta-analysis. Pain, 38, 123-135.

Ferris, T. (1998, July 20) Not Rocket Science. The New Yorker. 4-5.

Festinger, L. & Carlsmith, J. M. (1959). Cognitive consequences of forced compliance. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 58, 203-210.

Festinger, L. (1957). A theory of cognitive dissonance. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Festinger, L., Pepitone, A., & Newcomb, T. M. (1952). Some consequences of deindividuation in a group. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 47, 790-797.

Festinger, L., Reicken, H. W., & Schachter, S. (1956). When prophecy fails. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press.

Festinger, L., Schachter, S., & Back, K. (1950). Social pressures in informal groups: A study of human factors in housing. New York: Harper.

Fields, R. D. (2004, April) The other half of the brain. Scientific American, 54-61.

Fields, R. D., & Stevens-Graham, B. (2002). New insights into neuro-glia communication. Science, 298, 556-562.

Filipp, S. H. (1996). Motivation and emotion. In J. E. Birren & K. W. Schaie (Eds.), Handbook of the psychology of aging (4th ed.) (pp. 218-235). San Diego: Academic Press.

Findley, M. J., & Cooper, H. M. (1983). Locus of control and academic achievement: A literature review. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 44, 419–427.

Finke, R. (1990). Creative imagery. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Finkle, B. S., & McCloskey, K. L. (1977). The forensic toxicology of cocaine. In R. C. Peterson & R. C. Stillman (Eds.), Cocaine: 1977. National Institute of Drug Abuse-Research Monograph Series, 13, (pp.153-179).

Finsen, L., & Finsen, S. (1994). The animal rights movement in America: From compassion to respect. New York: Twayne Publishers.

Fiore, E. (1989). Encounters. New York: Bantam.

Fischer, A. H. (1993). Sex differences in emotionality: Fact or stereotype? Feminism & Psychology, 3, 303-318.

Fischhoff, B., Slovik, P., & Lichtenstein, S. (1977). Knowing with certainty: The appropriateness of extreme confidence. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 3, 552-564.

Fishbein, M., & Ajzen, I. (1974). Attitudes towards objects as predictors of single and multiple behavioral criteria. Psychological Review, 81, 59-74.

Fisher, S., & Greenberg, R. P. (1985). The scientific credibility of Freud's theories and therapy. New York: Columbia University Press.

Fisher, S., & Greenberg, R. P. (1997). The curse of the placebo: Fanciful pursuit of a pure biological therapy. In S. Fisher and R. P. Greenberg (Eds.). From placebo to panacea: Putting psychiatric drugs to the test (pp. 3-56). New York: Wiley.

Fisk, J. E., & Warr, P. (1996). Age and working memory: The role of perceptual speed, the central executive, and the phonological loop. Psychology and Aging, 11(2), 316-323.

Fiske, A. P. (1990). Structures of social life: The four elementary forms of human relationship. New York: Free Press.

Fiske, A. P. (1991). The cultural relativity of selfish individualism: Anthropological evidence that humans are inherently social. In M. S. Clark (Ed.), Prosocial behavior (pp. 176-214). Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Fiske, A. P. (1992). The four elementary forms of sociality: Framework for a unified theory of social relations. Psychological Review, 99, 689-723.

Fiske, S. T. (1993). Controlling other people: The impact of power on stereotyping. American Psychologist, 48, 621-628.

Fivush, R., & Hamond, N. R. (1991). Autobiographical memory across the preschool years: Toward reconceptualizing childhood memory. In R. Fivush, & N. R. Hamond (Eds.), Knowing and remembering in young children. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Flavel, J. H. (1996). Piaget's legacy. Psychological Science, 7, 200-203.

Flavell, J. H. (1992). Cognitive development: Past, present, and future. Developmental Psychology, 28, 998-1005.

Fleeson, W., Malanos, A. B., & Achille, N. M. (2002). An intraindiviual process approach to the relationship between extraversion and positive affect: Is acting extraverted as "good" as being extraverted? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 1409-1422.

Flegal, K. M., Carroll, M. D., Ogden, C. L., & Johnson, C. L. (2002). Prevalence and trends in obesity among US adults, 1999-2000. Journal of the American Medical Association, 288, 1723-1727.

Fleming, J. (1974, January). Field report: The state of the apes. Psychology Today.

Fleming, M., Cohen, D., Salt, P., Jones, D., & Jenkins, S. (1981). A study of pre- and postsurgical transsexuals: MMPI characteristics. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 10, 161-170.

Fleming, M., Steinman, C., & Boeknok, G. (1980). Methodological problems in assessing sex reassignment surgery: A reply to Meyer and Reter. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 9, 451-456.

Fletcher, R., & Voke, J. (1985). Defective color vision. Bristol, England: Adam Hilger.

Flor, H., Birbaumer, N., Herman, C., Ziegler, S., & Patrick, C. J. (2002). Aversive Pavlovian conditioning in psychopaths: Peripheral and central correlates. Psychophysiology, 39, 505-518.

Flowers, K. A. (1987). Handedness. In R. L. Gregory (Ed.), The Oxford companion to the mind (pp. 300-302). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Foa, E. B. (1988). What cognitions differentiate panic disorder from other anxiety disorders? In I. Hand & H. V. Wittchen (Eds.), Panic and phobias 2. New York: Springer-Verlag.

Folkman, S., & Lazarus, R. S. (1988). Manual for the ways of coping questionnaire. Palo Alto, CA: Consulting Psychologists Press.

Folkman, S., Lazarus, R. S., Dunkel-Schetter, C., DeLongis, A., & Gruen, R. J. (2000). The dynamics of a stressful encounter. In E. T. Higgens & A. W. Kruglanski (Eds.). Motivational science: Social and personality perspectives (pp. 111-127). Hove, UK: Psychology Press.

Folkman, S., Lazarus, R. S., Gruen, R. J., & LeLongis, A. (1986). Appraisal, coping, health status, and psychological symptoms. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50(3), 571-579.

Foltin, R. W., & Fischman, M. W. (1993). Self-administration of smoked cocaine by humans. In L. Harris (Ed.), Problems of drug dependence, 1992. Research Monograph 132 (p. 63). Washington, DC: National Institute on Drug Abuse.

Fontaine, K. R., Redden, D. T., Wang, C., Westfall, A. O., & Allison, D. B. (2003). Years of life lost due to obesity. Journal of the American Medical Association, 289, 187-193.

Forbes, M., & Bloch, J. (1990). Women who made a difference. New York: Simon & Schuster.

Ford, C. S., & Beach, F. A. (1951). Patterns of sexual behavior. New York: Harper & Row.

Ford, M. E. (1994). Social intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Encyclopedia of human intelligence (Volume 2, pp. 974-978). New York: Macmillan.

Foree, D. D., & LoLordo, V. M. (1973). Attention in the pigeon: Differential effects of food-getting versus shock-avoidance procedures. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 85, 551-558.

Foreyt, J. P., Walker, S., Poston, C., II, & Goodrick, G. K. (1966). Future directions in obesity and eating disorders. Addictive Behaviors, 21, 767-778.

Forgas, J. P., Bower, G. H., & Krantz, S. E. (1984). The influence of mood on perceptions of social interactions. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 20, 497-513.

Forsyth, D. R. (1995) Our social world. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

Foucault, M. (1965). Madness and Civilization. New York: Vintage.

Fouts, R. S., Fouts, D. H., & Van Cantfort, T. E. (1989). The infant Loulis learns signs from cross-fostered chimpanzees. In R. A. Gardner, B. T. Gardner, & T. E. Van Cantfort (Eds.), Teaching sign language to chimpanzees. New York: State University of New York Press.

Fowler, M. J., Sullivan, M. J., & Ekstrand, B. R. (1973). Sleep and memory. Science, 179, 302-304.

Fowler, R. D. (1986, May). Howard Hughes: a psychological autopsy. Psychology Today, pp. 22-33.

Fowles, D. C. (1992). Schizophrenia: Diathesis-stress revisited. Annual Review of Psychology, 43, 303-336.

Frances, A. J., Widiger, T. A., & Pincus, H. A. (1989). The development of DSM-IV. Archives of General Psychiatry, 46, 373-375.

Frankenburg, W. K., & Dodds, J. B. (1967). The Denver developmental screening test. The Journal of Pediatrics, 71, 181-191.

Frankenhaeuser, M. (1980). Psychoneuroendocrine approaches to the study of stressful person-environment transactions. In H. Selye (Ed.), Selye's guide to stress research (pp. 46-70). New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold.

Frankl, V. (1955). The doctor and the soul. New York: Knopf.

Frankl, V. (1962). Man's search for meaning. Boston: Beacon Press.

Frankl, V. E. (1975). Paradoxical intention and dereflection. Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, and Practice, 12, 226-237.

Franklin, N., & Tversky, B. (1990). Searching imagined environments. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 119, 63-76.

Franzoi, S. (2003). Social psychology (3rd ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.

Franzoi, S. L., & Herzog, M. E. (1987). Judging physical attractiveness: What body aspects do we use? Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 13, 19-33.

Frazier, J. A., Giedd, J. N., Hamburger, S. D., & Albus, K. E. (1996). Brain anatomic magnetic resonance imaging in childhood-onset schizophrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 53(7), 617-624.

Freed, J., & Parsons, L. (1998). Right-brained children in a left-brained world: Unlocking the potential of your ADD child. New York: Simon & Schuster.

Freedmen, D., (1979). Human Sociobiology. Riverside, NJ: Free Press.

Freeman, C. P. L., & Kendell, R. E. (1980). ECT: I. Patients' experiences and attitudes. British Journal of Psychiatry, 137, 8-16.

Freeman, J. (1985). Emotional aspects of giftedness. In J. Freeman (Ed.), The psychology of gifted children (pp. 247-264). Chichester, England: Wiley.

French, C. C., Fowler, M., McCarthy, K., & Peers, D. (1991). Belief in astrology: A test of the Barnum effect. Skeptical Inquirer, 15, 166–172.

Freud, A. (1958). Adolescence: Psychoanalytic study of the child (Vol. 13). New York: Academic Press.

Freud, S. (1931; reprinted 1961). Female sexuality. In J. Strachey (Trans.), The standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud. London: Hogarth Press.

Freud, S. (1953). The interpretation of dreams. In J. Strachy (Ed. and Trans.), The standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vols. 4 and 5). London: Hogarth Press. (Original work published 1900).

Freud, S. (1955). Beyond the pleasure principle. In J Strachey (Ed. and Trans.), The standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. 19). London: Hogarth Press. (Original work published 1920)

Freud, S. (1961). The ego and the id. In J. Strachey (Ed. and Trans.), The standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. 19, pp. 3–66). London: Hogarth Press. (Original work published 1923)

Freud, S. (1962). The neuropsychoses of defense. In J. Strachey (Ed. and Trans.), The standard edition of the complete works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. 3, pp. 43-61). London: Hogarth Press. (Original work published 1894).

Freud, S., (1964). New introductory lectures. In The standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud (Vol. 22). London: Hogarth Press. (Original work published 1933)

Fried, P. A. (1986). Marijuana and human pregnancy. In I. J. Chasnoff (Ed.), Drug use in pregnancy: Mother and child (pp. 64-74). Lancaster, PA: MTP Press.

Friedman, H. S., & Schustack, M. W. (2003). Personality: Classic theories and modern research. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

Friedman, M. A., & Brownell, K. D. (1995). Psychological correlates of obesity: Moving to the next research generation. Psychological Bulletin, 117, 3-20.

Friedman, M., & Rosenman, R. H. (1974). Type-A behavior and your heart. New York: Knopf.

Friedman, M., Thoresen, C. E., Gill, J. J., Powell et al. (1984). Alteration of Type A behavior and reduction in cardiac recurrences in postmyocardial infarction patients. American Heart Journal, 108(2), 237-248.

Friedman, S. B., & Ader, R. (1965). Parameters relevant to the experimental production of "stress" in the mouse. Psychosomatic Medicine, 27, 27-30.

Friedman, S. B., Ader, R., & Glasgow, L. A. (1965). Effects of psychological stress in adult mice inoculated with Coxsackie B viruses. Psychosomatic Medicine, 27, 361-368.

Fries, J. F. (1990). Medical perspectives on successful aging. In P. B. Baltes & M. M. Baltes (Eds.), Successful aging: Perspectives from the behavioral sciences. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Frodi, A. (1977). Sexual arousal, situational restrictiveness, and aggressive behavior. Journal of Research in Personality, 11, 48-58.

Fromkin, V., & Rodman, R. (1983). An introduction to language (3rd ed.). New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.

Fromm-Reichmann, F. (1948). Notes on the development of treatment of schizophrenics by psychoanalytic therapy. Psychiatry, 11, 263-273.

Fuchs, A. H. (2000). Teaching the introductory course in psychology circa 1900. American Psychologist, 55, 492-495.

Fuhriman, A., & Burlingame, G. M. (1994). Measuring small group process: A methodological application of chaos theory. Small Group Research, 25, 502-519.

Fulker, D. W., DeFries, J. C. & Plomin, R. (1988). Genetic influence on general mental ability increases between infancy and middle childhood. Nature, 336, 767-769.

Funk, J. B. (1993). Reevaluating the impact of video games. Clinical Pediatrics, 32, 86-90.

Furnham, A. (1993). A comparison between psychology and non-psychology students' misperceptions of the subject. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 8, 311-322.

Furumoto, L. (1988). Shared Knowledge: The experimentalists, 1904-1929. In J. G. Morawski (Ed.), The rise of experimentation in American psychology (pp. 94-113). New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Furumoto, L. (1990). Mary Whiton Calkins (1963-1930). In A. N. O'Connell & N. F. Russo (Eds.), Women in psychology: A bio-bibliographical sourcebook (pp. 57-65). New York: Greenwood Press.

Fyfe, B. (1983). "Homophobia" or homosexual bias reconsidered. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 12, 549-554.

 

 

Gabbard, G. O. (2000). Psychodynamic psychiatry in clinical practice (3rd ed.). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press, Inc.

Gaddis, A., & Brooks-Gunn, J. (1985). The male experience of pubertal change. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 14, 61-69.

Gaffan, D. (1994). Dissociated effects of perirhinal cortex ablation, fornix transection and amygdalectomy: Evidence for multiple memory systems in the primate temporal lobe. Experimental Brain Research, 99, 411-422.

Gaito, J. (1976). Molecular psychobiology of memory: Its appearance, contributions, and decline. Physiological Psychology, 4(4), 476-484.

Galaburda, A. M., & Livingstone, M. (1993). Evidence for a magnocellular defect in developmental dyslexia. In P. Tallal, & A. M. Galaburda (Eds.), Temporal information processing in the nervous system: Special reference to dyslexia and dysphasia (pp. 70-82). New York: New York Academy of Sciences.

Galambos, N. L., Barker, E. T., & Almeida, D. M. (2003). Parents do matter: Trajectories of change in externalizing problems in early adolescence. Child Development, 74, 578-594.

Galanter, E. (1962). Contemporary psychophysics. In R. Brown, E. Galanter, H. Hess, & G. Mandler (Eds.), New directions in psychology (Vol. I, pp. 87-156). New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.

Galef, Jr. B. G. (1991). A contrarian view of the wisdom of the body as it relates to dietary self-selection. Psychological Review, 98, 218-223.

Gallup, G. H., Jr., & Newport, F. (1991). Belief in paranormal phenomena among adult Americans. Skeptical Inquirer, 15, 137-146.

Gallup, G. Jr. (1994). The Gallup Poll: Public opinion 1993. Wilmington, DE: Scholarly Resources.

Galton, F. Hereditary genius. New York: St. Martin's. (Original work published 1869).

Gannon, L., & Ekstrom, B. (1993). Attitudes toward menopause: The influence of sociocultural paradigms. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 17, 275-288.

Gans, J. E., & Blyth, D. A. (1990). American adolescents: How healthy are they? AMA Profiles of Adolescent Health series. Chicago: American Medical Association.

Gantt, W. H. (1944). Experimental basis for neurotic behavior. New York: Hoeber.

Garcia J., & Koelling, R. A. (1966). Relation of cue to consequence in avoidance learning. Psychonomic Science, 4, 123-124.

Garcia, J., Hankins, W. G., Rusiniak, K. W. (1974). Behavioral regulation of the milieu interne in man and rat. Science, 185, 824-831.

Garcia, J., Kimeldurf, D. J., & Hunt, E. L. (1961). The use of ionizing radiation as a motivating stimulus. Psychological Review, 68, 383-395.

Garcia, S. M., Weaver, K., Moskowitz, G. B., & Darley, J. M. (2002). Crowded minds: The implicit bystander effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 83, 843-853.

Gardner, H. (1983). Frames of mind: The theory of multiple intelligences. New York: Basic Books.

Gardner, H. (1993). Multiple intelligences: The theory in practice. New York: Basic Books.

Gardner, H. (1999). Are there additional intelligences? The case for naturalist, spiritual, and existential intelligence. In J. Kane (Ed.), Education, information and transformation: Essay on learning and thinking (pp. 111-131). Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Gardner, R. A., & Gardner, B. T. (1969). Teaching sign language to a chimpanzee.  Science, 165, 664-672.

Gardner, W. (2002). Learning from extraordinary minds. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Garland, A. F., & Zigler, E. (1993). Adolescent suicide prevention: Current research and social policy implications. American Psychologist, 48, 169-182.

Garner, D. M., & Wooley, S. C. (1991). Confronting the failure of behavioral and dietary treatments for obesity. Clinical Psychology Review, 11, 729-780.

Garoutte, B. (1987). Survey of functional neuroanatomy (2^nd ed.). Greenbrae, CA: Jones Medical Publications.

Gastil, J. (1990). Generic pronouns and sexist language: The oxymoronic character of masculine generics. Sex Roles, 23, 629-643.

Gatchel, R. J., & Oordt, M. S. (2003). Acute and chronic pain conditions. In R. J. Gatchel, & M. S. Oordt (Eds.), Clinical health psychology and primary care: Practical advice and clinical guidance for successful collaboration (pp 117-134). Washington, D.C.: American Psychological Association.

Gates, A. I. (1917). Recitation as a factor in memorizing. Archives of Psychology, 40.

Gatz, M., Pedersen, N. L., Berg, S., Johansson, K., Mortimer, J., Poser, S. F., Viitane, M., Winblad, B., & Anlbom, P. (1997). Heritability for Alzheimer's disease: The study of dementia in aging twins. Journal of Gerontology, 52A, M117-M125.

Gawin, F. H. (1991). Cocaine addiction: Psychology and neurophysiology. Science, 251, 1580-1586.

Gazzaniga, M. S. (1967). The split brain in man. Scientific American, 217, 24-29.

Gazzaniga, M. S. (1979). The bisected brain. New York: Plenum Press.

Geary, D. C. (1993). Mathematical disabilities: Cognitive, neurophysiological, and genetic components. Psychological Bulletin, 114, 345-362.

Geen, R. G., Stonner, D., & Shope, G. L. (1975). The facilitation of aggression by aggression: Evidence against the catharsis hypothesis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 31, 721-726.

Gelder, M. (1991). Psychological treatment for anxiety disorders: Adjustment disorder with anxious mood, generalized anxiety disorders, panic disorder, agoraphobia, and avoidant personality disorder. In W. Coryell & G. Winokur (Eds.), The clinical management of anxiety disorders (pp. 10-27). New York: Oxford University Press.

Geliebter, A., Westreich, S., Hashim, S. A., & Gage, D. (1987).Gastric baloon reduces food intake and body weight in obese rats. Physiology and Behavior, 39, 399-402.

Gelman, R. (1979). Preschool thought. American Psychologist, 34, 900-905.

George, L., & Gwyther, L. (1986). Caregiver well-being: A multidimensional examination of family caregivers of demented adults. Gerontologist, 26, 253-259.

Gerard, R. W. (1953, September). What it memory? Scientific American, pp. 118-126.

Gergen, K. J., Ellsworth, P., Maslach, C., & Seipel, M. (1975). Obligation, donor resources, and reactions to aid in three nations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 3, 390-400.

Gerrard, M., & Luus, C. A. E. (1995). Judgments of vulnerability to pregnancy: The role of risk factors and individual differences. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 21, 160-171.

Gershon, J., Anderson, P., Graap, K., Zimand, E., Hodges, L., & Rothbaum, B. O. (2002). Virtual reality exposure therapy in the treatment of anxiety disorders. The Scientific Review of Mental Health Practice, 1. Retrieved June 18th, 2004, from http://www.srmhp.org/0101.html.

Geschwind, N. (1979). Specializations of the human brain. Scientific American, 241, 180-199.

Geschwind, N., & Behan, P. O. (1984). Laterality, hormones, and immunity. In N. Geschwind & A. M. Galaburda (Eds.), Cerebral dominance: The biological foundations. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Gesser, G., Wong, P. T., & Reker, G. T. (1987-1988). Death attitudes across the life span: The development and validation of the death attitude profile (DAP). Omega: Journal of Death and Dying, 18, 113-128.

Getchell, T. V., & Getchell, M. L. (1987). Peripheral mechanisms of olfaction: Biochemistry and neurophysiology. In T. E. Finger & W. L. Silver (Eds.), Neurobiology of taste and smell (pp. 91-124). New York: Wiley.

Gianakos, I. (2002). Predictors of coping with work stress: The influence of sex, gender role, social desirability, and locus of control. Sex Roles, 46, 149-158.

Gibbs, W. W. (1996). Gaining on fat. Scientific American, 275, 88-94.

Gibson, E. J., & Walk, R. D. (1960). The "visual cliff." Scientific American, 202, 67-71.

Gibson, H. B. (1995, April). Recovered memories. The Psychologist, pp. 153-154.

Giebel, H. D. (1958). Visuelles Lernvermögen bei Einhufern [Visual leaning capacity in hoofed animals]. Zoologische Jahrbücher Abteilung für Allgemeine Zoologie, 67, 487-520.

Gilbert, A. N., & Wysocki, C. J. (1987, October). The smell survey results. National Geographic, pp. 514-524).

Gilbert, D. G., Strunkard, M. E., Jensen, R. A., & Detwiler, F. R. J. (1996). Effects of exam stress on mood, cortisol, and immune functioning. Personality & Individual Differences, 21(2), 235-246.

Giles, T. R. (1983). Probably superiority of behavioral interventions—II: Empirical status of the equivalence of therapies hypothesis. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 14, 189-196.

Gillham, J. E., Reivich, K. J., Jaycox, L. H., & Seligman, M. E. P. (1995). Prevention of depressive symptoms in schoolchildren: A two-year follow-up. Psychological Science, 6, 343-351.

Gilligan, C. (1982). In a different voice: Psychological theory and women's development. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Gilligan, C., & Wiggins, G. (1987). The origins of morality in early childhood relationships. In J. Kagan & S. Lamb (Eds.), The emergence of morality in young children. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Gillin, J. C., Sitaram, N., Janowsky, D. et al. (1985). Cholinergic mechanisms in REM sleep. In A. Wauquier, J. M. Gaillard, J. M. Monti, & M. Radulovacki (Eds.), Sleep: Neurotransmitters and neuromodulators. New York: Raven Press.

Giosan, C., Glovsky, V., & Haslam. N. (2001). The lay conception of "mental disorder": A cross-cultural study. Transcultural Psychiatry, 38, 317-332.

Giray, E. F., Altkin, W. M., Vaught, G. M., & Roodin, P. A. (1976). The incidence of eidetic imagery as a function of age. Child Development, 47, 1207-1210.

Girodo, M. (1978). Shy? (You don't have to be!). New York: Pocket Books.

Glantz, K., Rizzo, A., & Graap, K. (2003). Virtual reality for psychotherapy: Current reality and future possibilities. Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, and Training, 40, 55-67.

Glassman, E. (1969). The biochemistry of learning: An evaluation of the role of RNA and protein. Annual Review of Biochemistry, 38, 605-646.

Glees, P. (1988). The human brain. Cambridge, England. Cambridge University Press.

Gleicher, F., & Petty, R. E. (1992). Expectations of reassurance influence the nature of fear-stimulated attitude change. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 28, 86-100.

Glenmullen, J. (2000). Prozac backlash: Overcoming the dangers of Prozac, Zoloft, Paxil, and other antidepressants with safe, effective alternatives. New York: Simon & Schuster.

Gliner, J. A., (1972). Predictable vs. unpredictable shock: Preference behavior and stomach ulceration. Physiology and Behavior, 9, 693-698.

Globus, G. (1987). Dream life, wake life: The human condition through dreams. Albany, NY: SUNY Press.

Glover, J. A., & Corkill, A. J. (1987). Influence of paraphrased repetitions on the spacing effect. Journal of Educational Psychology, 79, 198-199.

Glovinsky, P. B., Spielman, A. J., Carroll, P., Weinstein, L. et al. (1990). Sleepiness and REM sleep recurrence: The effects of Stage 2 and REM sleep awakenings. Psychophysiology, 27(5), 552-559.

Goddard, G. V. (1980). Component properties of the memory machine: Hebb revisited. In P. W. Jusczyk & R. M. Klein (Eds.), The nature of thought: Essays in honor of D. O. Hebb. (pp. 231-247). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Goddard, H. H. (1917). Mental tests and the immigrant. Journal of Delinquency, 2, 243-277.

Godden, D. R., & Baddeley, A. D. (1975). Context-dependent memory in two natural environments: On land and underwater. British Journal of Psychology, 66, 325-331.

Goff, D. C., & Simms, C. A. (1993). Has multiple personality disorder remained consistent over time? Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 181, 595-600.

Gold, P. E. (1987). Sweet memories. American Scientist, 75, 151-155.

Goldberg, L. R., (1990). An alternative "description of personality": The big-five factor structure. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 59, 1216–1229.

Goldfoot, D. A. (1981). Olfaction, sexual behavior and the pheromone hypothesis: A critique. American Zoologist, 21, 153-164.

Golding, J. M. (1988). Gender differences in depressive symptoms. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 12, 61-74.

Goldin-Meadow, S. (1997). The resilience of language in humans. In C. T. Snowdon, & M. Hausberger (Eds.). Social influences on vocal development (pp. 293-311). Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press.

Goldin-Meadow, S., & Feldman, H. (1977). The development of language-like communication without a language model. Science, 197, 401-403.

Goldman, H. H. (1998). Deinstitutionalization and community care: Social welfare policy as mental health policy. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 6, 219-222.

Goldstein, M. H., King, A. P., & West, M. J. (2003). Social interaction shapes babbling: Testing parallels between birdsong and speech. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 100, 8030-8035.

Goleman, D. (1980, February). 1,528 little geniuses and how they grew. Psychology Today, 28-53.

Goleman, D. (1982, March). Staying up: The rebellion against sleep's gentle tyranny. Psychology Today, 24-35.

Goleman, D. (1995). Emotional intelligence. New York: Bantam.

Golub, S. (1983). Menarche: The beginning of menstrual life. Women and Health, 8, 17-36.

Goodall, J. (1971). In the shadow of man. New York: Houghton Mifflin.

Goode, E. (1989). Drugs in American society (3rd ed.). New York: Knopf.

Goode, E. (1996). Gender and courtship entitlement: Responses to personal ads. Sex Roles, 34(3-4), 141-169.

Goodman, G. S., Rudy, L., Bottoms, B. L., & Aman, C. (1990). Children's concerns and memory: Issues of ecological validity in the study of children's eyewitness testimony. In R. Fivush & J. A. Hudson (Eds.), Knowing and remembering in young children. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Goodman, G. S., Wilson, M. E., Hazan, C., & Reed, R. S. (1989). Children's testimony nearly four years after an event. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the Eastern Psychological Association, Boston.

Goodman, N., Dornbusch, S. M., Richardson, S. A., & Hastorf, H. H. (1963). Variant reactions to physical disabilities. American Social Review, 28, 429-435.

Goodwin, F. K., & Jamison, K. R. (1990). Manic-depressive illness. New York: Oxford University Press.

Goodwin, M., Gooding, K. M., & Regnier, F. (1979). Sex pheromone in the dog. Science, 203, 559-561.

Gooren, L., Gliers, E., & Courtney, K. (1990). Biological determinants of sexual behavior. Annual Review of Sex Research, 1, 175-196.

Goren, G. J., Sarty, J., & Wu, P. Y. (1975). Visual following and pattern discrimination of face-like stimuli by newborn infants. Pediatrics, 56, 544-549.

Gorman, J. M. (2002). Treatment of generalized anxiety disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 63, 17-23.

Gotlib, I. H., & Robinson, L. A. (1982). Responses to depressed individuals: Discrepancies between self-report and observer rated behavior. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 91, 231-240.

Gottesman, I. I. (1991). Schizophrenia genesis: The origins or madness. New York: Freeman.

Gottesman, I. I., & Bertelsen, A. (1989). Confirming unexpressed genotypes for schizophrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 46, 867-872.

Gottfried, A. W., & Gottfried, A. E. (1994). Gifted IQ. New York: Plenum.

Gottlieb, G. (1998). Normally occurring environmental and behavioral influences on gene activity: From central dogma to probabilistic epigenesis. Psychological Review, 105, 792-802.

Gottman, J. (1994, May/June). Why marriages fail. The Family Therapy Networker, 40-48.

Gottman, J. M., & DeClaire, J. (1997). The heart of parenting: How to raise an emotionally ntelligent child. New York: Simon & Schuster.

Gottman, J. S. (1990). Children of gay and lesbian parents. In F. W. Bozett & M. B. Sussman (Eds.), Homosexuality and family relations (pp. 177-196). New York: Harrington Park.

Gould, M. S., Shaffer, D., Fisher, P., Kleinman, M., & Morishima, A. (1992). The clinical prediction of adolescent suicide. In R. W. Maris, A. L. Berman, J. T. Maltsberger, & R. I. Yufit (Eds.), Assessment and prediction of suicide (pp. 130-143). New York: Guilford Press.

Gould, R. L. (1978). Transformational growth and change in adult life. New York: Simon & Schuster.

Gould, S. J. (1981). The mismeasure of man. New York: Norton.

Gould, S. J. (1990, April). The war on (some) drugs. Harper's, 24.

Gould, S. J. (1994, November 28). Curveball. The New Yorker, pp. 139-149.

Gould, S. J., (2002). The structure of evolutionary theory. Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press.

Gouldner, A. W. (1960). The norm of reciprocity: A preliminary statement. American Sociological Review, 25, 161-179.

Gove, W., & Herb, T. (1974). Stress and mental illness among the young: A comparison of the sexes. Social Forces, 53, 256-265.

Grack, C., & Richman, C. L. (1996). Reducing general and specific heterosexism through cooperative contact. Journal of Psychology & Human Sexuality, 8(4), 59-68.

Grady, D. (1986, July). Don't get jittery over caffeine. Discover, 73-79.

Graeber, R. C. (1989). Jet lag and sleep disruption. In M. H. Kryger, T. Roth, & W. C. Dement (Eds.), Principles and practice of sleep medicine (pp. 324-331). Philadelphia: Saunders.

Grafman, J. (1989). Plans, actions, and mental sets: Managerial knowledge units in the frontal lobes. In E. Perecman (Ed.), Integrating theory and practice in clinical neuropsychology (pp. 93-138). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Graham, R. B. (1990). Physiological psychology. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Grant, H., & Dweck, C. S. (2003). Clarifying achievement goals and their impact. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 85, 541-553.

Grau, J. W., Barstow, D. G., & Joynes, R. L. (1998). Instrumental learning within the spinal cord: I. Behavioral properties. Behavioral Neuroscience, 112, 1366-1386.

Graybill, D., Strawniak, M., Hunter, T., & O'Leary, M. (1987). Effects of playing versus observing violent versus nonviolent video games on children's aggression. Psychology: A Journal of Human Behavior, 24, 1-8.

Greden, J. F., & Walters, A. (1992). Caffeine. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, & R. B. Millman (Eds.), Substance abuse: A comprehensive textbook (2nd ed.) (pp. 357-370). Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.

Green, P. J., Kirby, R., Suls, J. (1996). The effects of caffeine on blood pressure and heart rate: A review. Annals of Behavioral Medicine, 18, 201-216.

Green, R., & Fleming, D. T. (1990). Transsexual surgery follow-up: Status in the 1990s. Annual Review of Sex Research, 1, 163-174.

Greenberg, J. H. (1980). Sleep and the cerebral circulation. In J. Orem & C. D. Barnes (Eds.), Physiology in sleep (pp. 57-95). New York: Academic Press.

Greenberg, R. P., Bornstein, F. R., Greenberg, M. D., & Fisher, S. (1992). A meta-analysis of antidepressant outcome under "blinder" conditions. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 60, 664-669.

Greenberg, R. P., Bornstein, R. F., Zborowski, M. J., Fisher, S., & Greenberg, M. D. (1994). A meta-analysis of fluoxetine outcome in the treatment of depression. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 182, 547-551.

Greene, R. L. (1987). Effects of maintenance rehearsal on human memory. Psychological Bulletin, 102, 403-413.

Greenspan, S. I. (1997). The growth of the mind: And the endangered origins of intelligence. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Gregory, R. L. (1990).  Eye and brain: The psychology of seeing. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Gregory, R. L., & Gombrich, E. H. (Eds.). (1973). Illusion in nature and art. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons.

Grenier, G., & Beyers, E. S. (1995). Rapid ejaculation: A review of conceptual, etiological, and treatment issues. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 24(4), 447-472.

Griffin, E., & Sparks, G. C. (1990). Friends forever: A longitudinal exploration of intimacy in same-sex friends and platonic pairs. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 7, 29-46.

Griffith, R. M., Miyago, O., & Togo, A. (1958). The universality of typical dreams: Japanese vs. Americans. American Anthropologist, 60, 1173-1179.

Griffiths, M. D. (1991). Amusement machine playing in childhood and adolescence: A comparative analysis of video games and fruit machines. Journal of Adolescence, 14, 53-73.

Griffiths, R. R., Bigelow, G. E., & Liebson, I. A. (1986). Human coffee drinking: Reinforcing and physical dependence producing effects of caffeine. The Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics, 239, 416-425.

Grilly, D. M. (1985). Drugs and human behavior. Boston: Allyn and Bacon.

Grilo, C. M., & Pogue-Geile, M. F. (1991). The nature of environmental influences on weight and obesity: A behavior genetic analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 110, 520-537.

Grinker, J. A. (1982). Physiological and behavioral basis for human obesity. In D. W. Pfaff (Ed.), The physiological mechanisms of motivation. New York: Springer-Verlag.

Grinker, R. R., & Spiegel, J. P. (1945). Men under stress. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Gross, T. E. (1990). General test and state anxiety in real examinations: State is not test anxiety. Educational Research Quarterly, 14(3), 11-20.

Grossman, D. (1996) On Killing: The psychological cost of learning to kill in war and society. New York: Little Brown.

Grossman, M., & Wood, W. (1993). Sex differences in intensity of emotional experience: A social role interpretation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 65, 1010-1022.

Groves, P. M., & Rebec, G. V. (1988). Introduction to biological psychology (3rd ed.). Dubuque, IA: William C. Brown.

Gruman, A. S., & Fraenkel, P. (2002). The history of couple therapy: A millennial review. Family Process, 41, 199-260.

Grumman, C. (1998, September 30). 2^nd complaint filed in memory-therapy case. Chicago Tribune, p. 2C8.

Grunberg, F. (2002). Patients and Society: The Double Allegiance of Psychiatrists. Canadian Psychiatric Association Bulletin, 34, 7-9.

Grunhaus, L., Schreiver, S., Dolbert, O. T., Polak, D., & Dannon, P. N. (2003). A randomized controlled comparison of electroconvulsive therapy and repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation in severe and resistant nonpsychotic major depression. Biological Psychiatry, 53, 324-331.

Guilford, J. P. (1950). Creativity. American Psychologist, 5(9), 444-454.

Guilford, J. P. (1967). The nature of human intelligence. New York:McGraw-Hill.

Guillot, A., & Meyer, J. (1987). A test of the Booth energy flow model (Mark 3) on feeding patterns of mice. Appetite, 8, 67-78.

Gura, T. (1997). Obesity sheds its secrets. Science, 275, 751-753.

Gussenhoven, C., & Jacobs, H. (1998) 'Understanding Phonology. London: Arnold.

Gustafson, D., Rothenberg, E., Blennow, K., Steen, B., & Skoog, I. (2003). An 18-year follow-up of overweight and risk of Alzheimer disease. Archive of Internal Medicine, 163, 1524-1528.

Gustavson, C. R., Garcia, J., Hankins, W. G., Rusiniak, K. W. (1974). Coyote predation control by aversion conditioning. Science, 184, 581-583.

Guterl, F. (1996, June). Silicon gambit. Discover, pp. 48-56.

Gutheil, T. G. (1993). The psychology of pharmacology. In M. Schacter (Ed.), Psychotherapy and medication. Worthvale, NJ: Jason Aronson.

Guthrey, M. (1999, July 19). Joy of Sleep. Saint Paul Pioneer Press,

Guttmacher Institute (1993). Facts in brief. New York: Alan Guttmacher Institute.

 

 

Haaland, K. Y. (1992). Introduction to the special section on the emotional concomitants of brain damage. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 60, 327-328.

Haber, R. N. (1979). Twenty years of haunting eidetic imagery: Where’s the ghost? Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 2, 583-629.

Haith, M. M. (1986). Sensory and perceptual processes in early infancy. Journal of Pediatrics, 109, 158-171.

Hakuta, K., Bialystock, E., & Wiley, E. (2003). Critical evidence: A test of the critical-period hypothesis for second language acquisition. Psychological Science, 14, 31-38.

Haldeman, D. C. (1994). The practice and ethics of sexual orientation conversion therapy. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 62, 221-227.

Hall, C. S., Lindzey, G., & Campbell, J. P. (1998). Theories of Personality (4th ed.). New York: Wiley.

Hall, E. T. (1976). Beyond culture: Into the cultural unconscious. Garden City, NY: Anchor Press.

Hall, G. C. N. (2001). Psychotherapy research with ethnic minorities: Empirical, ethical, and conceptual issues. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 69, 502-510.

Hall, G. S. (1904). Adolescence: Its psychology and its relations to physiology, anthropology, sex, crime, religion, and education (Vol 1). New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.

Hall, J. A. (1984). Nonverbal sex differences: Communication accuracy and expressive style. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.

Hall, J. A. (1987). On explaining gender differences: the case of nonverbal communication. In P. Shaver & C. Hendrick (Eds.), Sex and gender: Review of Personality and Social Psychology (Vol. 7, pp. 177-200). Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.

Hall, T. (1998, February 24). I.Q. scores are up, and psychologists wonder why. New York Times, p. F1.

Halpern, D. F. (1995). Thought and knowledge: An introduction to critical thinking (3rd ed.). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Halpern, D. F. (1997). Sex differences in intelligence. American Psychologist, 52, 1091-1102.

Han, S., & Shavitt, S. (1994). Persuasion and culture: Advertising appeals in individualistic and collectivist societies. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 20, 326-350.

Hancock, L. (1996). Mother's little helper. Newsweek, 127(12), 51-57.

Haney, C., Banks, C., & Zimbardo, P. (1973). Interpersonal dynamics in a simulated prison. International Journal of Criminology and Penology, 1, 69999-97.

Hankin, B. L., & Abramson, L. Y. (2001). Development of gender differences in depression: An elaborated cognitive vulnerability-transactional stress model. Psychological Bulletin, 127, 773-796.

Hardy, J., & Selkoe, D. J. (2002). The amyloid hypothesis of Alzheimer's disease: Progress and problems on the road to therapeutics. Science, 297, 353-356.

Hare, E., Bulusu, L., & Adelstein, A. (1979). Schizophrenia and season of birth. Population Trends, 17, 9.

Hare, R. D. (1965). Temporal gradient of fear arousal in psychopaths. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 70, 442-445.

Hare, R. D. (1996). Psychopathy: A clinical construct whose time has come. Criminal Justice and Behavior, 23, 25-54.

Harkins, S. G., & Petty, R. E. (1987). Information utility and the multiple source effect. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 52, 260-268.

Harlow, H. F. (1958). The nature of love. American Psychologist, 13, 673-685.

Harlow, H. F. (1966). Learning to love. American Scientist, 54, 244-272.

Harlow, H. F. (1967). The young monkeys. Psychology Today, 1(5), 40-74.

Harlow, H. F., & Harlow, M. K. (1962, November). Social deprivation in monkeys. Scientific American, 207, 136-146.

Harma, M., Laitinen, J., Partinen, M., & Suvanto, S. (1994). The effect of four-day round trip flights over 10 time zones on the circadian variation of salivary melatonin and cortisol in airline flight attendants. Ergonomics, 37(9), 1479-1489.

Harries, K. D., & Stadler, S. J. (1988). Heat and violence: New findings from Dallas field data, 1980-1981. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 18, 129-138.

Harris, B. (1979). What ever happened to Little Albert? American Psychologist, 34, 151-160.

Harris, J. R. (1998). The nurture assumption: Why children turn out the way they do. New York: Free Press.

Harris, T. O., Brown, G. W., & Bifulco, A. T. (1990). Depression and situational helplessness / mastery in a sample selected to study childhood parental loss. Journal of Affective Disorders, 20, 27-41.

Hartman, B. (1982). An exploratory study of effects of disco music on the auditory and vestibular systems. Journal of Auditory Research, 22, 271-274.

Hartup, W. W. (1983). Peer relations. In P. H. Mussen (Series Ed.) & E. M. Hetherington (Vol. Ed.), Handbook of child psychology: Vol. 4. Socialization, personality, and social development (4th ed., pp. 104-196). New York: Wiley.

Harvey, S. C. (1985). Hypnotics and sedatives. In A. G. Gilman, L. S. Goodman, T. W. Rall, & F. Murad (Eds.), The pharmacological basis of therapeutics pp 339-371). New York: Macmillan.

Hassan, S. (1988). Combatting cult mind control. Rochester, VT: Park Street Press.

Hassan, S. A. (1974). Transactional and contextual invalidation between the parents of disturbed families: A comparative study. Family Process, 13, 53-76.

Hatcher, R. A., Stewart, F., Trussell, J., Kowal, D., Guest, F., Stewart, G. K., Cates, W., & Policar, M. (1994). Contraceptive technology (16th ed.). New York: Irvington.

Hatfield, E. (1988). Passionate and companionate love. In R. J. Sternberg & M. L. Barnes (Eds.), The psychology of love. New Haven: Yale University Press.

Hatfield, E., & Sprecher, S. (1986). Mirror, mirror . . . The importance of looks in everyday life. Albany: State University of New York Press.

Hatfield, E., Traupmann, J., Sprecher, S., Utne, M., & Hay, J. (1985). Equity and intimate relations: Recent research. In W. Ickes (Ed.), Compatible and incompatible relationships (pp. 91-117). New York: Springer-Verlag.

Hathaway, S. R., & McKinley, J. C. (1989). MMPI-2: Manual for administration and scoring. Minneapolis, MN: University of Minnesota Press.

Hauri, P. & Linde, S. (1990). No more sleepless nights. New York: Wiley.

Hayes, A. M., & Harris, M. S. (2000). The development of an integrative therapy for depression. In S. L. Johnson & A. M. Hayes (Eds.), Stress, coping, and depression (pp. 291-306). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Hayes, C. (1951). The ape in our house. New York: Harper & Row.

Hayes, C. D. (Ed.). (1987). Risking the future (Vol. 1). Washington, DC: National Academy Press.

Hayman, C. R., Stewart, W. F., Lewis, F. R., & Grant, M. (1968). Sexual assault on women and children in the District of Columbia. Public Health Reports, 83, 12-20.

Hays, R. B. (1985). A longitudinal study of friendship development. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 48, 909-924.

Haywood, H. C., Meyers, C. E., & Switzby, H. N. (1982). Mental retardation. Annual Review of Psychology, 33, 309-342.

Hazeltine, E., & Ivry, R. B. (2002). Can we teach the cerebellum new tricks? Science, 296, 1979-1980.

Hearold, S. (1986). A synthesis of 1043 effects of television on social behavior. In G. Comstock (Ed.), Public communication and behavior (Vol. 1., pp. 65-133). Orlando, FL: Academic Press.

Hearst, N., & Hulley, S. B. (1988). Preventing the heterosexual spread of AIDS: Are we giving our patients the best advice? Journal of the American Medical Association, 259, 2428-2432.

Heath, R. G. (1981). The neural basis for violent behavior: Physiology and anatomy. In L. Valzelli & L. Mogese (Eds.), Aggression and Violence: A psychobiological and clinical approach (pp. 176-194). Milan: Edizioni, St. Vincent.

Hebb, D. O. (1966). A textbook of psychology. Philadelphia: Saunders.

Hecaen, H., & Albert, M. L. (1978). Human neurophysiology. New York: Wiley.

Hecht, F. (1994). Jerome Lejeune (1926-1994). In memoriam. American Journal of Human Genetics, 55. 201-202.

Hecht, S., & Mandelbaum, M. (1938). Rod-cone dark adaptation and vitamin A. Science, 88, 219-221.

Hecht, S., & Shlaer, S. (1938). An adaptometer for measuring human dark adaptation. Journal of the Optical Society of America, 28, 269-275.

Heider, F. (1958). The psychology of interpersonal relations. New York: Wiley.

Heiman, J. (1975). The physiology of erotica: Women's sexual arousal. Psychology Today, 8(11), 90-94.

Heine, S. J. (2003). Self-enhancement in Japan? A reply to Brown & Kobayashi. Asian Journal of Social Psychology, 6, 75-84.

Heine, S. J., & Lehman, D. R. (1997). Culture, dissonance, and self-affirmation. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 23, 389-400.

Hejmadi, A., Davidson, R. J., & Rozin, P. (2000). Exploring hindu Indian emotion expressions: Evidence for accurate recognition by Americans and Indians. Psychological Science, 11, 183-187.

Hellige, J. B. (1990). Hemispheric asymmetry. Annual Review of Psychology, 41, 55-60.

Hellige, J. B. (1993). Unity of thought and action: Varieties of interaction between the left and right cerebral hemispheres. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 2, 21-25.

Helmes, E., & Reddon, J. R. (1993). A perspective on developments in assessing psychopathology: A critical review of the MMPI and MMPI-2. Psychological Bulletin, 113, 453–471.

Helmholtz, H. L. F. von. (1962). Treatise on physioloical optics (3rd ed., J. P. C. Southall, Ed. and Trans.). New York: Dover. (Original work published 1909)

Helzer, J. E., Robins, L. N., & McEnvoy, L. (1987). Post-traumatic stress disorder in the general population. New England Journal of Medicine, 317, 1630-1634.

Hemila, H. (1997). Vitamin C intake and susceptibility to the common cold. British Journal of Nutrition, 77, 59-72.

Hendricks, M., & Bootzin, R. (1976). Race and sex as stimuli for negative affect and physical avoidance. Journal of Social Psychology, 98, 111-120.

Henley, N. (1995). Body politics revisited: What do we know today? In P. J. Kalbfleisch & M. J. Cody (Eds.), Gender, power, and communication in human relationships (pp. 27-61). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Henninger, P. (1992). Conditional handedness: Handedness changes in multiple personality disordered subject reflect shift in hemispheric dominance. Consciousness and Cognition, 1, 265-287.

Henrich, J., & Boyd, R. (1998). The evolution of conformist transmission and the emergence of between-group differentiation. Evolution and Human Behavior, 19, 215-241.

Hepler, R. S., & Petrus, R. J. (1976). Experiences with administration of marijuana to glaucoma patients. In S. Cohen & R. C. Stillman (Eds.), The therapeutic aspects of marijuana (pp. 63-75). New York: Plenum Press.

Hepper, P. G., Shahidullah, S., & White, R. (1990). Origins of fetal handedness. Nature, 347, 431.

Hepworth, J. T., & West, S. G. (1988). Lynchings and the economy: A time-series reanalysis of Hovland and Sears (1940). Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 55, 205-211.

Herbert, T. B., & Cohen, S. (1993). Depression and immunity. Psychological Bulletin, 113(3), 472-486.

Herdt, G. H. (1984). Ritualized homosexuality in Melanesia. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Herek, G. M. (1990). The context of anti-gay violence: Notes on cultural and psychological heterosexism. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 5, 316-333.

Herek, J. M. (1989). Hate crimes against lesbians and gay men: Issues for research and policy. American Psychologist, 44, 948-955.

Hering, E. (1964). Outlines of a theory of the light sense (L. M. Hurvich & D. Jameson, Trans.). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. (Original work published 1878).

Herman, C. P., & Mack, D. (1975). Restrained and unrestrained eating. Journal of Personality, 43, 647-660.

Herman, J. H. (1992). Transmutative and reproductive properties of dreams: Evidence for cortical modulation of brain-stem generators. In J. S. Antrobus & M. Bertini (Eds.), The neuropsychology of sleep and dreaming (pp. 251-262). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Herman, J., Roffwarg, H., & Tauber, E. S. (1968). Color and other perceptual qualities of REM and NREM sleep. Psychophysiology, 5, 223.

Hernstein, R. & Murray, C. (1994). The Bell Curve. New York: Free Press.

Hershberger, S. L., & D'Augelli, A. R. (1995). The impact of victimization on the mental health and suicidality of lesbian, gay, and bisexual youths. Developmental Psychology, 31, 65-74.

Hess, E. H. (1956, July). Space perception in the chick. Scientific American, pp. 71-80.

Hess, E. H. (1959). Imprinting. Science, 130, 133-141.

Heston, L. L. (1966). Psychiatric disorders in foster home reared children of schizophrenic mothers. British Journal of Psychiatry, 112, 819-825.

Hetherington, E. M. (1979). Divorce: A child's perspective. American Psychologist, 34, 851-858.

Hettema, J. M., Neale, M. C., & Kendler, K. S. (2001). A review and meta-analysis of the genetic epidemiology of anxiety disorders. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 1568-1578.

Heussenstamm, F. K. (1971). Bumper stickers and the cops, Transactions, 8, 32-33.

Hewstone, M. (2003). Intergroup contact: Panacea for prejudice? Psychologist, 16, 352-355.

Hewstone, M., & Brown, R. (1986). Contact is not enough: An intergroup perspective on the 'contact hypothesis.' In M. Hewstone & R. Brown (Eds.), Contact and conflict in intergroup encounters (pp. 1-44). Oxford: Basil Blackwell Ltd.

Hewstone, M., Rubin, M., & Willis, H. (2002). Intergroup bias. Annual Review of Psychology, 53, 575-604.

Higgins, S. T., Budney, A. J., Bickel, W. K., Foerg, F. E., Donham, R., & Badger, G. J. (1994). Incentives improve outcome in outpatient behavioral treatment of cocaine dependence. Archives of General Psychiatry, 51, 568-576.

Higuchi, S., & Miyashita, Y. (1996). Formation of mnemonic neuronal responses to visual paired associates in inferotemporal cortex is impaired by perirhinal and entorhinal lesions. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences U. S. A., 93, 739-743.

Hilgard, E. R. (1965). Hypnotic susceptibility. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World.

Hilgard, E. R. (1973). A neodissociation interpretation of pain reduction in hypnosis. Psychological Review, 80, 403-419.

Hilgard, E. R. (1986). Divided consciousness: Multiple controls in human thought and action. New York: Wiley.

Hilgard, E. R. (1987). Psychology in America. Orlando, FL: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.

Hilgard, E. R. (1992). Dissociation and theories of hypnosis. In E. Fromm & M. R. Nash (Eds.), Contemporary hypnosis research. New York: Guilford.

Hilgard, E. R., & Loftus, E. F. (1979). Effective interrogation of the eye witness. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 27, 342-357.

Hilgard, E. R., MacDonald, H., Morgan, A. H., & Johnson, L. S. (1978). The reality of hypnotic analgesia: A comparison of highly hypnotizables with simulators. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 87, 239-246.

Hill, J. P. (1980). Understanding early adolescence: A framework. Carrboro NC: Center for Early Adolescence.

Hiller, W., Dichtl, G., Hecht, H., & Hundt, W. (1993). An empirical comparison of diagnoses and reliabilitites in ICD-10 and DSM-III-R. European Archives of Psychiatry and Clinical Neuroscience, 242, 209-217.

Hillier, S., & Barrow, G. M. (1999). Aging, the individual, and society (7th ed.). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Hilsman, R., & Garber, J. (1995). A test of the cognitive diathesis stress model of depression in children: Academic stressors, attributional style, perceived competence, and control. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 370-380.

Hilts, P. J. (1995). Memory's ghost. New York: Simon & Schuster.

Hinkle, L. E. (1974). The concept of “stress” in the biological and social sciences. International Journal of Psychiatry in Medicine, 5, 335-357.

Hirsch, C., & Charles, J. (1997). How should clinicians assess the effectiveness of drug treatment for Alzheimer's disease? Paper presented a the 50th Annual Scinetific Meeting of the Gerontological Society of America.

Hite, S. (1987). Women and love: A cultural revolution in progress. New York: Knopf.

Hobson, J. A. (1988). The dreaming brain. New York: Basic Books.

Hobson, J. A. (1990). Activation, input source, and modulation: A neurocognitive model of the state of the brain-mind. In R. R. Bootzin, J. F. Kihlstrom, & D. L. Schachter (Eds.). Sleep and cognition. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Hobson, J. A. (1992). Sleep and dreaming: Induction and mediation of REM sleep by cholinergic mechanisms. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 2, 759-763.

Hock, R. R. (1979). Forty studies that changed psychology (3rd ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Hock, R. R. (1999). Forty studies that changed psychology (3rd ed.). Upple Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Hodgson, R., & Miller, P. (1982). Selfwatching. New York: Facts on File.

Hoffer, A. (1986). Vitamin therapy for hyperactivity and schizophrenia: A family struggle. Journal of Orthomolecular Medicine, 1, 57-62.

Hofferth, S. L., & Hayes, C. D. (Eds.). (1987). Risking the future: Adolescent sexuality, pregnancy, and childbearing. Washington, DC: National Academy Press.

Hoffman, E. (1988). The right to be human: A biography of Abraham Maslow. New York: St. Martin's Press.

Hoffman, L. W. (1989). Effects of maternal employment in the two-parent family. American Psychologist, 44, 283-292.

Hoffman, M. L. (1984). Empathy, its limitations, and its role in a comprehensive moral theory. In J. Gewirtz & W. Kurtines (Eds.), Morality, moral development, and moral behavior (pp. 2893-302). New York: Wiley.

Hoffman, M. L. (1990). Empathy and justice motivation. Motivation and Emotion, 14, 151-172.

Hoffstein, V., Mateika, S., Rubinstein, I., & Slutsky, A. S. (1988). Determinants of blood pressure in snorers. Lancet, 2, 992-994.

Hofling, C. K., Brotzman, E., Dalrymple, S., Graves, N., & Pierce, C. M. (1966). An experimental study in nurse-physician relationships. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 143, 171-180.

Hogarty, G. E., Anderson, C. M., Reiss, D. J., Kornblith, S. J., Greenwald, D. P., Javna, C. D., & Madonia, M. J. (1986). Family psychoeducation, social skills training, and maintenance chemotherapy in the aftercare treatment of schizophrenia: I. One-year effects of a controlled study on relapse and expressed emotion. Archives of General Psychiatry, 43, 633-642.

Hoge, S. K., Sachs, G., Appelbaum, P. S., Greer, A., & Gordon, C. (1988). Limitations on psychiatrists' discretionary civil commitment authority by the Stone and dangerousness criteria. Archives of General Psychiatry, 45, 764-769.

Holahan, C. K. (1988). Relation of life goals at age 70 to activity participation and health and psychological well-being among Terman's gifted men and womsn. Psychology and Aging, 3, 286-291.

Hollister, L. E. (1986). Health aspects of cannabis. Pharmacological Review, 38, 1-20.

Hollon, S. D., & Beck, A. T. (1994). Cognitive and cognitive-behavioral therapies. In A. E. Bergin & S. L. Garfield (Eds.), Handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change (4th ed., pp. 428-466). New York: Wiley.

Hollon, S. D., Thase, M. E., & Markowitz, J. C. (2002). Treatment and prevention of depression. Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 3, 39-77.

Holmes, C. B., Buchannan, J. A., Dungan, D. S., & Reed, T. (1986). The Barnum effect in Luscher Color Test interpretation. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 42, 133–136.

Holmes, D. S. (1994). Abnormal psychology (2nd ed.). New York: HarperCollins.

Holmes, T., & Masuda, M. (1972, April). Psychosomatic syndrome. Psychology Today,  71.

Holmes, T., & Rahe, R. (1967). The social readjustment rating scale. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 11, 213-218.

Holsboer, F. (1992). The hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenocortical system. In E. S. Paykel (Ed.), Handbook of affective disorders (2nd ed., pp. 267-288). New york: Guilford Press.

Holt, J. (1994, October 19). Anti-Social science? The New York Times, op-ed page.

Holtgraves, T., & Skeel, J. (1992). Cognitive biases in playing the lottery: Estimating the odds and choosing the numbers. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 22, 934-952.

Holyoak, K. J., & Mah, W. A. (1982). Cognitive reference points in judgments of symbolic magnitude. Cognitive Psychology, 14, 328-352.

Hong, Y., Morris, M. W., Chiu, C., & Benet-Martinez, V. (2000). Multicultural minds: A dynamic constructivist approach to culture and cognition. American Psychologist, 55, 709-720.

Honorton, C., & Bem, D. J. (1994). Does psi exist? Psychological Bulletin, 115(1), 4-18.

Hook, E. W., & Handsfield, H. H. (1990). Gonococcal infections in adults. In K. Holmes, P. Mårdh, P. F. Sparling, & P. J. Wiesner (Eds.), Sexually transmitted diseases (2^nd ed., pp. 149-160). New York: McGraw-Hill.

Hopkins, B., & Western, T. (1988). Maternal handling and motor development: An intracultural study. Genetic Psychology Monographs, 14, 377-420.

Hopkins, R. O., & Kesner, R. P. (1994). Short-term memory for duration in hypoxic subjects. Society for Neuroscience Abstracts, 20, 1075.

Hopson, J. L. (1986, June). The unraveling of insomnia. Psychology Today, 20, 43-49.

Horgan, J. (1995, December). A sign is born. Scientific American, pp. 18-19.

Horgan, J. (1996, December). Why Freud isn't dead. Scientific American, pp. 106-111.

Horn, J. L., & Donaldson, G. (1976). On the myth of intellectual decline in adulthood. American Psychologist, 31, 701-719.

Horne, J. A., & Minard, A. (1985). Sleep and sleepiness following a behaviorally "active" day. Ergonomics, 28, 567-575.

Horne, J. A., Brass, C. G., & Pettitt, A. N. (1980). Circadian performance differences between morning and evening 'types.' Ergonomics, 23, 29-36.

Horne, R. L., Pettinati, M. M., Sugerman, A., & Varga, E. (1985). Comparing bilateral to unilateral electroconvulsive therapy in a randomized study of EEG monitoring. Archives of General Psychiatry, 42, 1087-1092.

Horney, K. (1937). The neurotic personality of our time. New York: Norton.

Horney, K. (1945). Our inner conflicts. New York: Norton.

Horney, K. (1967). Feminine psychology. New York: Norton.

Horvath, A. O., & Goheen, M. D. (1990). Factors mediating the success of defiance- and compliance-based interventions. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 37(4), 363-371.

Hosch, H. M., & Cooper, D. S. (1982). Victimization as a determinant of eyewitness accuracy. Journal of Applied Psychology, 67, 649-652.

House, J. S., Landis, K. R., & Umberson, D. (1988). Social relationships and health. Science, 241, 540-545.

Hovland, C. I., & Mandell, W. (1952). An experimental comparison of conclusion-drawing by the communicator and by the audience. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 47, 581-588.

Hovland, C. I., & Sears, R. (1940). Minor studies of aggression: Correlation of lynchings with economic indices. Journal of Psychology, 9, 301-310.

Hovland, C. I., & Weiss, W. (1952). The influence of source credibility on communication effectiveness. Public Opinion Quarterly, 15, 635-650.

Hovland, C. I., Lumsdaine, A. A., & Sheffield, F. D. (1949). Experiments on mass communication. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Howe, M. L., Courage, M. L., & Peterson, C. (1994). How can I remember when "I" wasn't there? Long-term retention of traumatic experiences and emergence of the cognitive self. [Special issue: The recovered memory/false memory debate.] Consciousness and Cognition, 3, 327-355.

Hoyer, G., & Lund, E. (1993). Suicide among women related to number of children in marriage. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50, 134-137.

Hoyert, D. L., & Rosenberg, H. M. (1997). Alzheimer's disease as a cause of death in the United States. Public Health Reports, 112, 497-505.

Hsia, Y., & Graham, C. H. (1965). Color blindness. In C. H. Graham (Ed.), Vision and visual perception. New York: Wiley.

Hsiao, J. K., Colison, J., Bartko, J. J., Doran, A. R., Konicki, P. E., Potter, W. Z., & Pickar, D. (1993). Monoamine neurotransmitter interactions in drug-free and neuroleptic-treated schizophrenics. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50, 606-614.

Hu, F. B., Li, T. Y., Colditz, G. A., Willett, W. C., & Manson, J. E. (2003). Television watching and other sedentary behaviors in relation to risk of obesity and Type 2 diabetes mellitus in women. Journal of the American Medical Association, 289, 1785-1791.

Hubel, D. H. (1963). The visual cortex of the brain. Scientific American, 209, 54-62.

Hubel, D. H., & Wiesel, T. N. (1979, September). Brain mechanisms of vision. Scientific American, 241, 150-162.

Hubel. D. H. (1979, September). The brain. Scientific American, 241, 45-53.

Hudson, W. (1960). Pictorial depth perception in sub-cultural groups in Africa. Journal of Social Psychology, 52, 183-208.

Hudson, W. (1967). The study of the problem of pictorial perception among unacculturated groups. International Journal of Psychology, 2, 89-107.

Huesmann, L. R. (1982). Television violence and aggressive behavior. In D. Pearl & L. Bouthilet (Eds.), Television and behavior: Ten years of scientific progress and implications for the 80s. Washington, DC: U. S. Government Printing Office.

Huesmann, L. R., Moise-Titus, J., Podolski, C.-L., & Eron, L. D. (2003). Longitudinal relations between children's exposure to TV violence and their aggressive and violent behavior in young adulthood: 1977-1002. Developmental Psychology, 39, 201-221.

Hui, C. H. (1986). Fifteen years of pornography research: Does exposure to pornography have any effects? Bulletin of the Hong Kong Psychological Society, 16-17, 41-61.

Hull, C. L. (1933). Hypnosis and Suggestibility: An experimental approach. New York: Appleton-Century.

Hull, C. L. (1943). Principles of behavior. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.

Hunt, E. (1995). The role of intelligence in modern society. American Scientist, 83(July-August), 356-368.

Hunt, E., & Agnoli, F. (1991). The Whorfian hypothesis: A cognitive psychology perspective. Psychological Review, 98, 377-389.

Hunt, M. (1990). The compassionate beast: What science is discovering about the humane side of humankind. New York: Morrow.

Hunt, M. (1993). The story of psychology. New York: Doubleday.

Hunter, I. M. L. (1987). Galton, Sir Francis. In R. L. Gregory (Ed.), The Oxford companion to the mind (pp. 375-379). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Hunter, R. S., & Kihlstrom, N. (1979). Breaking the cycle in abusive families. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 56, 142-146.

Hunter, S., & Sundel, M. (Eds.). (1989). Midlife myths: Issues, findings, and practice implications. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Hurlbert, D. F., & Apt, C. (1995). The coital alignment technique and directed masturbation: A comparative study on female orgasm. Journal of Sex and Marital Therapy, 21(1), 21-29.

Hurley, D. (1989). The search for cocaine's methadone. Psychology Today, July/Aug., 59-60.

Hurvich, L., & Jameson, D. (1957). An opponent-process theory of color vision. Psychological Review, 64, 384-404.

Hwang, K. K. (1981). Perception of life events: The application of nonmetric multidimensional scaling. Acta Psychologica Tawianica, 22, 22-32.

Hyde, J. S., & DeLamater, J. D. (2002). Understanding human sexuality (8th ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.

Hyde, J. S., Fennema, E., & Lamon, S. J. (1990). Gender differences in mathematics performance: A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 107, 139-155.

Hygge, S., Evans, G. W., & Bullinger, M. (2002). A prospective study of some effects of aircraft noise on cognitive performance in schoolchildren. Psychological Science, 13, 469-474.

Hyman, I. A. (1997). The case against spanking. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.

Hyman, R. (1996). The evidence for psychic functioning: Claims vs. reality. Skeptical Inquirer, 20(2), 24-26.

Hynd, G. W., & Semrud-Clikeman, M. (1989). Dyslexia and brain morphology. Psychological Bulletin, 106(3), 447-482.

 

 

Iavecchia, J. H., Iavecchia, H. P., & Roscoe, S. N. (1983). The moon illusion revisited. Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine, 54, 39-46.

Imperato-McGinley, J., Guerrero, L., Gautier, T., & Peterson, R. E. (1974). Steroid 5a reductase deficiency in man: An inherited form of male pseudohermaphroditism. Science, 186, 1213-1215.

Infante-Rivard, C., Fernandez, A., Gauthier, R., David, M., & Rivard, G. E. (1993). Fetal loss associated with caffeine intake before and during pregnancy. Journal of the American Medical Association, 270(24), 2940-2943.

Ingham, A. G., Levinger, G., Graves, J., & Peckham, V. (1974). The Ringelmann effect: Studies of group size and group performance. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 10, 371-384.

Inglehart, R. (1990). Culture shift in advanced industrial society. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Innis, N. K. (1992). Tolman and Tryon: Early research on the inheritance of the ability to learn. American Psychologist, 47, 190-197.

Insel, P. M., & Roth, W. T. (1976). Health in a changing society. Palo Alto, CA: Mayfield.

Institute of Medicine. (1982). Marijuana and health. Washington, DC: National Academy Press.

International Food Information Council Foundation (1998, July). Everything you need to know about … caffeine. Washington, DC: Author.

Isaacs, L. W., & Bearison, D. J. (1986). The development of children's prejudice against the aged. International Journal of Aging and Human Development, 23, 175-194.

Isometsä, E. T., Henriksson, M. E., Aro, H. M., Heikkinen, M. E., Kuoppasalmi, K. I., & Lönnqvist, J. K. (1994). Suicide in major depression. American Journal of Psychiatry, 151, 530-536.

Israel, J. H., & LeFave, W. F. (1975). Criminal procedure (2nd ed.). St. Paul, MN: West.

Isser, N. (1991). Why cultic groups develop and flourish. Cultic Studies Journal, 8(2), 104-121.

Izard, C. E. (1971). The face of emotion. New York: Appleton-Century Crofts.

Izard, C. E. (1977). Human emotions. New York: Plenum Press.

Izard, C. E. (1990). Facial expressions and the regulation of emotions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 58, 487-498.

Izard, C. E. (1994). Innate and universal facial expressions: Evidence from developmental and cross-cultural research. Psychological Bulletin, 115, 288-299.

Izard, C. E., Fantauzzo, C. A., Castle, J. M., Haynes, O. M., Rayias, M. F., & Putnam, P. H. (1995). The ontogeny and significance of intants' facial expressions in the first 9 months of life. Developmental Psychology, 31(6), 997-1013.

Izard, C. E., Huebner, R. R., Risser, D., McGinnes, G. C., & Dougherty, L. M. (1980). The young infant's ability to produce discrete emotional expressions. Developmental Psychology, 16, 132-140.

 

 

Jackson-Smith, P., Kesner, R. P., & Amann, K. (1994). Effects of hippocampal and medial prefrontal lesions on discrimination of duration in rats. Society for Neuroscience Abstracts, 20, 1210.

Jacobs, B. L. (1987). How hallucinogenic drugs work. American Scientist, 75, 386-392.

Jacobs, G. D., Benson, H., & Friedman, R. (1993). Home-based central nervous system assessment of multi-factor behavioral intervention for chronic sleep-onset insomnia. Behavior Therapy, 24(1), 159-174.

Jacobs, M. K., & Goodman, G. (1989). Psychology and self-help groups: Predictions on a partnership. American Psychologist, 44, 536-545.

Jaffe, J. H. (1985). Drug addiction and drug abuse. In A. G. Gilman, L. S. Goodman, T. W. Rall, & F. Murad (Eds.), The pharmacological basis of therapeutics (pp. 532-581). New York: MacMillan.

Jaffe, S., & Hyde, J. S. (2000). Gender differences in moral orientation: A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 126, 703-726.

James, B., Dewan, J., Munro, N., & Zmida, D. (1998). Bill James presents STATS: All-time baseball sourcebook. Morton Grove, IL: STATS, Inc.

James, W. (1890). The principles of psychology (Vol. 2). New York: Holt.

James, W. (1992). Psychology: The briefer course. New York: Henry Holt.

Janis, I. L. (1982). Groupthink: Psychological studies of policy decisions and fiascoes. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

Janis, I. L. (1989). Crucial decisions: Leadership in policymaking and crisis management. New York: Free Press.

Janos, P. M., & Robinson, N. M. (1985). Psychosocial development in intellectually gifted children. In F. D. Horowitz & M. O'Brien (Eds.), The gifted and talented: Developmental perspectives. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Janowitz, H. D., & Grossman, M. I. (1950). Hunger and appetite: Some definitions and concepts. Journal of the Mount Sinai Hospital, 16, 231-240.

Janus, S. S., & Janus, C. L. (1993). The Janus report on sexual behavior. New York: Wiley.

Jarvik, M. E. (1995). The scientific case that nicotine is addictive. Psychopharmacology, 117(1), 18-20.

Jay, R. (1998). Learned pigs and fireproof women. New York: Farrar Straus & Giroux.

Jaynes, J. (1970). The problem of animate motion in the seventeenth century. Journal of the History of Ideas, 31, 219-234.

Jeffery, R. W., & Wing, R. R. (1983). Recidivism and self-cure of smoking and obesity: Data from population studies. American Psychologist, 38, 852.

Jemmott, J. B., & Magloire, K. (1988). Academic stress, social support, and secretory immunoglobulin A. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 55, 803-810.

Jemmott, J. B., III, Borysenko, J. Z., Borysenko, M. L., McClelland, D. C., Chapman, R., Meyer, D., & Benson, H. (1983). Academic stress, power motivation, and decrease in salivary secretory immunoglobulin A secretion rate. Lancet, 1, 1400-1402.

Jenkins, J. G., & Dallenbach, K. M. (1924). Oblivescence during sleep and waking. American Journal of Psychology, 35, 605-612.

Jenkins, J. G., & Dallenbach, K. M. (1924). Oblivescence during sleep and waking. American Journal of Psychology, 35, 605-612.

Jensen, A. R. (1989). New findings on the intellectually gifted. New Horizons, 30, 73-80.

Jensen, A. R. (1998). The g factor: The science of mental ability. Westport, CT: Praeger Publishers.

Jensen, A. R., & Johnson, F. W. (1994). Race and sex differences in head size and IQ. Intelligence, 18, 341.

Jepson, C., & Chaiken, S. (1990). Chronic issue-specific fear inhibits systematic processing of persuasive communications. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 5, 61-84.

Jerome, L. E. (1975). Astrology: Magic or science? In Objections to astrology. Buffalo, NY: Prometheus Books.

Jette, A. M. (1996). Disability trends and transitions. In R. H. Binstock & K. L. George (Eds.), Handbook of aging and the social sciences (4th ed.) (pp. 94-117). New York: Academic Press.

Johnson, A. B. (1990). Out of bedlam: The truth about deinstitutionalization. New York: Basicbooks.

Johnson, J. S., & Newport, E. L. (1989). Critical period effects in second language learning: The influence of maturational state on the acquisition of English as a second language. Cognitive Psychology, 21(1), 60-99.

Johnson, R. E., Nahmias, A. J., Magder, L. S., Lee, F. K., Brooks, C. A., & Snowden, C. B. (1989). A seroepidemiologic survey of the prevalence of herpes simplex virus type 2 infection in the United States. New England Journal of Medicine, 321, 7-12.

Johnson, W. G., Tsoh, J. Y., & Varnado, P. J. (1996). Eating disorders: Efficacy of pharmacological and psychological interventions. Clinical Psychology Review, 16(6), 457-478.

Johnson, W., McGue, M., Gaist, D., Vaupel, J. W., & Christensen, K. (2002). Frequency and heritability of depression symptomatology in the second half of life: Evidence from Danish twins over 45. Psychological Medicine, 32, 1175-1185.

Johnson. D. R., Westermeyer, J., Katttar, K., & Thuras, P. (2002). Daily charting of posttraumatic stress symptoms: A pilot study. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 190, 683-692.

Jones, A., Wilkinson, H. J., & Braden, I. (1961). Information deprivation as a motivational variable. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 62, 126-137.

Jones, E. (1953). Life and work of Sigmund Freud, Volume I (1856-1900). New York: Basic Books.

Jones, E. E., & Nisbett, R. E. (1971). The actor and observer: Divergent perceptions of the causes of behavior. In E. E. Jones, D. E. Kanouse, H. H. Kelley, R. E. Nisbett, S. Valins, & B. Weiner (Eds.), Attribution: Perceiving the causes of behavior. Morristown, NJ: General Learning Press.

Jones, M. C. (1924). A laboratory study of fear: The case of Peter. Pedagogical Seminary, 31, 308-315.

Jones, R. T. (1980). Human Effects: An overview. In R. C. Peterson (Ed.), Marijuana research findings: 1980 (pp. 54-80). Rockville, MD: National Institute on Drug Abuse.

Jones, S. E, & Brown, B. C. (1996). Touch attitudes and behaviors, recollections of early-childhood touch, and social self-confidence. Journal of Nonverbal Behavior, 20(3), 147-163.

Jonsson, L. E., & Gunne, L. M. (1970). Clinical studies of amphetamine psychosis. In E. Costa & S. Garattini (Eds.), International symposium on amphetamines and related compounds (pp. 929-936). New York: Raven Press.

Joynes, R. L., & Grau, J. W. (1996). Mechanisms of Pavlovian conditioning: Role of protection from habituation in spinal conditioning. Behavioral Neuroscience, 110, 1375-1387.

Julien, R. M. (1996). A primer of drug action (7th ed.). New York: Freeman.

 

 

Kabat-Zinn, J., Massion, A., Kristeller, J., Peterson, L. G., et al. (1992). Effectiveness of a meditation-based stress reduction program in the treatment of anxiety disorders. American Journal of Psychiatry, 149, 937-943.

Kagan J., Snidman, N., & Arcus, D. (1992). Initial reactions to unfamiliarity. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 1, 171-174.

Kagan, J. (1993). The meanings of morality. Psychological Science, 4, 353, 357-360.

Kagan, J., & Snidman, N. (1991). Infant predictors of inhibited and uninhibited profiles. Psychological Science, 2, 40–44.

Kagan, J., Reznick, J. S., & Snidman, N. (1988). Biological bases of childhood shyness. Science, 240, 167–171.

Kagan, S. (1976). Preference for control in rural Mexican and urban Anglo American children. Revista Interamericana de Psicologia, 10, 51-59.

Kahn, R. S., Davidson, M., Knott, P., Stern, R. G., Apter, S., & Davis, K. L. (1993). Effect of neuroleptic medication on cerebrospinal fluid monoamine metabolite concentrations in schizophrenia: Serotonin-dopamine interactions as a target for treatment. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50, 599-605.

Kahneman, D., & Tversky, A. (1979). Intuitive prediction: Biases and corrective procedures. Management Science, 12, 313-327.

Kalat, J. W. (1992). Biological psychology (4th ed.). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Kalat, J. W. (1996) Introduction to Psychology, Fourth Edition. New York: Brooks/Cole.

Kameda, T., & Sugimori, S. (1993). Psychological entrapment in group decision making: An assigned decision rule and a groupthink phenomenon. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 65, 282-292.

Kamin, L. J. (1968).  “Attention-like” processes in classical conditioning. In M. R. Jones (Ed.), Miami Symposium on the Prediction of Behavior: Aversive stimulation (pp. 9-32). Miami, FL: University of Miami Press.

Kandel, D. (1975). Stages in adolescent involvement in drug use. Science, 190, 912-914.

Kandel, D. B. (1978). Similarity in real-life adolescent friendship pairs. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 36, 306-312.

Kandel, D., & Yamaguchi, K. (1993). From beer to crack: Developmental patterns of drug involvement. American Journal of Public Health, 83, 851-855.

Kandel, E. R. (1976). Cellular basis of behavior: An introduction to behavioral neurobiology. San Francisco: Freeman.

Kandel, E. R., & Schwartz, J. H. (1982). Molecular biology of learning: Modulation of transmitter release. Science, 218, 433-443.

Kanner, A. D., Coyne, J. C., & Lazarus, R. S. (1981). Comparison of two modes of stress measurement: Daily hassles and uplifts versus major life events. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 4, 1-39.

Kaplan, H. S. (1974). The new sex therapy. New York: Brunner/Mazel.

Kaplan, H., & Dove, H. (1987). Infant development among the Ache of Eastern Paraguay. Developmental Psychology, 23, 190-198.

Kaplan, M. (1983, July). A woman's view of DSM-III. American Psychologist, 786-792.

Karacan, I., Goodenough, D. R., Shapiro, A., & Starker, S. (1966). Erection cycle during sleep in relation to dream anxiety. Archives of General Psychiatry, 15, 183-189.

Karasek, R., & Theorell, T. (1990). Healthy work: Stress, productivity, and the reconstruction of the working life. New York: Basic Books.

Karau, S. J., & Williams, K. D. (1993). Social loafing: A meta-analytic review and theoretical integration. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 65, 681-796.

Karau, S. J., & Williams, K. D. (2001). Understanding individual motivation in groups: The collective effort model. In M. E. Turner (Ed.), Groups at work: Theory and research. Applied social research (pp. 113-141). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Karda, C. A., & Freeman, W. J. (1987). How brains make chaos in order to make sense of the world. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 10, 161-195.

Karli, P. (1991). Animal and human aggression. New York: Oxford University Press.

Karlins, M., Coffman, T. L., & Walters, G. (1969). On the fading of social stereotypes: Studies in three generations of college students. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 13, 1-16.

Karni, A., & Sagi, D. (1994). Dependence on REM sleep for overnight improvement of perceptual skills. Science, 265, 679-682.

Karni, A., Meyer, G., Jezzard, P., Adams, M. M., Turner, R., & Ungerleider, L. G. (1995). Functional MRI evidence for adult motor cortex plasticity during motor skill learning. Nature, 377, 155-158.

Kassin, S. (1997). The psychology of confession evidence. American Psychologist, 52, 221-233.

Kassin, S. M., Ellsworth, P. C., & Smith, V. L. (1989). The "general acceptance" of psychological research on eyewitness testimony: A survey of the experts. American Psychologist, 44, 1089-1098.

Kassin, S., & Kiechel, K. (1996). The social psychology of false confessions: Compliance, internalization, and confabulation. Psychological Science, 7(3), 125-129.

Kastenbaum, R., & Costa, P. (1977). Psychological perspectives on death. Annual Review of Psychology, 28, 225-249.

Kauer, J. S. (1987). Coding in the olfactory system. In T. E. Finger & W. L. Silver (Eds.), Neurobiology of taste and smell (pp. 205-232). New York: Wiley.

Kaufman, A. S., Reynolds, C. R., & McLean, J. E. (1989). Age and WAIS-R intelligence in a national sample of adults in the 20- to 74-year age range: A cross-sectional analysis with educational level controlled. Intelligence, 13, 235-253.

Kaufman, L., & Rock, I. (1962, July). The moon illusion. Scientific American, 207, 120-132.

Kaufman, L., & Rock, I. (1989). The moon illusion thirty years later. In M. Hershenson (Ed.), The moon illusion (pp. 193-234). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Kawamura, N., Kim, Y., & Asukai, N. (2001). Suppression of cellular immunity in men with a past history of posttraumatic stress diesorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 484-486.

Kaye, L. W., & Applegate, J. S. (1990). Men as elder caregivers: A response to changing families. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 60, 86-95.

Kaye, W. H., Klump, K. L., Frank, G. K., & Strober, M. (2000). Anorexia and bulimia nervosa. Annual Review of Medicine, 51, 299-313.

Kazdin, A. E. (1977). The token economy: A review and evaluation. New York: Plenum.

Kazdin, A. E., & Wilson, G. T. (1978). Evaluation of behavior therapy: Issues, evidence and research strategies. Cambridge, MA: Ballinger.

Keane, T. M., Wolfe, J., & Taylor, K. L. (1987). Post-traumatic stress disorder: Evidence for diagnostic validity and methods of psychological assessment. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 43, 32-43.

Kearney, M. (1984). A comparison of the motivation to avoid success in males and females. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 40, 1005-1007.

Keel, P. K., & Klump, K. L. (2003). Are eating disorders culture-bound syndromes?: Implications for conceptualizing their etiology. Psychological Bulletin, 129, 749-769.

Keesey, R. E. (1980). The regulation of body weight: A set-point analysis. In A. J. Stunkard (Ed.), Obesity (pp. 144-165). Philadelphia: Saunders.

Keesey, R. E. (1986). A set-point theory of obesity. In K. D. Brownell & J. P. Foreyt (Eds.), Handbook of eating disorders (pp. 63-87). New York: Basic Books.

Keesey, R. E. (1988). The body-weight set point. What can you tell your patients? Postgraduate Medicine, 83, 114-127.

Keesey, R. E., & Powley, T. L. (1986). The regulation of body weight. Annual Review of Psychology, 37, 109-133.

Kegl, J., Senghas, A., & Coppola, M. (1996). Creation through contact: Sign language emergence and sign language change in Nicaragua. In M. Degraff (Ed.), Comparative grammatical change: The intersection of language acquisition, creole genesis, and diachronic syntax. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Kellerman, A. L., Rivera, F. P., Rushforth, N. B., Banton, J. G., et al., (1993). Gun ownership as a risk factor for homicide in the home. New England Journal of Medicine, 329(15), 1084-1091.

Kelly, D. D. (1981). Disorders of sleep and consciousness. In E. Kandel & bJ. Schwartz (Eds.), Principles of neural science. New York: Elseview-North Holland.

Kelly, I. W., & Saklofske, D. H. (1994). Psychology and pseudoscience. Encyclopedia of human behavior, 3, 611–618.

Kelly, I. W., Culver, R., & Loptson, P. J. (1989). Astrology and science: An examination of the evidence. In S. K. Biswas et al. (Eds.), Cosmoperspectives. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Kelly, T. H., Foltin, R. W., & Fischman, M. W. (1993). Effects of smoked marijuana on heart rate, drug ratings and task performance by humans. Behavioural Pharmacology, 4, 167-178.

Kendler, K. S., Neale, M. C., Kessler, R. C., Heath, A. C., & Eaves, L. J. (1992). Childhood parental loss and adult psychopathology in women: A twin study perspective. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49, 109-116.

Kennedy, J. F. (1964). Special message to congress on mental illness and mental retardation. Public papers of the presidents of the United States: John F. Kennedy, 1963. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office.

Kepner, J. (2001). Touch in Gestalt body process psychotherapy: Purpose, practice, and ethics. Gestalt Review, 5, 97-114

Kerr, M. E., & Bowen, M. (1988). Family evaluation: An approach based on Bowen theory. New York: Norton.

Kesner, R. P. (1992). Learning and memory in rats with an emphasis on the role of the amygdala. In J. P. Aggleton (Ed.), The amygdala: Neurobiological aspects of emotion, memory, and mental dysfunction. New York: Wiley-Liss.

Kesner, R. P. (1998). Neurobiological views of memory. In R. P. Kesner (Ed.), Neurobiology of Learning and Memory. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.

Kesner, R. P., Bolland, B. L., & Dakis, M. (1993). Memory for spatial locations, motor responses, and objects: Triple dissociation among the hippocampus, caudate nucleus, and extrastriate visual cortex. Experimental Brain Research, 93, 462-470.

Kesner, R. P., Walser, R. D., & Winzenried, G. (1989). Central but not basolateral amygdala mediates memory for positive effective experiences. Behavioural Brain Research, 33, 189-195.

Kessler, R. C., McGonagle, K. A., Zhao, S., Nelson, C. B., et al. (1994). Lifetime and 12-month prevalence of DSM-III-R psychiatric disorders in the United States: Results from the National Comorbidity Survey. Archives of General Psychiatry, 51, 8-19.

Keys, A., Brozek, J., Henschel, A., Mickelsen, O., & Taylor, H. L. (1950). The biology of human starvation. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Khokhlov, N. E., & Gonzalez, A. E. (1973). Cross-cultural comparison of cognitive consistency. International Journal of Psychology, 8, 137-145.

Kiang, N. Y., & Peake, W. T. (1988). Physics and physiology in hearing. In R. C. Atkinson, R. J. Herrnstein, G. Lindzey, & R. D. Luce (Eds.), Stevens' handbook of experimental psychology (2nd ed., Vol. I, pp. 277-326). New York: Wiley.

Kiecolt-Glaser, J. K., & Glaser, R. (1992). Psychoneuroimmunology: Can psychological interventions modulate immunity? Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 60(4), 569-575.

Kiecolt-Glaser. J. K., Preacher, K. J., MacCallum, R. C., Atkinson, C., Malarkey, W. B., & Glaser, R. (2003). Chronic stress and age-related increases in the proinflammatory cytokine IL-6. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 100, 9090-9095.

Kihlstrom, J. F. (1979). Hypnosis and psychopathology: Retrospect and prospect. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 88, 459-473.

Kihlstrom, J. F. (1985). Hypnosis. Annual Review of Psychology, 36, 385-418.

Kihlstrom, J. F. (1994). Hypnosis, delayed recall, and the principles of memory. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 40, 337-345.

Kihlstrom, J. F., & McConkey, K. M. (1990). William James and hypnosis: A centennial reflection. Psychological Science, 1, 174-177.

Kihlstrom, J. F., Tataryn, D. J., & Hoyt, I. P. (1993). Dissociative disorders. In P. B. Sutker & H. E. Adams (Eds.), Comprehensive handbook of psychopathology (2nd ed.). New York: Plenum Press.

Kilduff, M., & Javers, R. (1978). The suicide cult: The inside story of the Peoples Temple sect and the massacre in Guyana. New York: Bantam Books.

Kilham, W., & Mann, L. (1974). Level of destructive obedience as a function of transmitter and executant roles in the Milgram obedience paradigm. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 29, 696-702.

Kilpatrick, D., Saunders, B., Veronen, L., Best, C., & Von, J. (1987). Criminal victimization: Lifetime prevalence, reporting to police, and psychological impact. Crime and Delinquency, 33, 479-489.

Kim, K. H. S., Relkin, N. R., Lee, K., & Hirsch, J. (1997). Distinct cortical areas associated with native and second languages. Nature, 388, 171-174.

Kimble, G. A. (1956). Principles of general psychology. New York: Ronald Press.

Kimble, G. A. (1981). Biological and cognitive constraints on learning. The G. Stanley Hall Lecture Series, 1, 7-60.

Kimble, G. A. (1999, August). Methodological Behaviorism and Unity in Psychology. Paper presented at the 107th annual meeting of the American Pscyological Association, Boston, MA.

Kimble, G. A. (2000). Behaviorism and unity in psychology. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 9, 208-212.

Kimlicka, T., Cross, H., & Tarnai, J. (1983). A comparison of androgynous, feminine, masculine, and undifferentiated women on self-esteem, body satisfaction, and sexual satisfaction. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 7, 291-294.

Kimmel, D. C. (1988). Ageism, psychology, and public policy. American Psychologist, 43(3), 175-178.

Kinsey, A. C., Pomeroy, W. B., & Martin, C. E. (1948). Sexual behavior in the human male. Philadelphia: Saunders.

Kinsey, A. C., Pomeroy, W. B., Martin, C. E., & Gebhard, P. H. (1953). Sexual behavior in the human female. Philadelphia: Saunders.

Kirk, S. A., & Kutchins, H. (1994). The myth of the reliability of DSM. Journal of Mind and Behavior, 15, 71-86.

Kirsch, I., & Lynn, S. J. (1995). The altered state of hypnosis. American Psychologist, 50, 846-858.

Kirsch, I., & Lynn, S. J. (1998). Social-cognitive alternatives to dissociation theories of hypnotic involuntariness. Review of General Psychology, 2, 66-80.

Kirsch, I., Montgomery, G., & Sapirstein, G. (1995). Hypnosis as an adjunct to cognitive behavioral psychotherapy: A meta-analysis. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 63, 214-220.

Kirsch, I., Moore, T. J., Scoboria, A., & Nicholls, S. S. (2002). The emperor's new drugs: An analysis of antidepressant medication data submitted to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Prevention and Treatment, 5, np.

Kirsch, I., Scoboria, A., & Moore, T. J. (2002). Antidepressants and placebos: Secrets, revelations, and unanswered questions. Prevention and Treatment, 5, np.

Kirsch, I., Silva, C. E., Carone, J. E., Johnston, J. D., & Simon, B. (1989). The surreptitious observation design: An experimental paradigm for distinguishing artifact from essence in hypnosis. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 98, 132-136.

Kirsch,I. (1992). The state of the altered state debate. Contemporary Hypnosis, 9, 1-6.

 Kitzinger, C. (2000). Women with Androgen Insensitivity Syndrome (AIS). In J. Ussher (Ed.) Women's Health: An International Reader. Leicester, UK: British Psychological Society.

Kiviat, N. B., Koutsky, L. A., Paavonen, J. A., Galloway, D. A., Critchlow, C. W., Beckmann, A. M., McDougall, J. K., Peterson, M. L., Stevens, C. E., & Lipinski, C. M., et al. (1989). Prevalence of genital papillomavirus infection among women attending a college student health clinic or a sexually transmitted disease clinic. The Journal of Infectious Diseases, 159, 293-302.

Klaus, M. H. & Kennell, J. H. (1976). Maternal-infant bonding. St. Louis: Mosby.

Kleinke, C. L. (1978). elf-perception: The psychology of personal awareness. San Francisco: Freeman.

Kleinke, C. L. (1986). Meeting and understanding people. New York: Freeman.

Kleinknecht, R. A. (1986). The anxious self: Diagnosis and treatment of fears and phobias. New York: Human Sciences Press.

Kleinmuntz, B., & Szucko, J. J. (1984, March 29). A field study of the fallibility of the polygraph lie detection. Nature, 308, 449-450.

Kleitman, N. (1963). Sleep and wakefulness (revised and enlarged edition). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Klerman, G. L. (1988). The current age of youthful melancholia. British Journal of Psychiatry, 152, 4-14.

Klerman, G. L., Lavori, P. W., Rice, J., Reich, T., Endicott, J., Andreasen, N. C., Keller, M. B., & Hirschfeld, R. M. A. (1985). Birth cohort trends in rates of major depressive disorder among relatives of patients with affective disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 42, 689-693.

Klüver, H., & Bucy, P. C. (1938). An analysis of certain effects of bilateral temporal lobectomy in the rhesus monkey with special reference to "psychic blindness." Journal of Psychology, 37, 33-54.

Klüver, H., & Bucy, P. C. (1939). Preliminary analysis of functions of the temporal lobe in monkeys. Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry, 42, 979-1000.

Knox, R. E., & Safford, R. K. (1976). Group caution at the race track. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 12, 317-324.

Knox, S., Burkhard, A. W., Johnson, A. J., Suzuki, L. A., & Ponterotto, J. G. (2003). African American and European American therapists' experiences of addressing race in cross-racial psychotherapy dyads. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 50, 466-481,

Kohlberg, L. (1964). Development of moral character and moral ideology. In M. Hoffman & L. W. Hoffman (Eds.), Review of child development research. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.

Kohlberg, L. (1976). Moral stages and moralization: The cognitive developmental approach. In T. Lickona (Ed.), Moral development and behavior. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.

Kohlberg, L. (1984). Essays on moral development (Vol. 2): The psychology of moral development: The nature and validity of moral stages. San Francisco: Harper & Row.

Kohn, A. (1988, March 21). Shock therapy makes comeback. Los Angeles Times, Part II, 5.

Kohn, A. (1990). The brighter side of human nature: Altruism and empathy in everyday life. New York: Basic Books.

Kohn, A. (1992). The case against competition (Rev. ed.). Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

Kopp, C. P., & Kaler, S. R. (1989). Risk in infancy: Origins and implications. American Psychologist, 44, 224-230.

Koppenaal, R. J. (1963). Time changes in the strength of A-B, A-C lists: Spontaneous recovery? Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 2, 310-319.

Korff, J., & Geer, J. H. (1983). The relationship between sexual arousal experience and genital response. Psychophysiology, 20, 121-127.

Korner, J., & Leibel, R. L. (2003). To eat or not to eat—How the gut talks to the brain. The New England Journal of Medicine, 349, 926-928.

Koryagin A. (1989). The involvement of Soviet psychiatry in the persecution of dissenters. British Journal of Psychiatry, 154, 326–340.

Kosslyn, S. M. (1980). Image and mind. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Kosterlitz, H. W., & McKnight, A. T. (1981). Opioid peptides and sensory function. In D. Ottoson (Ed.),  Progress in sensory physiology: Vol. 1 (pp. 31-95). Heidelberg: Springer-Verlag.

Kotkin, M., Daviet, C., & Gurin, J. (1996). The Consumer Reports mental health survey. American Psychologist, 51, 1080-1082.

Kozulin, A. (1990). Vygotsky's psychology: A biography of ideas. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Kraemer, H., & Sprenger, J. (1971) Malleus malificarum (M. Summers, Trans.) New York: Dover (original work published 1486).

Kraepelin, E. (1923). Textbook of psychiatry. New York: Macmillan. (Original work published 1883).

Kraft-Ebing, R. von (1898). Psychopathia sexualis, with especial reference to contrary sexual instinct: A medico-legal study. (C. G. Chaddock, Trans.). Philadelphia, PA: F. A. Davis.

Krakow, B., & Neidhardt, J. (1992). Conquering bad dreams and nightmares: A guide to understanding, interpretation, and cure. New York: Berkley Books.

Krakow, B., Kellner, R., Pathak, D., & Lambert, L. (1995). Imagery rehearsal treatment for chronic nightmares. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 33(7), 837-843.

Kramer, P. D. (1993). Listening to Prozac. New York: Viking.

Krantz, D. S., & McCeney, M. K. (2002). Effects of psychological and social factors on organic disease: A critical assessment of research on coronary heart disease. Annual Review of Psychology, 53, 341-369.

Krantz, L. (1995). Jobs rated almanac. New York: Wiley.

Kratofil, P. H., Baberg, H. T., & Dimsdale, J. E. (1996). Self-mutilation and sever self-injurious behavior associated with amphetamine psychosis. General Hospital Psychiatry, 18(2), 117-120.

Krause, N., & Shaw, B. A. (2000). Role-specific feelings of control and mortality. Psychology and Aging, 15, 617-626.

Krebs, D. L., & Van Hesteren, F. (1994). The development of altruism: Toward an integrative model. Developmental Review, 14, 103-158.

Kring, A. M., Kerr, S. L., Smith, D. A., & Neale, J. M. (1993). Flat affect in schizophrenia does not reflect diminished subjective experience of emotion. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 102, 507-517.

Kringlen, E., & Cramer, G. (1989). Offspring of monozygotic twins discordant for schizophrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 46, 873-877.

Kroger, W. S., & Douce, R. G. (1979). Hypnosis in criminal investigation. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 27, 358-374.

Kroon, M. B., Van Kreveld, D., & Rabbie, J. M. (1992). Group versus individual decision making: Effects of accountability and gender on groupthink. Small Group Research, 23(4), 427-458.

Krueger, J., Ham, J. J., & Limford, K. M. (1996). Perceptions of behavioral consistency: Are people aware of the actor-observer effect? Psychological Science, 7(5), 259-264.

Krueger, W. C. F. (1929). The effect of overlearning on retention. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 12, 71-81.

Kruger, D. J. (2003). Evolution and altruism: Combining psychological mediators with naturally selected tendencies. Evolution and Human Behavior, 24, 118-125.

Kübler-Ross, E. (1969). On death and dying. New York: Macmillan.

Kuczmarski, R. J., Flegal, K. M., Campbell, S. M., & Johnson, C. L. (1994). Increasing prevalence of overweight among U.S. adults: The National Health and Nutrition Examination Surveys, 1960 to 1991. Journal of the American Medical Association, 272, 205-211.

Kuhn, T. S. (1970). The structure of scientific revolutions (2nd ed.). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Kunst-Wilson, W. R., & Zajonc, R. B. (1980). Afective discrimination of stimuli that cannot be recognized. Science, 207, 557-558.

Kuperberg, G. R., Broome, M. R., McGuire, P. K., David, A. S., Eddy, M., Ozawa, F., Goff, D., West, W. C., Williams, S. C. R., van der Kouwe, A. J. W., Salat, D. H., Dale, A. M., & Fischl, B. (2003). Regionally localized thinning of the cerebral cortex in schizophrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 60, 878-888.

Kurtines, W. M., & Gewirtz, J. L. (Eds.). (1984). Morality, moral behavior, and moral development. New York: Wiley.

Kutchins, H., & Kirk, S. A. (1986). The reliability of DSM-III: A critical review. Social Work Research and Abstracts, 22, 3-12.

 

 

Laan, E., Everaerd, W., van Bellen, G., & Hanewald, G. (1994). Women's sexual and emotional responses to male- and female-produced erotica. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 23, 153-170.

Lacks, P., & Morin, C. M. (1992). Recent advances in the assessment and treatment of insomnia. Journal of Clinical and Consulting Psychology, 60(4), 586-594.

Lai, C. S. L., Fisher, S. E., Hurst, J. A., Vargha-Khadem, F., & Monaco, A. P. (2001). A forkhead-domain gene is mutated in severe speech and language disorder. Nature, 413, 519-523.

Laing, R. D. (1970). The divided self. New York: Pantheon.

Lamb, M. E. (1982). The bonding phenomenon: Misinterpretations and their implications. Journal of Pediatrics, 101, 555-557.

Lancioni, G. (1980). Infant operant conditioning and its implications for early intervention. Psychological Bulletin, 88, 516-534.

Landy, A. S. (Ed.). (1984). The Heath introduction to literature (2nd ed.). Lexington: MA, D. C. Heath.

Landy, F. J., & Farr, J. L. (1980). Performance rating. Psychological Bulletin, 87, 70-107.

Lane, C. (1994, December 1). The tainted sourced of "The Bell Curve." New York Review of Books, pp. 14-18.

Lang, V. A. (1995). Relative association, interactiveness, and the bizarre imagery effect. American Journal of Psychology, 108(1), 13-35.

Langer, E. J., & Rodin, J. (1976). The effects of choice and enhanced personal responsibility for the aged: A field experiment in an institutional setting. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 34, 191-198.

Langley, P., & Jones, R. (1988). A computational model of scientific insight. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), The nature of creativity (pp. 177-201). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Langlois, J. H., & Roggman, L. A. (1990). Attractive faces are only average. Psychological Science, 1, 115-121.

Langlois, J. H., Ritter, J. M., Casey, R. J., & Sawin, D. B. (1995). Infant attractiveness predicts maternal behaviors and attitudes. Developmental Psychology, 31, 464-472.

Langlois, J. H., Roggman, L. A., Casey, R. J., Ritter, J. M., Rieser-Danner, L. A., & Jenkins, V. Y. (1987). Infant preferences for attractive faces: Rudiments of a stereotype? Developmental Psychology, 23, 363-369.

Langworthy, R. A., & Jennings, J. W. (1972). Odd ball, abstract, olfactory learning in laboratory rats. Psychological Record, 22, 487-490.

Lansing, A. K. (1959). General biology of senescence. In J. E. Birren (Ed.), Handbook of aging and the individual. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

LaPiere, R. T. (1934). Attitudes vs. actions. Social Forces, 13, 230-237.

Larrance, D. T., & Twentyman, C. T. (1983). Maternal attributions and child abuse. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 92, 449-457.

Larsen, R. J., & Diener, E. (1987). Affect intensity as an individual difference characteristic: A review. Journal of Research in Personality, 21, 1-39.

Larsen, R. J., Kasimatis, M., & Frey, K. (1992). Facilitating the furrowed brow: An unobtrusive test of the facial feedback hypothesis applied to unpleasant affect. Cognition and Emotion, 6, 321-338.

Larson, D. E. (Ed.). (1990). Mayo Clinic family healthbook. New York: Morrow.

Larzelere, R. E., Klein, M., Schumm, W. R., & Alibrando, S. A. (1989). Relations of spanking and other parenting characteristics to self-esteem and perceived fairness of parental discipline. Psychological Reports, 64, 1140-1142.

Lashley, K. S. (1950). In search of the engram. In Symposium of the Society for Experimental Biology (Vol. 4). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Lashmar, P. (1994, April 1). Lock ‘em up, throw away the key. New Statesman and Society, 7, 20-24.

Laszewski, C. (1998, April 27). Violence Linked to drug policy. St. Paul Pioneer Press., pp 1A, 4A.

Latane and Darley, (1970). The unresponsive bystander: Why doesn’t he help. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.

Latane and Darley, (1976). Help in a crisis: Bystander response to an emergency. In J. W. Thibaut, J. T. Spence, & R. C. Carson (Eds.), Contemporary topics in social psychology. Morristown, NJ: General Learning Press.

Latané, B. (1981). The psychology of social impact. American Psychologist, 36, 343-356.

Latané, B.,  & Darley, J. M. (1968). Group inhibition of bystander intervention. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 10, 215-221.

Latané, B.,  & Darley, J. M. (1970). The unresponsive bystander: Why doesn't he help? New York: Appleton-Century Crofts.

Laumann, E. O., Gagnon, J. H., Michael, R. T., & Michaels, S. (1994). The social organization of sexuality: Sexual practices in the United States. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Laurence, J-R., & Perry, C. (1988). Hypnosis, will and memory: A psycho-legal history. New York: Guilford.

Lavrakis, P. J. (1975). Female preferences for male physiques. Journal of Research in Personality, 9, 324-334.

Lazarus, A. A. (1968). Learning theory and the treatment of depression. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 6, 83-89.

Lazarus, R. S. (1977). Cognitive and coping processes in emotion. In A. Monat & R. S. Lazarus (Eds.), Stress and coping (pp. 145-158). New York: Columbia University Press.

Lazarus, R. S. (1982). Thoughts on the relations between emotion and cognition. American Psychologist, 37(9), 1019-1024.

Lazarus, R. S. (1984). On the primacy of cognition. American Psychologist, 39, 124-129.

Lazarus, R. S. (1991). Cognition and motivation in emotion. American Psychologist,46, 352-367.

Lazarus, R. S. (1991). Progress on a cognitive-motivational-relational theory of emotion. American Psychologist, 46(8), 819-834.

Lazarus, R. S. (1993). From psychological stress to the emotions: A history of changing outlooks.  Annual Review of Psychology, 44, 1-21.

Lazarus, R. S. (1995). Vexing research problems inherent in cognitive-mediational theories of emotion—and some solutions. Psychological Inquiry, 6, 183-196.

Lazarus, R. S. (1999). Stress and emotion: A new synthesis. New York: Springer.

Leaper, C. (2000). The social construction and socialization of gender during development. In P. H. Miller & E. K. Scholnick (Eds.), Toward a feminist developmental psychology (pp. 127-152). New York: Routledge.

Leavitt, N., & Maykuth, P. L. (1989). Conformance to attorney performance standards: Advocacy behavior in a maximum security prison hospital. Law and Human Behavior, 13, 217-230.

LeDain Commission. (1972). A report of the Commission of Inquiry into the non-medical use of drugs. Ottowa: Information Canada.

LeDoux, J. (1994, June). Emotion, memory and the brain. Scientific American, pp. 50-57.

LeDoux, J. (1996). The emotional brain: The mysterious underpinnings of emotional life. New York: Simon & Schuster.

Lee, C. (2003). Conformation, action, and mechanism of action of neuromuscular blocking muscle relaxants. Pharmacology and Therapeutics, 98(2), 143-169.

Leenaars, A. A. (1995). Suicide. In H. Wass & R. A. Neimeyer (Eds.), Dying. Washington, DC: Taylor & Francis.

Leenaars, A. A., & Wenckstern, S. (1991). The school-age child and adolescent. In A. A. Leenaars (Ed.). Life span perspectives of suicide: Timeliness in the suicide process. New York: Plenum Press.

Lefcourt, H. M. (1982). Locus of control: Current trends in theory and research (2nd ed.). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Leger D (1994). The cost of sleep-related accidents: A report for the National Commission on Sleep Disorders Research. Sleep, 17,  84-93.

Lehman, D., Wortman, C., & Williams, A. (1987). Long-term effects of losing a spouse or child in a motor vehicle crash. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 52, 218-231.

Lehmkuhle, S., Garzia, R. P., Turner, L., Hash, T., & Baro, J. A. (1993). A defective visual pathway in children with reading disability. New England Journal of Medicine, 328, 989-996.

Lehrner, J. P. (1993). Gender differences in long-term odor recognition memory: Verbal versus sensory influences and the consistency of label use. Chemical Senses, 18, 17-26.

Leigh, J. (1995). Psycho: Behind the scenes of the classic thriller. New York: Crown Publishing Group.

Lemley, B. (1986, June 22). I’m not a nerd. Parade Magazine, pp. 8-9.

Lemon, S. M., & Newbold, J. E. (1990). Viral hepatitis. In K. K. Holmes, P. Mårdh, P. F. Sparling, & P. J. Wiesner (Eds.), Sexually transmitted diseases (2nd ed., pp. 449-466). New York: McGraw-Hill.

Lenat, D. B. (1995, September). Artificial intelligence. Scientific American, pp. 80-82.

Lenneberg, E. H. (1967). Biological foundations of language. New York: John Wiley & Sons.

Leor, J., Poole, W. K., & Kloner, R. A. (1996). Sudden cardiac death triggered by earthquake. The New England Journal of Medicine, 334(7), 413.

Lepper, M. R., Keavney, M., & Drake, M. (1996). Intrinsic motivation and extrinsic rewards. Review of Educational Research, 66(1), 5-32.

Lerner, R. M., & Gellert, E. (1969). Body build identification, preference and aversion in children. Developmental Psychology, 5, 456-462.

Leutwyler, K. (1996). Paying attention. Scientific American, 275(2), 12-14.

LeVay, S. (1991). A difference in hypothalamic structure between heterosexual and homosexual men. Science, 253, 1034-1037.

Levenson, H. (2003). Time-limited dynamic psychotherapy: An integrationist perspective. Journal of Psychotherapy Integration, 13, 300-333.

Levin, I. P., & Gaeth, G. J. (1988). How consumers are affected by the framing of attrubute information before and after consuming the product. Journal of Consumer Research, 15, 374-378.

Levine, A. (1990, May 7). America's youthful bigots. U.S. News and World Report, pp. 59-60.

Levine, M. D. (1987). Developmental variation and learning disorders. Cambridge, MA: Educators Publishing.

Levine, S. V. (1984). Radical departures. Psychology Today, 18(8), 20-27.

Levinson, D. J. (1996). The seasons of a woman's life. New York: Knopf.

Levinson, D. J., with Darrow, C. M., Klein, E. B., Levinson, M. H., & McKee, B. (1978). The seasons of a man's life. New York: Knopf.

Levinson, R. M. (1975). Sex discrimination and employment practices: An experiment with unconventional job inquiries. Social Problems, 22, 553-543.

Levinson, S. C., & Brown, P. (1994). Immanual Kant among the Tenajapans: Anthropology as empirical philosophy. Ethos, 22, 3-41.

Levy, D. H. (1998, September 20). How to make sense out of science. arade Magazine, 10-11.

Levy, D. M. (1966). Maternal overprotection. Cambridge, MA: Educators Publishing.

Levy, J., & Reid, M. (1976). Variations in writing posture and cerebral organization. Science, 194, 337-339.

Levy, Jerre (1985, May). Right Brain, Left Brain: Fact and Fiction. Psychology Today, 38-44

Lewinsohn, P. M. (1974). Clinical and theoretical aspects of depression. In K. S. Calhoun, H. E. Adams, & K. M. Mitchell (Eds.), Innovative treatment methods of psychopathology. New York: Wiley.

Lewinsohn, P. M., & Rosenbaum, M. (1987). Recall of parental behavior by acute depressives, remitted depressives, and nondepressives. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 52, 611-619.

Lewinsohn, P. M., Hops, H., Roberts, R. E., Seely, J. R., & Andrews, J. A. (1993). Adolescent psychopathology: I. Prevalence and incidence of depression and other DSM-III-R disorders in high school students. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 102, 133-144.

Lewinsohn, P. M., Sullivan, J. M., & Grosscup, S. J. (1980). Changing reinforcing events: An approach to the treatment of depression. Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, and Practice, 17, 322-334.

Lewis, D. O., Pincus, J. H., Feldman, M., Jackson, L., & Bard, B. (1986). Psychiatric, neurological, and psychoeducational characteristics of 15 death row inmates in the United States. American Journal of Psychiatry, 143, 838-845.

Lewis, D. O., Shanok, S. S., Pincus, J. H., & Glaser, G. H. (1979). Violent juvenile delinquents: Psychiatric, neurological, psychological, and abuse factors. Journal of the American Academy of Child Psychiatry, 18, 307-319.

Lewis, J. M., Rodnick, E. H., & Goldstein, M. J. (1981). Intrafamilial interactive behavior, parental communication deviance, and risk for schizophrenia. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 90, 448-457.

Lewis, J. R. (1995). The dream encyclopedia. Detroit, MI: Visible Ink Press.

Lewis, M. (1992). Commentary. Human Development, 35, 44-51.

Lewontin, R. (1976). Race and intelligence. In N. J. Block & G. Dworken (Eds.), The IQ controversy: Critical readings. New York: Pantheon.

Lewy, A. J., Ahmed, S., & Sack, R. L. (1995). Phase shifting the human circadian clock using melatonin. Behavioural Brain Research, 73, 131-134.

Liberman, R. P., & Eckman, T. (1981) Behavior therapy vs. insight-oriented therapy for repeated suicide attemptors. Archives of General Psychiatry, 38, 1126-1130.

Lichtenfeld, P. J., Rubin, D. B., & Feldman, R. S. (1984). Subarachnoid hemorrhage precipitated by cocaine snorting. Archives of Neurology, 41, 223-224.

Lichtman, S. W., Pisarska, K., Berman, E. R., Pestone, M., Dowling, H., Offenbacher, E., Weiser, H., Heshka, S., Matthews, D. E., & Heymsfield, S. B. (1992). Discrepancy between self-reported and actual caloric intake and exercise in obese subjects. New England Journal of Medicine, 327, 1893-1898.

Lieberman, J. A., & Koreen, A. R. (1993). Neurochemistry and neuroendocrinology of schizophrenia: A selective review. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 19, 371-429.

Liebowitz, H., & Pick, H. (1972). Cross-cultural and educational aspects of the Ponzo perspective illusion. Perception and Psychophysics, 12, 430-432.

Liebowitz, H., Brislin, R., Perlmutter, L., & Hennesey, R. (1969). Ponzo perspective as a manifestation of space perception. Science, 166, 1174-1176.

Lief, H. I., & Hubschman, L. (1993). Orgasm in the postoperative transsexual. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 22, 145-156.

Lightfoot, L. O. (1981). Behavioral tolerance to low doses of alcohol in social drinkers. Dissertation Abstracts International, 41, 3610.

Lilie, J. K., & Rosenberg, R. P. (1990). Behavioral treatment of insomnia. Progress in Behavior Modification, 25, 152-177.

Lilienfeld, S. O., & Lynn, S. J. (2003). Dissociative identity disorder: Multiple personalities, multiple controversies. In S. O. Lilienfeld, S. J. Lynn, & J. M. Lohr (Eds.), Science and pseudoscience in clinical psychology (pp. 109-142). New York: Guilford Press.

Lilienfeld, S., Wood, J., & Garb, H. N. (2000). The scientific status of projective tests. Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 1, 27-66.

Lin, K-M., Poland, R. E., & Chien, C. P. (1990). Ethnicity and psychopharmacology: Recent findings and future research directions. In E. Sorel (Ed.), Family, culture, and psychobiology. New York: Legas.

Linton, M. (1978). Real-world memory after six years: An in vivo study of very long-term memory. In M. M. Gruneberg, P. E. Morris, & R. N. Sykes (Eds.), Practical aspects of memory. London: Academic Press.

Linton, M. (1982). Transformations of memory in everyday life. In U. Neisser (Ed.), Memory observed (pp. 77-91). San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.

Linville, P. W., Fischer, G. W., & Fischhoff, B. (1992). AIDS risk perception and decision biases. In J. B. Pryor & G. D. Reeder (Eds.), The social psychology of HIV infection. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Linz, D., Donnerstein, E., & Adams, S. M. (1989). Physiological desensitization and judgments about female victims. Human Communication Research, 15, 509-522.

Lipschitz, D. S., Kaplan, M. L., Sorkenn, J., & Chorney, P. (1966). Childhood abuse, adult assault, and dissociation. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 37(4), 261-266.

Lipsey, M. W., & Wilson, D. B. (1993). The efficacy of psychological, educational, and behavioral treatment: Confirmation from meta-analyses. American Psychologist, 48, 1181-1209.

Lipsitt, L. P. (1977). Taste in human neonates: Its effect on sucking and heart rate. In J. M. Weiffenbach (Ed.), Taste and development: The genesis of sweet preference. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office.

Liskin, L., & Blackburn, R. (1986, July-Aug.). AIDS: A public health crisis. Population Reports, Series L, No. 6, L193-K228.

Little, R. E., Anderson, J. W., Ervin, C. H., Worthington-Roberts, B., & Clarren, S. K. (1989). Maternal alcohol use during breast-feeding and infant mental and motor development at one year. New England Journal of Medicine, 321, 425-230.

Liu, H., Wang, S., Lin, K., & Lin, K. (1995). Performance on a smell screening test (the MODSIT): A study of 510 predominantly illiterate Chinese subjects. Physiology and Behavior, 58, 1251-1255.

Livingstone, M. (1993). Parallel processing in the visual system and the brain: Is one subsystem selectively affected in dyslexia? In A. M. Galaburda (Ed.), Dyslexia and development: Neurobiological aspects of extra-ordinary brains (pp. 237-256). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Lockard, J. S. (1963). Choice of a warning signal or no warning signal in an unavoidable shock situation. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 56, 526-530.

Locke, J. (1959). An essay concerning human understanding. New York: Dover. (Original work published 1690)

 Loehlin, J. C., Horn, J. M., & Willerman, L. (1996). Heredity, environment, and IQ in the Texas adoption study. In R. J. Sternberg & E. Grigorenko (Eds.), Intelligence: Heredity and environment. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Loftus, E. (1980). Memory. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Loftus, E. F., & Loftus, G. R. (1980). On the permanence of stored information in the human brain. American Psychologist, 35, 409-420.

Loftus, E. F, & Palmer, J. C. (1974). Reconstruction of automobile destruction: An example of interaction between language and memory. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 13, 585-589.

Loftus, E. F. (1979). Eyewitness testimony. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Loftus, E. F. (1993). The reality of repressed memories. American Psychologist, 48(5), 518-537.

Loftus, E. F. (1995, August). Memories of childhood trauma or traumas of childhood memory. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the American Psychological Association, New York.

Loftus, E. F., & Ketchum, K. (1994). The myth of repressed memory. New York: St. Martin's Press.

Loftus, E. F., & Pickrell, J. E. (1995). The formation of false memories. Psychiatric Annals, 25, 720-725.

Loftus, E. F., & Zanni, G. (1975). Eyewitness testimony: The influence of the wording of a question. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 5, 86-88.

Loftus, E. F., Milo, E. M., & Paddock, J. R. (1995). The accidental executioner: Why psychotherapy must be informed by science. The Counseling Psychologist, 23, 300-309.

Long, B. C., & van Stavel, R. (1995). Effects of exercise training on anxiety: A meta-analysis. Journal of Applied Sport Psychology, 7, 167-189.

Long, D. M. (1991). Fifteen years of transcutaneous electrical stimulation for pain control. Stereotactic & Functional Neurosurgery, 56(1), 2-19.

Long, G. M. (1994). Exercises for training vision and dynamic visual acuity among college students. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 78, (3, Pt. 1), 1049-1050).

Long, J. M., & Kesner, R. P. (1994). The effects of parietal cortex and hippocampal lesions on memory for allocentric distance, egocentric distance, and spatial location in rats. Society for Neuroscience Abstracts, 20, 1210.

Long, J. M., & Kesner, R. P. (1996). The effects of dorsal vs. ventral hippocampal, total hippocampal, and parietal cortex lesions on memory for allocentric distance in rats. Behavioral Neuroscience, 110, 922-932.

López, S. R. (1995). Testing ethnic minority children. In B. B. Wolman (Ed.). The encyclopedia of psychology, psychiatry, and psychoanalysis. New York: Henry Holt.

Lord, T., & Kasprzak, M. (1989). Identification of self through olfaction. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 69, 219-224.

Lorenz, K. (1937). Imprinting. The Auk, 54, 245-273.

Lorenz, K. (1962). King Solomon's ring:  New light on animal ways. New York: Time.

Louis, A. M. (1978, April). Should you buy biorhythms? Psychology Today, 93-96.

Lovaas, O. I. (1987). Behavioral treatment and normal educational and intellectual functioning in young autistic children. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 55, 3-9.

Lozoff, B., Wolf, A. W., & Davis, N. S. (1985). Sleep problems seen in pediatric practice. Pediatrics, 75, 477-483.

Lu, Z.-L., Williamson, S. J., & Kaufman, L. (1992). Behavioral lifetime of human auditory sensory memory predicted by physiological measures. Science, 258, 1668-1670.

Lubart, T. I. (1990). Creativity and cross-cultural variation. International Journal of Psychology, 25, 39-59.

Lubart, T. I., & Sternberg, R. J. (1995). An investment approach to creativity: Theory and data. In S. M. Smith, T. B. Ward, & R. A. Finke (Eds.), The creative cognition approach (pp. 271-302). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Lubinski, D., & Humphreys, L. G. (1990). A broadly based analysis of mathematical giftedness. Intelligence, 14,  327-355.

Luborsky, L., Crits-Christoph, P., McLellan, A. T., Woddy, G. et al. (1986). Do therapists vary much in their success? American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 56(4), 501-512.

Luborsky, L., Rosenthal, R., Diguer, L., Andrusyna, T. P., Berman, J. S., Levitt, J. T., et al. (2002). The dodo bird verdict is alive and well—mostly. Clinical Psychology: Science and Practice, 9, 2-12.

Lucas, F. & Sclafani, A. (1990). Hyperphagia in rats produced by a mixture of fat and sugar. Physiology & Behavior, 47(1), 51-55.

Lukeman, D., & Melvin, D. (1993). The preterm infant: Psychological issues in childhood. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry and Allied Disciplines, 34, 837-849.

Lumsden, D. P. (1981). Is the concept of "stress" of any use, anymore? In D. Randall (Ed.), Contributions to primary prevention in mental health: Working papers. Toronto: Toronto National Office, Canadian Mental Health Association.

Luo, M., Fee, M. S., & Katz, L. C. (2003). Encoding pheromonal signals in the accessory olfactory bulb of behaving mice. Science, 299, 1196-1201.

Luria, A. R. (1968). The mind of a mnemonist (L. Soltaroff, Trans.). New York: Basic Books.

Lykken, D. T. (1981). A tremor in the blood: Uses and misuses of the lie detector. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Lykken, D. T. (1991). The lie detector controversy: An alternative solution. In J. R. Jennings, P. K. Ackles, & M. G. H. Coles (Eds.), Advances in psychophysiology. London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers.

Lykken, D. T. (1995). The antisocial personalities. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Lykken, D. T., McGue, M., Tellegen, A., & Bouchard, T. J., Jr. (1992). Emergensis: Genetic traits that may not run in families. American Psychologist, 47, 1565-1577.

Lykken, D. T., McGue, M., Tellegen, A., & Bouchard, T. J., Jr. (1992). Emergenesis: Genetic traits that may not run in families. American Psychologist, 47, 1565–1577.

Lynch, G., & Baudry, M. (1984). The biochemistry of memory: A new and specific hypothesis. Science, 224, 1057-1163.

Lynch, G., & Staubli, U. (1991). Possible contributions of long-term potentiation to the encoding and organization of memory. Brain Research Reviews, 16, 204-206.

Lynn, M., & Shurgot, B. A. (1984). Responses to lonely hearts advertisements: Effects of reported physical attractiveness, physique, and coloration. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 10, 349-357.

Lynn, S. J., Rhue, J. W., Weekes, J. R. (1990). Hypnotic involuntariness: A social cognitive analysis. Psychological Review, 97, 169-184.

Lyon, N., Mejsholm, B., & Lyon, M. (1986). Stereotyped responding by schizophrenic outpatients: Cross-cultural confirmation of perseverative switching on a two-choice task. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 20, 137-150.

Lytton, H., & Romney, D. M. (1991). Parents' differential socialization of boys and girls: A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 109, 267-296.

Lyubomirsky, S., & Nolan-Hoeksema, S. (1995). Effects of self-focused rumination on negative thinking and interpersonal problem solving. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 176-190.

 

 

Maas, J. (1998). Power sleep: The revolutionary program that prepares your mind for peak performance. New York: Villard.

Maccoby, E. E., & Jacklin, C. N. (1974). The psychology of sex differences. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

MacCorquodale, K. (personal communication, September, 1971).

MacCoun, R. (1998). Toward a psychology of harm reduction. American Psychologist, 53, 1199-1208.

MacCoun, R. (1999, October). What harm reduction is and isn't. American Psychologist, 54, 843.

MacCoun, R. J. (1993). Drugs and the law: A psychological analysis of drug prohibition. Psychological Bulletin, 113(3), 497-512.

MacFarlane, A. (1975). Olfaction in the development of social preferences in the human neonate. Parent-infant interaction (CIBA Foundation Symposium 33). New York: Elsevier.

MacKinnon, D. W., & Hall, W. B. (1972). Intelligence and creativity. Proceedings, XVIIth International Congress of Applied Psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 1883-1888). Brussels: Editest.

Maddox, G. L., Back, K., & Liederman, V. (1968). Overweight as social deviance and disability. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 9, 287-298.

Maddux, J. E. (1993, Summer). The mythology of psychopathology: A social cognitive view of deviance, difference, and disorder. The General Psychologist, 29, 34-35.

Madigan, S., & O'Hara, R. (1992). Short-term memory at the turn of the century: Mary Whiton Calkin's memory research. American Psychologist, 47, 170-174.

Magner, L. N. (1992). A history of medicine. New York: Marcel Dekker.

Maher, W. B., & Maher, B. A. (1985). Psychopathology: I. From ancient times to the eighteenth century. In G. A. Kimble & K. Schlesinger (Eds.), Topics in the history of psychology (Vol. 2). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Mahoney, J. L., Stattin, H., & Magnusson, D. (2001). Youth recreation centre participation and criminal offending: A 20-year longitudinaly study of Swedish boys. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 25, 509-520.

Mair, R. G., Bouffard, J. A., Engen, T., & Morton, T. (1978). Olfactory sensitivity during the menstrual cycle. Sensory Process, 2, 90-98.

Maisto, S. A., Galizio, M., & Connors, G. J. (1999). Drug use and abuse (3rd ed.). Fort Worth: Harcourt Brace.

Majesky, T. (1997, February 7). Controversial psychiatrist is suspended. Saint Paul Pioneer Press, pp. 1B, 4B.

Major, B., Carrington, P. I., & Carnevale, P. J. D. (1984). Physical attractiveness and self-esteem: Attribution for praise from an other-sex evaluator. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 10, 43-50.

Maki, R. H. (1981). Categorization and distance effects with spatial linear orders. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory, 7, 15-32.

Maki, R. H., & Braine, L. G. (1985). The role of verbal labels in the judgment of orientation and location. Perception, 14, 67-80.

Malamuth, N. M. (1984). Aggression against women: Cultural and individual causes. In N. M. Malamuth & E. Donnerstein (Eds.), Pornography and sexual aggression. Orlando, FL: Academic Press.

Malamuth, N. M., & Check, J. V. P. (1981). The effects of mass media exposure on acceptance of violence against women: A field experiment. Journal of Research in Personality, 15, 436-446.

 Malamuth, N., & Addison, T. (2001). Integrating social psychological research on aggression within an evolutionary-based framework. In G. J.O. Fletcher & M. S. Clark (Eds.). Blackwell Handbook of  Social Psychology: Interpersonal Processes ( pp. 129-161). Malden, MA:  Blackwell .

Malamuth, N., Haber, S., & Feshbach, S. (1980). Testing hypotheses regarding rape: Exposure to sexual violence, sex differences, and the "normality" of rapists. Journal of Research in Personality, 14, 121-127.

Malgady, R. G., Rogler, L., & Constantino, G. (1987). Ethnocultural and linguistic bias in mental health evaluation of Hispanics. American Psychologist, 42, 228-234.

Malkiel, B. (1985). A random walk down Wall Street (4th ed.). New York: Norton.

Malkiel, B. G. (1995, June). Returns from investing in equity mutual funds 1971-1991. Journal of Finance, pp. 549-572.

Mamay, P. D., & Simpson, P. L. (1981). Three female roles in television commercials. Sex Roles, 7, 1223-1232.

Mann, J. J., McBride, A., Brown, R. P., Linnoila, M., Leon, A. C., DeMeo, M., Mieczkowski, T., Myers, J. E., & Stanley, M. (1992). Relationship between central and peripheral serotonin indexes in depressed and suicidal psychiatry inpatients. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49, 442-446.

Manning, C. A., Hall, J. L., & Gold, P. E. (1990). Glucose effects on memory and other neuropsychological tests in elderly humans. Psychological Science, 1, 307-311.

Manning, C. A., Ragozzino, M. E., & Gold, P. E. (1993). Glucose enhancement of memory in patients with probably senile dementia of the Alzheimer's type. Neurobiology of Aging, 14, 523-528.

Mantell, D. M. (1971). The potential for violence in Germany. Journal of Social Issues, 27, 101-112.

Manuck, S. B., Flory, J. D., Muldoon, M. F., & Ferrell, R. E. (2002). Central nervous system serotonergic responsivity and aggressive disposition in men. Physiology and Behavior, 77, 705-709.

Maqsud, M. (1992). Psychoticism, extraversion, and neuroticism among Botswana adolescents. Journal of Social Psychology, 3, 275–276.

Maquet, P. (2001). The role of sleep in learning and memory. Science, 294, 1048-1052.

Margolick, D. (1994, January 16). Does Mrs. Bobbitt count as another battered wife? The New York Times, p. E5.

Marino, R. J. & Cosgrove, G. R. (1997). Neurosurgical treatment of neuropsychiatric illness. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 20, 933-943.

Mark, D. (1994). Paper presented to the annual meeting of the Society of Behavioral Medicine, Boston.

Mark, V., & Ervin, F. (1970). Violence and the brain. New York: Harper & Row.

Markowitz, J., Brown, R., Sweeney, J., & Mann, J. J. (1987). Reduced length and cost of hospital stay for major depression in patients treated with ECT. American Journal of Psychiatry, 144, 1025-1029.

Marks, I. M. (1987). Fears, phobias, and rituals: Panic, anxiety, and their disorders. New York: Oxford University Press.

Marks, I. M., & Nesse, R. M. (1994). Fear and fitness: An evolutionary analysis of anxiety disorders. Ethology and Sociobiology, 15, 247-261.

Markus, H., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation. Psychological Review, 98, 224-253.

Marschark, M., Richman, C. L., Yuille, J. C., & Hunt, R. R. (1987). The role of imagery in memory: On shared and distinctive information. Psychological Bulletin, 102, 28-41.

Marshall, G. D., & Zimbardo, P. G. (1979). Affective consequences of inadequately explained physiological arousal. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 37, 970-988.

Marteau, T. M (1989). Framing of information: Its influences upon decisions of doctors and patients. British Journal of Social Psychology, 28, 89-94.

Martin, B. R., Cabral., G., Childers, S. R., Deadwyler, S., Mechoulam, R., & Reggio, R. (1993). International Cannabis Research Society meeting summary, Keystone, CO (June 19-20, 1992). Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 31, 219-227.

Martin, L. (1986). "Eskimo words for snow": A case study in the genesis and decay of an anthropological example. American Anthropologist, 88, 418-423.

Martin, R. J., White, B. D., & Hulsey, M. G. (1991). The regulation of body weight. American Scientist, 79, 528-541.

Martinson, F. M. (1994). The sexual life of children. Westport, CT: Bergin & Garvey.

Marttunen, M. J., Aro, H. M., Henriksson, M. M., & Lönnqvist, J. K. (1991). Mental disorders in adolescent suicide: DSM-III-R Axes I and II diagnoses in suicides among 13- to 19-year-olds in Finland. Archives of General Psychiatry, 48, 834-839.

Maser, W. (1971). Adolf Hitler: Legend, myth, and reality. New York: Harper & Row.

Maslow, A. H. (1962). Toward a psychology of being. New York: Van Nostrand.

Maslow, A. H. (1970). Motivation and personality (2nd ed.). New York: Harper & Row.

Mastellone, M. (1974). Aversion therapy: A new use for the old rubber band. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 5, 311-312.

Masters, W. H., & Johnson, V. (1966). Human sexual response. Boston: Little, Brown.

Masters, W. H., & Johnson, V. (1970). Human sexual inadequacy. Boston: Little, Brown.

Masters, W. H., & Johnson, V. (1979). Homosexuality in perspective. Boston: Little, Brown.

Masters, W. H., Johnson, V. E., & Kolodny, R. C. (1988). Human sexuality (3rd ed.). Glenview, IL: Scott, Foresman.

Matarazzo, J. D. (1972). Wechsler’s measurement and appraisal of adult intelligence (5^th ed.). New York: Oxford University Press.

Matejcek, Z. (1996). Theoretical essay on later consequences of psychological deprivation and subdeprivation. Ceskoslovenska Psychologie, 40(5), 369-375.

Matheson, M. D., & Bernstein, I. S. (2000). Grooming, social bonding, and agonistic aiding in rhesus monkeys. American Journal of Primatology, 51, 177-186.

Mathews, A., Richards, A., & Eysenck, M. (1989). Interpretation of homophones related to threat in anxiety states. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 98, 31-34.

Matlin, M. W. (1995). Psychology (2nd ed.). Fort Worth: Harcourt Brace.

Matson, J. L., & Ollendick, T. H. (1977). Issues in toilet training normal children. Behavior Therapy, 8, 549-553.

Matsumoto, D., Kudoh, T., Scherer, K., & Wallbott, H. (1988). Antecedents of and reactions to emotions in the United States and Japan. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 19, 267-286.

Matthews, K. A. (1992). Myths and realities of the menopause. Psychosomatic Medicine, 54, 1-9.

Mattson, S. N., Schoenfeld, A. M., Riley, E. P. (2001). Teratogenic effects of alcohol on the brain. Alcohol Research & Health, 25, 185-191.

Maturana, H. R., Lettvin, J. Y., McCulloch, W. S., & Pitts, W. H. (1960). Anatomy and physiology of vision in the frog (Rana Pipiens). Journal of General Physiology, 43 (Suppl. 2), 129-175.

Maugh, T. H., II. (1998, April 2). Glendale case raises issue of reliability of confessions. Los Angeles Times, p. A1.

Mauk, J. E. (1993). Autism and pervasive developmental disorders. Pediatric Clinics of North America, 40, 567-578.

Maxmen, J. S. (1991). Psychotropic drugs. New York: Norton.

May, C. P., Hasher, L. & Stoltzfus, E. R. (1993). Optimal time of day and the magnitude of age differences in memory. Psychological Science, 4, 326-330.

May, R. (1958). Contributions of existential psychotherapy. In R. May, E. Angel, & H. F. Ellenberger (Eds.), Existence: A new dimension in psychiatry and psychology (pp. 37-91). New York: Basic Books.

May, R. (1959). The discovery of being: Writings in existential psychology. New York: Norton.

May, R. (1961). Existential bases of psychotherapy. In R. May (Ed.), Existential psychology. New York: Random House.

May, R. (1973). Existential psychology. I T. Millon (Ed.), Theories of psychopathology and personality (pp. 263-271). Philadelphia: Saunders.

May, R. (1982). The problem of evil: An open letter to Carl Rogers. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 22, 10-21.

May, R. (1991). The cry for myth. New York: Norton.

Mayes, A. R. (2000). Selective memory disorders. In E. Tulving & F. I. M. Craik (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of memory (pp. 247-440). Oxford, U.K.: Oxford University Press.

Mayne, T. J., Norcross, J. C., & Sayette, M. A. (1994). Admission requirements, acceptance rates, and financial assistance in clinical psychology programs. American Psychologist, 49, 806-811.

McAdams, D. P., & de St. Aubin, E. (Eds.). (1998). Generativity and adult development: How and why we care for the next generation.Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

McAdams. D. P. (1992). The five-factor model in personality: A critical appraisal. [Special Issue: The five-factor model: Issues and applications.] Journal of Personality, 60, 329–361.

McBurney, D. H., & Ghent, J. F. (1979). On the taste qualities. Psychological Bulletin, 86, 151-167.

McCance, D. J. (1994). Human papillomaviruses. Infectious Disease Clinics of North America, 8, 751-767.

McCarley, R. W., & Hobson, J. A. (1981). REM sleep, dreams and the activation-synthesis hypothesis. American Journal of Psychiatry, 138, 904-912.

McCarthy, B. W. (1989). Cognitive-behavioral strategies and techniques in the treatment of early ejaculation. In S. R. Leiblum & R. C. Rosen (Eds.), Principles and practice of sex therapy (2nd ed.), New York: Guilford.

McCarthy, M. (1990). The thin ideal, depression, and eating disorders in women. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 28, 205-215.

McCaul, K. D., & Malott, J. M. (1984). Distraction and coping with pain. Psychological Bulletin, 95, 516-533.

McCauley, C. R., & Segal, M. E. (1987). Social psychology of terrorist groups. In C. Hendrick (Ed.), Group processes and intergroup relations. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.

McClelland, D. C. (1961). The achieving society. New York: Van Nostrand.

McClelland, D. C. (1985). Human Motivation. Glenview, IL: Scott, Foresman.

McConkey, K. M. (1995). Hypnosis, memory, and the ethics of uncertainty. Australian Psychologist, 30, 1-10.

McCord, J. (1991). Questioning the value of punishment. Social Problems, 38, 167-176.

McCormick, D. A., Clark, G. A., Lavond, D. G., & Thompson, R. F. (1982). Initial localization of the memory trace for a basic form of learning. Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, 79, 2731-2742.

McCrae, R. R., & Costa, P. T. Jr. (1990). Personality in adulthood. New York: Guilford.

McCrae, R. R., & Costa, P. T., Jr. (1986). Clinical assessment can benefit from recent advances in personaltiy psychology. American Psychologist, 41, 1001–1003.

McCrae, R. R., & Costa, P. T., Jr. (1987). Validation of the five-factor model of personality across instruments and observers. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 52, 81–90.

McCrae, R. R., & Costa, P. T., Jr. (1990). Personality in adulthood. New York: Guilford.

McCrae, R. R., Costa, P. T., Jr., Osterndorf, F., Angleitner, A., Hrebickova, M., Avia, M., Sanz, J., Sanchez-Bernardos, M., Kusdil, M., Woodfield, R., Saunders, P., & Smith, P. (2000). Nature over nurture: Temperament, personality, and life-span development. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 78, 173-186.

McCready, D. (1985). On size, distance and visual angle perception. Perception & Psychophysics, 37, 323-334.

McCready, D. (1986). Moon illusions re-described. Perception and Psychophysics, 39, 64-72.

McCready, D. (personal communication, July 21, 2000).

McCubbin, M. (1994). Deinstitutionalization: The illusion of disillusion. Journal of Mind and Behavior, 15, 35-54.

McDaniel, K. D. (1986). Pharmacological treatment of psychiatric and neurodevelopmental disorders in children and adolescents. Clinical Pediatrics, 25, 65-71.

McDaniel, M. A., & Donnelly, C. (1996). Learning with analogy and elaborative interrogation. Journal of Educational Psychology, 88,(3), 508-519.

McDermott, K. B. (2000). Implicit memory. In A. E. Kazdin (Ed.), The encyclopedia of psychology (pp. 231-234). New York: American Psychological Association and Oxford University Press.

McDonald, A. D., Armstrong, B. G., & Sloan, M. (1992). Cigarette, alcohol, and coffee consumption and prematurity. American Journal of Public Health, 82, 87-90.

McDougall, W. (1908). Social Psychology. New York: Putnam.

McEachin, J. J., Smith, T., & Lovaas, O. I. (1993). Long-term outcome for children with autism who received early intensive behavioral treatment. American Journal of Mental Retardation, 97(4), 359-372.

McEwen, B. S. (1998). Protective and damaging effects of stress mediators. New England Journal of Medicine, 338, 171-179.

McFarland, R. A. (1975). Air travel across time zones. American Scientist, 63, 23-30.

McFarlane, J. M., & Williams, T. M. (1994). Placing premenstrual syndrome in perspective. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 18, 339-373.

McFarling, U. L., (2000, May 15). Freud slips as an icon of science. The Los Angeles Times, p. A1.

McGarry-Roberts, P. A., Stelmack, R. M., & Campbell, K. B. (1992). Intelligence, reaction time, and event-related potentials. Intelligence, 16, 289-313.

McGaugh, J. L. (1990). Significance and remembrance: The role of neuromodulatory systems. Psychological Science, 1, 15-25.

McGhie, A., & Chapman, J. (1961). Disorders of attention and perception in early schizophrenia. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 34, 103-116.

McGinnis, M. & Foege, W. (1993, November 10). Actual causes of death in the United States. Journal of the American Medical Association, 270, 2207-2212.

McGovern, P. E., Glusker, D. L., Exner, L. J., & Voigt, M. M. (1996). Neolithic resinated wine. Nature, 381, 480-481.

McGrath, E., Keita, G. P., Strickland, B., & Russo, N. F. (Eds.), Women and depression: Risk factors and treatment issues. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

McGraw, M. B. (1975). Growth: A study of Johnny and Jimmy. New York: Arno Press. (Original work published 1935).

McGue, M., Bouchard, T. J., Jr., Iacono, W. G., & Lykken, D. T. (1993). Behavioral genetics of cognitive ability: A life-span perspective. In R. Plomin & G. E. McClearn (Eds.), Nature, Nurture and psychology. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

McGuigan, F. J. (1999). Encyclopedia of stress. Boston, MA: Allyn and Bacon.

McGuire, T. R. (1995). Is homosexuality genetic? A critical review and some suggestions. Journal of Homosexuality, 28, 115-145.

McGuire, W. J. (1964). Inducing resistance to persuasion: Some contemporary approaches. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 1). New York: Academic Press.

McGuire, W. J. (1985). Attitudes and attitude change. In G. Lindzey & E. Aronson (Eds.), Handbook of social psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 233-346). New York: Random House.

McHugh, P. R. (1995). Witches, multiple personalities, and other psychiatric artifacts. Nature Medicine, 1(2), 110-114.

McIntire, S. A., & Miller, L. A. (2000). Foundations of psychological testing. New York: McGraw-Hill.

McKee, R. D., & Squire, L. R. (1993). On the development of declarative memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 19, 397-404.

McLaughlin, S., & Margolskee, R. F. (1994, November/December). The sense of taste. American Scientist, 82, 538-545.

McManus, I. C., Porac, C., Bryden, M. P., & Boucher, R. (1999). Eye-dominance, writing hand, and throwing hand. Laterality, 4(2), 173-192.

McReynolds, P. (1989). Diagnosis and clinical assessment: Current status and major issues. Annual Review of Psychology, 40, 83–108.

McTavish, D. G. (1971). Perceptions of old people: A review of research methodologies and findings. Gerontologist, 11, 90-101.

Mead, M. (1935). Sex and temperament in three primitive societies. New York: Morrow.

Meck, W. H., Church, R. M., & Olton, D. S. (1984). Hippocampus, time, and memory. Behavioral Neuroscience, 98, 3-22.

Meddis, R., Pearson, A. J. D., & Langford, G. (1973). An extreme case of healthy insomnia. EEG and Clinical Neurophysiology, 35, 213-214.

Mediascope (1995). National television violence study: Executive summary, 1994-1995. Studio City, CA: Mediascope, Inc.

Mednick, S. A., Machon, R. A., Huttunen, M. O., & Bonett, D. (1988). Adult schizophrenia following prenatal exposure to an influenza epidemic. Archives of General Psychiatry, 45, 189-192.

Meeus, W. H. J., & Raaijmakers, Q. A. W. (1986). Administrative obedience: Carrying out orders to use psychological-administrative violence. European Journal of Social Psychology, 16, 311-324.

Mehren, E. (1992, June 7). Unlocking painful secrets from the past. Los Angeles Times, p. E1.

Meltzer, H. Y. (1995). The role of serotonin in schizophrenia and the place of serotonin-dopamine antagonist antipsychotics. Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology, 15 (Suppl. 1), S2-S3.

Melzack, R., & Wall, P. D. (1965). Pain mechanisms: A new theory. Science, 150, 971-979.

Melzack, R., & Wall, P. D. (1983). The challenge of pain. New York: Basic Books.

Menard, D. (1991). The aging athlete. Topics in Geriatric Rehabilitation, 6(4), 1-16.

Mendl, M. (1999). Performing under pressure: Stress and cognitive function. Applied Animal Behaviour Science 65, 221-244.

Mendlewicz, J., & Rainer, J. D. (1977). Adoption study supporting genetic transmission in manic-depressive illness. Nature, 168, 327-329.

Mendolia, M., Moore, J., & Tesser, A. (1996). Dispositional and situational determinants of repression. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 70(4), 856-867

Mercer, Jane (1988, May 18). Racial differences in intelligence: Fact or artifact? Talk given at San Bernardino Valley College, San Bernardino, CA. (As cited in Wade & Tavris, 1998, p. 322).

Merckelback, H., DeRuiter, C., Van Den Hout, M. A., & Hoekstra, R. (1989). Conditioning experiences and phobias. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 27, 657-662.

Meredith, D. (1986, February). Day care: The nine-to-five dilemma. Psychology Today, pp. 36-39, 42-44.

Merskey, H. (1992). The manufacure of personalities: The production of multiple personality disorder. British Journal of Psychiatry, 160, 327-340.

Merskey, H. (1995). The manufacture of personalities: The production of multiple personality disorder. In L. M. Cohen, J. N. Berzoff, & M. R. Elin (Eds.), Dissociative identity disorder: Theoretical and treatment controversies. Northvale, NJ: Jason Aronson.

Mertz, G. J. (1993). Epidemiology of genital herpes infection. Infectious disease clinics of North America, 7, 825-840).

Metalsky, G. I., Joiner, T. E., Jr., Hardin, T. S., & Abramson, L. Y. (1993). Depressive reactions to failure in a naturalistic setting: A test of the hopelessness and self-esteem theories of depression. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 102, 101-109.

Mettler, F. A., & Columbia-Greystone Associates (Eds.). (1949). Selective partial ablation of the frontal cortex. New York: Hoeber.

Meyer, I. H. (1995). Minority stress and mental health in gay men. Journal of Health & Social Behavior, 36(1). 38-56.

Meyer, J. K. (1979). Sex reassignment. Archivesof General Psychiatry, 36, 1010-1015.

Meyers, I. B. (1987). Introduction to type: A description of the theory and applications of the Meyers-Briggs Type Indicator. Palo Also, CA: Consulting Psychologists Press.

Mezzich, J. E., Fabrega, H., Coffman, G. A., & Haley, R. (1989). DSM-III disorders in a large sample of psychiatric patients: Frequency and specificity of diagnoses. American Journal of Psychiatry, 146, 212-219.

Michaels, J. W., Bloomel, J. M., Brocato, R. M., Linkous, R. A., & Rowe, J. S. (1982). Social facilitation and inhibition in a natural setting. Replications in Social Psychology, 2, 21-24.

Michel, G. F. (1981). Right-handedness: A consequence of infant supine head-orientation preference? Science, 212, 685-687.

Michelson, L. K., & Marchione, K. (1991). Behavioral, cognitive, and pharmacological treatments of panic disorder with agoraphobia: Critique and synthesis. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 59, 100-114.

Midlarsky, E., & Midlarsky, M. (1973). Some determinants of aiding under experimentally induced stress. Journal of Personality, 41, 305-327.

Midlarsky, M., & Midlarsky, E. (1976). Status inconsistency, aggressive attitude, and helping behavior. Journal of Personality, 44, 371-391.

Miedzian, M. (1991). Boys will be boys: Breaking the link between masculinity and violence. New York: Doubleday.

Miklowitz, D. J., & Tompson, M. C. (2003). Family variables and interventions in schizophrenia. In G. P. Sholevar & L. D. Schwoeri (Eds.), Textbook of family and couples therapy: Clinical applications (pp. 585-617). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Publishing.

Miklowitz, D. J., Goldstein, M. J., Doane, J. A., Nuechterlein, K. H., Strachan, A. M., Snyder, K. S., & Magana-Amato, A. (1989). Is expressed emotion an index of transactional process? I. Parents' affective style. Family Process, 22, 153-167.

Mikulincer, M. (1995). Attachment style and the mental representation of the self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 1203-1215.

Mikulincer, M. Babkoff, H., Caspy, T., & Sing, H. C. (1989). The effects of 72 hours of sleep loss on psychological variables. British Journal of Psychology, 80(2). 145-162.

Milar, K. S. (2000). The first generation of women psychologists and the psychology of women. American Psychologist, 55, 616-619.

Milgram, S. (1963). Behavioral study of obedience. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 67, 371-378.

Milgram, S. (1964). Issues in the study of obedience: A reply to Baumrind. American Psychologist, 19, 448-452.

Milgram, S. (1965). Some conditions of obedience and disobedience to authority. Human Relations, 18, 57-76.

Milgram, S. (1970). The experience of living in cities: A psychological analysis. Science, 167, 1461-1468.

Milgram, S. (1974). Obedience to authority: An experimental view. New York: Harper & Row.

Millan, M. J. (1986). Multiple opioid systems and pain. Pain, 27, 303-347.

Miller, A. G. (1986). The obedience experiments: A case study of a controversy in social science. New York: Praeger.

Miller, G. (1977). Spontaneous apprentices: Children and language. New York: The Seabury Press.

Miller, G. A. (1956). The magical number seven, plus or minus two: Some limits on our capacity for processing information. Psychological Review, 63, 81-97.

Miller, G. A. (1962). Psychology: The science of mental life. New York: Harper & Row.

Miller, G. A. (1963). Language and communication. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Miller, G. A., & Gilder, P. M. (1987). How children learn words. Scientific American, 257, 94-99.

Miller, I. J., & Reedy, F. E. (1990). Variations in human taste bud density and taste intensity perception. Physiology & Behavior, 47, 1213-1219.

Miller, J. G., & Bersoff, D. M. (1992). Culture and moral judgment: How are conflicts between justice and interpersonal responsibilities resolved? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 62, 541-554.

Miller, J. G., & Bersoff, D. M. (1995). Development in the context of everyday family relationships: Culture, interpersonal morality and adaptation. In M. Killen & D. Hart (Eds.), Morality in everyday life: A developmental perspective. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Miller, L. L., & Branconnier, R. J. (1983). Cannabis: Effects on memory and the cholinergic limbic system. Psychological Bulletin, 93, 441-456.

Miller, N. E. (1978). Biofeedback and visceral learning. Annual Review of Psychology, 29, 373-404.

Miller, N. E. (1985, February). Rx: Biofeedback. Psychology Today, 54-59.

Miller, N. E., & Brucker, B. S. (1979). A learned visceral response apparently independent of skeletal ones in patients paralyzed by spinal lesions. In N. Birbaumer & H. D. Kimmel (Eds.), Biofeedback and Self-regulation. Hillsdale, N. J.: Erlbaum.

Miller, P. A., Eisenberg, N., Fabes, R. A., & Shell, R. (1996). Relations of moral reasoning and vicarious emotion to young children's prosocial behavior toward peers and adults. Developmental Psychology, 32, 210-219.

Miller, R. J., Hennessey, R. T., & Leibowitz, H. W. (1973). The effect of hypnotic ablation of the background on the magnitude of the Ponso perspective illusion. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 21, 180-191.

Miller, S. D., & Triggiano, P. J. (1992). The psychophysiological investigation of multiple personality disorder: Review and update. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 35, 47-61.

Miller, T. A. (1992). Latrodectism: Bite of the black widow spider. American Family Physician, 45, 181-187.

Miller, T. Q., Smith, T. W., Turner, C. W., Guijarro, M. L., & Hallett, A. J. (1996). A meta-analytic review of research on hostility and physical health. Psychological Bulletin, 119, 322-348.

Mills, C. J. (1992). Academically talented children: The case for early identification and nurturance. Pediatrics, 89, 156-157.

Millstein, S. G. (1989). Adolescent health: Challenges for behavioral scientists. American Psychologist, 44, 837-842.

Milner, B. (1965). Memory disturbance after bilateral hippocampal lesions. In P. Milner, & S. Glickman (Eds.), Cognitive processes and the brain (pp. 97-111). Princeton, NJ: Van Nostrand.

Milner, B. (1971). Interhemispheric differences in the localization of psychological processes in man. British Medical Bulletin, 27, 272-277.

Milner, B., Petrides, M., & Smith, M. L. (1985). Frontal lobes and the temporal organization of memory. Human Neurobiology, 4, 137-142.

Milstein, V., Small, J. G., Small, I. F., & Green, G. E. (1986). Convulsive Therapy. New York: Raven Press.

Miltenberger, R. G. (2001). Behavior modification: Principles and procedures. Pacific Grove, CA: Wadsworth.

Mineka, S., Davidson, M., Cook, M., & Keir, R. (1984). Observational conditioning of snake fear in rhesus monkeys. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 93, 355-374.

Minsky, M. (1986) The society of mind. New York: Simon and Schuster.

Mischel, W. (1968). Personality and assessment. New York: Wiley.

Mischel, W. (1983). Alternatives in the pursuit of the predictability and consistency of persons: Stable data that yield unstable interpretations. Journal of Personality, 51 578–604.

Mischel, W. (2002). Introduction to personality (7th ed.). Fort Worth, TX: Harcourt Brace.

Mischel, W., Shoda, Y., & Smith, R. (2004). Introduction to personality: Toward an integration (7th ed.). New York: Wiley.

Mita, T. H., Dermer, M., & Knight, J. (1977). Reversed facial images and the mere-exposure hypothesis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 35, 597-601.

Mitler, M. M., Guilleminault, C., Orem, J., Zarcone, V. P., & Dement, W. C. (1975, December). Sleeplessness, sleep attacks, and things that go wrong in the night. Psychology Today, 9, 45-50.

MMWR. (1993, January 3). Sexual behavior among high school students: United States, 1990). Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, 40, 885-887.

Mokdad, A. H., Ford, E. S., Bowman, B. A., Dietz, W. H., Vinocor, F., Bales, V. S., et al. (2003). Prevalence of obesity, diabetes, and obesity-related health risk factors, 2001. Journal of the American Medical Association, 289, 76-79.

Moline, M., Pollak, C. P., Monk, T. H., & Lester, L. S. (1992). Age-related differences in recovery from simulated jet lag. Sleep, 15, 28-40.

Monahan, J. (1981). The clinical prediction of violent behavior. Rockville, MD: National Institute of Mental Health.

Monahan, J. (1984). The prediction of violent behavior: Toward a second generation of theory and policy. American Journal of Psychiatry, 141, 10-15.

Monahan, J. (1992). Mental disorder and violent behavior. American Psychologist, 47, 511-521.

Monahan, J. (1993). Limiting therapist exposure to Tarasoff liability: Guidelines for risk containment. American Psychologist, 48, 242-250.

Monahan, J., & Steadman, H. (1994). Toward a rejuvenation of risk assessment research. In J. Monahan & H. Steadman (Eds.),  Violence and mental disorder: Developments in risk assessment. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Money, J. (1965). Psychosexual differentiation. In J. Money (Ed.), Sex research: New Developments (pp. 3-23). New York: Holt.

Money, J. (1987). Sin, sickness, or status: Homosexual gender identity and psychoneuroendocrinology. American Psychologist, 42, 384-399.

Moniz, E. (1937). Prefrontal leucotomy in the treatment of mental disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 93, 1379-1385.

Monk, T. H., & Aplin, L. C. (1980). Spring and autumn daylight saving time changes: Studies of adjustment in sleep timings, mood, and efficiency. Ergonomics, 23, 167-178.

Monmaney, T. (1987, September). Are we led by the nose? Discover, pp. 48-56.

Montello, D. R. (1995). How significant are cultural differences in spatial cognition? In U. A. Frank & W. Kuhn (Eds.), Spatial information theory (pp. 485-500). Berlin, Germany: Springer Verlag.

Montgomery, J. K., & Fujikawa, S. (1992). Hearing thresholds of students in the second, eighth, and twelfth grades. Language, Speech, & Hearing Services in Schools, 23, 61-63.

Moon, C., Cooper, R. P., & Fifer, W. P. (1993). Two-day-olds prefer their native language. Infant Behavior and Development, 16, 495-500.

Mooney, S. P., Sherman, M. F., & Lo Presto, C. T. (1991). Academic locus of control, self-esteem, and perceived distance from home as predictors of college adjustment. Journal of Counseling & Development, 69, 445–448.

Moore, B. C. J. (1987). Hearing. In R. L. Gregory (Ed.), The Oxford companion to the mind (pp. 303-308). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Moore, J. W., Tingstom, D. H. Doggett, R. A., & Carlyon, W. D. (2001). Restructuring an existing token economy in a psychiatric facility for children. Child & Family Behavior Therapy, 23, 53-60.

Moore, K. (1992). Facts at a glance. Washington, DC: Childtrends.

Moore, K. L. (1982). The developing human (3rd ed.). Philadelphia: Saunders.

Moore, R. Y. (1997). Circadian rhythms: Basic neurobiology and clinical applications. Annual Review of Medicine, 48, 253-266.

Moore-Ede, M. C., Czeisler, C. A., & Richardson, G. S. (1983). Circadian timekeeping in health and disease. New England Journal of Medicine, 309, 469-476.

Mora, G. (1980). Mind-body concepts in the Middle Ages: Part II. Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 16, 58-72.

Mora, G. (1994). Early American historials of psychiatry: 1910-1960. In M. S. Micale & R. Porter (Eds.), Discovering the history of psychiatry (pp. 53-80). New York: Oxford University Press.

Moreland, R. L., & Zajonc, R. B. (1982). Exposure effects in person perception: Familiarity, similarity, and attraction. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 18, 395-415.

Morgan, C. D., & Murray, H. A. (1935). A method for investigating fantasies: The Thematic Apperception Test. Archives of Neurology and Psychiatry, 34, 289-306.

Moritz, A. P., & Zamchech, N. (1946). Sudden and unexpected deaths of young soldiers. American Medical Association Archives of Pathology, 42, 459-494.

Morokoff, P. J. (1988). Sexuality in perimenopausal and postmenopausal women. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 12, 489-511.

Morris, R. J., & Kratochwill, T. R. (1983). Treating children's fears and phobias: A behavioral approach. New York: Pergamon Press.

Morrison, A. M., & Von Glinow, M. A. (1990). Women and minorities in management. American Psychologist, 45, 200-208.

Morrison, D. M. (1985). Adolescent contraceptive behavior: A review. Psychological Bulletin, 98, 538-568.

Morrison, J. B., &Tversky, B. (1997). Body schemas. In M. G. Shafto & P. Langley (Eds.), Proceedings of the Meetings of the Cognitive Science Society, (pp. 525-529). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Morton, J., & Johnson, M. H. (1991). CONSPEC and CONLEARN: A two-process theory of infant face recognition. Psychological Review, 98, 164-181.

Moruzzi, G., & Magoun, H. (1949). Brain stem reticular formation and activation of the EEG. Electroencephalography and Clinical Neurophysiology, 1, 455-473.

Moscovici, S. (1976). Social influence and social change. London: Academic Press.

Moscovici, S. (1985). Social influence and conformity. In G. Lindzey & E. Aronson (Eds.), Handbook of social psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 347-412). New York: Random House.

Moscovici, S., & Zavalloni, M. (1969). The group as a polarizer of attitudes. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 12, 125-135.

Mosher, D. L. (1968). The influence of Adler on Rotter's social learning theory of personality. Journal of Individual Psychology, 24, 33–45.

Mosher, L. R. (1995, August). The mythological effects of neuroleptic drugs. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the American Psychological Association, New York.

Mosher, L. R., & Burti, L. (1994). Community mental health: A practical guide. New York: Norton.

Moskowitz, D. S. (1982). Coherence and cross-situational generality in personality: A new analysis of old problems. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 43, 754–768.

Mott, F. L. (1991). Developmental effects of infant care: The mediating role of gender and health. Journal of Social Issues, 47(2), 139-158.

Moyer, K. E. (1976). The psychobiology of aggression. New York: Harper & Row.

Moyer, K. E. (1983). The physiology of motivation: Aggression as a model. In C. J. Scheier & A. M. Rogers (Eds.), G. Stanley Hall Lecture Series (Vol. 3). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Mozel, M. M., Smith, B., Smith, P., Sullivan, R., & Swender, P. (1969). Nasal chemoreception in flavor identification. Archives of Otolaryngology, 90, 367-373.

McGuinness, D. (1986, February 5). Facint the "learning disabilities" crisis. Education Week, pp. 22, 28.

Mullin, C. R., & Linz, D. (1995). Desensitization and resensitization to violence against women: Effects of exposure to sexually violent films on judgments of domestic violence victims. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 449-459.

Murphy, E., Lindesay, J., & Grundy, E. (1986). 60 years of suicide in England and Wales: A cohort study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 43, 969-976.

Murphy, G. E., & Wetzel, R. D. (1980). Suicide risk by birth cohort in the United States, 1949-1974. Archives of General Psychiatry, 37, 519-523.

Murphy, S. T., Monahan, J. L., & Zajonc, R. B. (1995). Additivity of nonconscious affect: Combined effects of priming and exposure. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 69, 589-602.

Murphy, T. F. (1992). Redirecting sexual orientation: Techniques and justifications. Journal of Sex Research, 29, 502-523.

Murray, D. J., Kilgour, A. R., & Wasylkiw, L. (2000). Conflicts and missed signals in psychoanalysis, behaviorism, and Gestalt psychology. American Psychologist, 55, 422-426.

Murray, E. A., Gaffan, D., & Mishkin, M. (1993). Neural substrates of visual stimulus-stumulus association in rhesus monkeys. Journal of Neuroscience, 13, 4549-4561.

Murray, H. (1938). Explorations in personality. New York: Oxford University Press.

Murray, H. A. (1965). Uses of the Thematic Apperception Test. In B. I. Murstein (Ed.), Handbook of projective techniques (pp. 425–432). New York: Basic Books.

Murray, H. A., & MacKinnon, D. W. (1946). Assessment of OSS personnel. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 10, 76-80.

Murray, K. (1993, May 9). When the therapist is a computer. New York Times, Sect. 3, p. 25.

Murstein, B. I. (1986). Paths to marriage. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.

Murstein, B. I. (1988). A taxonomy of love. In R. J. Sternberg & M. L. Barnes (Eds.), Psychology of love (pp. 13-37). New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Myers, D. G. (2000). The funds, friends, and faith of happy people. American Psychologist, 55, 56-67.

Myers, D. G., & Bishop, G. D. (1970). Discussion effects on racial attitudes. Science, 169, 778-789.

Myers, S. L. (2001, March 12). Sub's crew may have hesitated to question a trusted captain. New York Times.

 

 

Nadel, L., & Willner, J. (1980). Context and conditioning: A place for space. Physiological Psychology, 8, 218-228.

Nadel, L., & Zola-Morgan, S. (1984). Infantile amnesia: A neurobiological perspective. In M. Moscovitch (Ed.), Infantile memory: Its relation to normal and pathological memory in humans and other animals. New York: Plenum.

Naeye, R. L. (1994, July). The brain at work. Discover 15, 30-31.

Nahas, G. G. (1973). Marijuana—Deceptive Weed. New York: Raven Press.

Napolitan, D. A., & Goethals, G. R. (1979). The attribution of friendliness. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 15, 105-113.

Nash, M. (1987). What, if anything, is regressed about hypnotic age regression? A review of the empirical literature. Psychological Bulletin, 102, 42-52.

Nash, M. R., & Nadon, R. (1997) Hypnosis. In D. L. Faigman, D. Kaye, M. J. Saks, & J. Sanders (Eds.), Modern scientific evidence: The law and science of expert testimony. St. Paul, MN: West.

Nash, M. R., Johnson, L. S., Tipton, R. D. (1979). Hypnotic age regression and the occurrence of transitional object relationships. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 88, 547-555.

Nathans, J., Thomas, P., Piantandia, R. L., Eddy, T. B., Shows, D. S., & Hogness, D. S. (1986). Molecular genetics of inherited variations in human color vision. Science, 232, 203-210.

National Coalition on Television Violence. (1990, July-September). NCTV News (Vol. 2). Champaign, IL: Author.

National Highway Transportation Safety Administration (1998). /iDrowsy driving and automobile crashes: NCSDR/NHTSA expert panel on driver fatigue and sleepiness/i [On-line]. Available: http://www.nhtsa.dot.gov/people/perform/human/drowsy.html

National Institute of Mental Health. (1982). Television and behavior: Ten years of scientific progress and implications for the 80s. Washington, DC: U. S. Government Printing Office.

National Institute of Mental Health. (1985). Electroconvulsive therapy: Consensus development conference statement. Bethesda, MD: Office of Medical Applications of Research.

National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders. (1989). A report of the Task Force on the National Strategic Research Plan. Washington, DC: Author.

National Research Council. (1987). Risking the future: Adolescent sexuality, pregnancy, and childbearing. Washington, DC: National Academy Press.

National Safety Council. (1991). Accident facts. Chicago: Author.

National Sleep Foundation (1998). 1998 Omnibus Sleep in America Poll [On-line]. Available: http://www.sleepfoundation.org/publications/1998poll.html

National Sleep Foundation. (2003). 2003 sleep in America poll [On-line]. Available:www.sleepfoundation.org/polls/2003sleepPollExecSumm.pdf.

Naveh-Benjamin, M. (1990). The acquisition and retention of knowledge: Exploring mutual benefits to memory research and the educational setting. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 4(4), 295-320.

Needles, D. J., & Abramson, L. Y. (1990). Positive life events, attributional style, and hopefulness: Testing a model of recovery from depression. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 99, 156-165.

Neese, R. M. (1991, November/December). What good is feeling bad? The evolutionary benefits of psychic pain. The Sciences, pp. 30-37.

Neisser, U. (1967). Cognitive psychology. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.

Neisser, U. (Ed.). (1998). The rising curve: Long-term gains in IQ and related measures. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Neisser, U., & Harsch, N. (1992). Phantom flashbulbs: False recollections of hearing the news about Challenger. In E. Winograd & U. Neisser (Eds.), Affect and accuracy in recall: Studies of "flashbulb" memories (pp. 9-31). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Neisser, U., Boodoo, G., Bouchard, T. J., Jr. Boykin, A. W., Brody, N., Ceci, S. J., Halpern, D. F., Loehlin, J. C., Perloff, R., Sternberg, R. J., & Urbina, S. (1996). Intelligence: Knowns and unknowns.  American Psychologist, 51, 77-101.

Nelson, E. (1976, May). New facts on biorhythms. Science Digest, 71-75.

Nelson, K. (1973). Structure and strategy in learning to talk. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 38(1 & 2, Serial No. 149).

Nemeth, C. J., & Chiles, C. (1988). Modelling courage: The role of dissent in fostering independence. European Journal of Social Psychology, 18, 275-280.

Nestler, E. J., Gould, E., Manji, H., Bucan, M., Duman, R. S., Gershenfeld, H. H., Hen, R., Koester, S., Lederhendler, I., Meaney, M. J., Robbins, T., Winsky, L., & Zalcman, S. (2002). Preclinical models: Status of basic research in depression. Biological Psychiatry, 52, 503-528.

Neter, E., & Ben-Shakhar, G. (1989). The predictive validity of graphological inferences: A meta-analytic approach. Personality and Individual Differences, 10(7), 737-745.

Neubauer, P. B. & Neubauer, A. (1990). Nature’s thumbprint: The new genetics of personality. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Neugarten, B. L. (Ed.). (1968). Middle age and aging. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Neugarten, B. L., & Hagistad, G. O. (1976). Age and the life course. In R. H. Binstock & E. Shanas (Eds.), Handbook of aging and the social sciences. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold.

Newell, A., & Simon, H. A. (1972). Human problem solving. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Newman, B. (1999). When everybody cares: Case studies or ABA with people with autism. New York: Dove & Orca.

Newman, D. L., Caspi, A., Moffit, T. E., & Silva, P. A. (1997). Antecedents of adult interpersonal functioning: Effects of individual differences in age-3 temperament. Developmental Psychology, 33, 206-217.

Newman, L. S., Duff, K., & Baumeister, R. F. (1997). A new look at defensive projection: Suppression, accessibility, and biased person perception. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 980-1001.

NICHD Early Child Care Research Network. (1997). The effects of infant child care on infant-mother attachment security: Results of the NICHD study of early child care. Child Development, 68, 860-879.

Nichols, M. (1989). Sex therapy with lesbians, gay men, and bisexuals. In S. R. Leiblum & R. C. Rosen (Eds.), Principles and practice of sex therapy (2nd ed., pp. 269-297). New York: Guilford.

Nickell, W. T. (1997). Basic anatomy and physiology of olfaction. In A. M. Seiden (Ed.), Taste and smell disorders (pp. 20-37). New York: Thieme.

Nickerson, R. S., & Adams, M. J. (1979). Long-term memory for a common object. Cognitive Psychology, 11, 287-307.

Niemi, R. G., Mueller, J., & Smith, T. W. (1989). Trends in public opinion: A compendium of survey data. New York: Greenwood Press.

Nikolaus, N., Werner, P., Jochums, I., Lehmann, M., & Strohl, K. P. (1998). Blood flow of the middle cerebral artery with sleep-disordered breathing: Correlation with obstructive hypopneas. Stroke, 29, 87-93.

Nolen-Hoeksema, S. (1987). Sex differences in unipolar depression: Evidence and theory. Psychological Bulletin, 101, 259-282.

Nolen-Hoeksema, S. (1990). Sex differences in depression. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Nolen-Hoeksema, S. (1991). Responses to depression and their effects on the duration of depressive episodes. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 100, 569-582.

Nolen-Hoeksema, S. (2002). Gender differences in depression. In I. H. Gotlib & C. L. Hammen (Eds.), Handbook of depression (pp. 492-509). New York: Guilford.

Nordström, P., & Asberg, M. (1992). Suicide risk and serotonin. International Clinical Psychopharmacology, 6, 12-21.

Norman, R. (1975). Affective-cognitive consistency, attitudes, conformity, and behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 32, 83-91.

Norman, W. T. (1967). 2,800 personality trait descriptors: Normative operating characteristics for a university population (Research Rep. No. 08310–1-T). Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.

North, C., & Pfefferbaum, B. (2002). Research on the mental health effects of terrorism. Journal of the American Medical Association, 288, 633.

Norton, P. G., & Dunn, E. V. (1985). Snoring as a risk factor for disease: An epidemiological survey. British Medical Journal, 291, 630-632.

Novaco, R. (1975). Anger control. Lexington, MA: D. C. Heath.

Novin, D., & VanderWeele, D. A. (1977). Visceral involvement in feeding: There is more to regulation than the hypothalamus. In J. M. Sprague & A. N. Epstein (Eds.), Progress in psychobiology and physiological psychology (Vol. 7, pp. 193-241). New York: Academic Press.

Novin, D., & VanderWeele, D. A. (1977). Visceral involvement in feeding: There is more to regulation than the hypothalamus. In J. M. Sprague & A. N. Epstein (Eds.), Progress in psychobiology and physiological psychology (Vol. 7, pp. 193-241). New York: Academic Press.

Nyberg, L., & Cabeza, R. (2000). Brain imaging of memory. In E. Tulving & F. I. M. Craik (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of memory (pp. 501-519). Oxford, U.K.: Oxford University Press.

Nyberg, L., & Tulving, E. (1996). Classifying human long-term memory: Evidence from converging dissociations. European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 8(2), 163-183.

 

 

O’Connell, D. N., Shor, R. E., & Orne, M. T. (1970). Hypnotic age regression: An empirical and methodological analysis. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 76, 32.

Offer, D., Ostrov, E., & Howard, K. I. (1981). The adolescent: A psychological self-portrait. New York: Basic Books.

Öhman, A., & Mineka, S. (2001). Fears, phobias, and preparedness: Toward an evolved module of fear and fear learning. Psychological Review, 108, 483-522.

Ojeda-Zapata, J. (1994, April 21). Immigrant decries web of errors that left her branded as 'psychotc.' St. Paul Pioneer Press, p. 1A.

Okin, R. L. (1983). The future of state hospitals: Should there be one? American Journal of Psychiatry, 140, 577-581.

Olds, J. (1975). Mapping the mind onto the brain. In F. G. Worden, J. P. Swayze, & G. Adelman (Eds.), The neurosciences: Paths of discovery. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Olds, J., & Milner, P. (1954). Positive reinforcement produced by electrical stimulation of the septal area and other regions of rat brain. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 47, 419-427.

Olds, S. W. (1989). The working parents' survival guide. Rocklin, CA: Prima.

O'Leary, K. D., Barling, J., Arias, I., Rosenbaum, A. et al. (1989). Prevalence and stability of physical aggression between spouses: A longitudinal analysis. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 57(2), 263-268.

O'leary, V. E., Unger, R. K., & Wallston, B. S. (Eds.). (1985). Women, gender, and social psychology. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Olfson, M., Marcus, S. C., Druss, B., Elinson, L., Tanielian, T., & Pincus, H. A. (2002). National trends in the outpatient treatment of depression. Journal of the American Medical Association, 287, 203-209.

Oliver, M. B., & Hyde, J. S. (1993). Gender differences in sexuality: A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 114, 29-51.

Oliwenstein, L. (1993, May 26). The gene with two faces. Discover.

Olshansky, S. J., Carnes, B. A., & Cassel, C. K. (1993, April). The aging of the human species. Scientific American, 268, 46-52.

Olton, D. S., & Noonberg, A. R. (1980). Biofeedback: Clinical applications in behavioral medicine. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

O'Neil, C. W. (1965). A cross-cultural study of hunger and thirst motivation manifested in dreams. Human Development, 8, 181-193.

Oppel, W. C., Harper, P. A., & Reder, R. V. (1968). The age of attaining bladder control. Pediatrics, 42(4), 614-626.

Oquendo, M. A., Ellis, S. P., Greenwald, S., Malone, K. M., Weissman, M. M., & Mann, J. J. (2001). Ethnic and sex differences in suicide rates relative to major depression in the United States. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 1652-1658.

Orem, J., & Barnes, C. D. (Eds.). (1980). Physiology in Sleep. New York: Academic Press.

Orgler, H. (1963). Alfred Adler: The man and his work. New York: Liveright.

Oriel, D. (1990). Genital human papillomavirus infection. In K. K. Holmes, P. Mårdh, P. F. Sparling, & P. J. Wiesner (Eds.), Sexually transmitted diseases (2^nd ed., pp. 433-442). New York: McGraw-Hill.

Ormerod, M. B., McKenzie, J., & Woods, A. (1995). Final report on research relating to the concept of five separate dimensions of personality—or six including intelligence. Personality and Individual Differences, 18, 451–461.

Orne, M. T. (1951). The mechanisms of hypnotic age regression: An experimental study. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 46, 213-225.

Orne, M. T. (1979). Demand characteristics and the concept of quasi-controls. In R. Rosenthal & R. L. Rosnow (Eds.), Artifact in behavioral research (pp. 143-179).

Orne, M. T. (1979). On the simulating subject as a quasi-control group in hypnosis research: What, why, and how. In E. Fromm & R. E. Shor (Eds.), Hypnosis: Developments in research and new perspectives. (2nd ed.) (pp. 519-565). New York: Aldine.

Orne, M. T. (1979). The use and misuse of hypnosis in court. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 27, 311-341.

Orne, M. T., & Evans, F. J. (1965). Social control in the psychological experiment: Antisocial behavior and hypnosis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1, 189-200.

Orne, M. T., & Scheibe, K. E. (1964). The contribution of nondeprivation factors in the production of sensory deprivation effects: The psychology of the "panic buton." Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 68, 3-12.

Ornstein, R. (1986). The psychology of consciousness (2nd ed., revised). New York: Pelican Books.

Ornstein, R. (1998). The right mind: Making sense of the hemispheres. Fort Worth, TX: Harcourt Brace.

Ortar, G. (1963). Is a verbal test cross-cultural? Scripts Hierosolymitana (Hebrew University, Jerusalem), 13, 315-331.

Öst, L.-G., Svensson, L., Hellström, K., & Lindwall, R. (2001). One-session treatment of specific phobias in youths: A randomized clinical trial. Journal of Clinical and Consulting Psychology, 69, 814-824.

Oswald, I. (1972). Sleep, the great restorer. New Scientist, 46, 170-172.

Overmeier, J. B. (2002). On learned helplessness. Integrated Physiology & Behavioral Science, 37, 4-8.

Overton, D. A. (1964). State dependent or "dissociated" learning produced with pentobarbitol. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 57(1), 3-12.

Owen, M. J., & O'Donovan, M. C. (2003). Schizophrenia and genetics. In R. Plomin, J. C. DeFries, I. W. Craig, & P. McGuffin (Eds.), Behavioral genetics in the postgenomic era (pp.463-480). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

 

 

Padberg, R., Zwanzger, P., Keck, M. E., Kathmann, N., Mikhaiel, P., Ella, R., Rupprecht, P., Thoma, H., Hampel, H., Toschi, N., & Moller, H.-J. (2002). Repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS) in major depression: Relation between efficacy and stimulation intensity. Neuropsychopharmacology, 27, 638-645.

Padgham, C. A. (1975). Colours experienced in dreams. British Journal of Psychology, 66, 25-28.

Page, D. C., Mosher, R., Simpson, E. M., Fisher, E. M., Mardon, G., Pollack, J., McGillivray, B., de la Chapelle, A., & Brown, L. G. (1987). The sex-determining region of the human Y chromosome encodes a finger protein. Cell, 51, 1091-1104.

Page, J. B., Fletcher, J., & True, W. R. (1988). Psychosociocultural perspectives on chronic cannabis use: The Costa Rican follow-up. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 20, 57-65.

Paine, P. A. (1980). Eidetic imagery and recall accuracy in preschool children. Journal of Psychology, 105, 253-258.

Paivio, A. (1969). Mental imagery in associative learning and memory. Psychological Review, 76, 241-263.

Paivio, A. (1986). Mental representations: A dual coding approach. New York: Oxford University Press.

Palfai, T., & Jankiewicz, H. (1991). Drugs and Human Behavior. Dubuque: IA: Wm. C. Brown.

Pallak, S. R., Murroni, E., & Koch, J. (1983). Communicator attractiveness and expertise, emotional versus rational appeals, and persuasion: A heuristic versus systematic processing interpretation. Social Cognition, 2, 120-139.

Palumbo, S. R. (1978). Dreaming and memory: A new information-processing model. New York: Basic Books.

Panskepp, J. (1986). The neurochemistry of behavior. Annual Review of Psychology, 37, 77-107.

Pantin, H. M., & Carver, C. S. (1982). Induced competence and the bystander effect. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 12, 100-111.

Papalia, D. E., & Olds, S. W. (1996). A child's world: Infancy through adolescence (7th ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.

Parker, E. S., Birnbaum, I. M., & Noble, E. P. (1976). Alcohol and memory: Storage and state dependency. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 15, 691-702.

Parker, G. (1992). Early environment. In E. S. Paykel (Ed.), Handbook of affective disorders (2nd ed., pp. 171-184). New York: Guilford Press.

Parker, G., Roy, K., Hadzi, P. D., Pedic, F. (1992). Psychotic (delusional) depression: A meta-analysis of physical treatments. Journal of Affective Disorders, 24, 17-24.

Parker, L. C. (1997). A contemporary view of alternatives to incarceration in Denmark. Federal Probation, 61, 69-73.

Parker, R. C. T. P. (1987). Dreams in ancient Greece. In R. L. Gregory (Ed.), The Oxford companion to the mind (p. 203). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Parlee, M. B., (1983). Menstrual rhythms in sensory processes: A review of fluctuations in vision, olfaction, audition, taste, and touch. Psychological Bulletin, 93, 539-548.

Parmeggiani, P. L. (1982). Regulation of physiological functions during sleep in mammals. Experientia, 38, 1405-1408.

Parrott, A. C. (1999, October). Does cigarette smoking cause stress? American Psychologist, 54, 817-820.

Parrott, A. C., & Garnham, N. J. (1998). Comparative mood states and cognitive skills of cigarette smokers, deprived smokers, and nonsmokers. Human Psychopharmacology, 13, 367-376.

Pate, J. E., Pumarieaga, A. J., Hester, C., & Garner, D. M. (1992). Cross-cultural patterns in eating disorders: A review. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 31, 802-809.

Patrick, C. J., Bradley, M. M., & Lang, P. J. (1993). Emotion in the criminal psychopath: Startle reflex modulation. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 102(1), 82-92.

Patterson, C. (1987). Evolution: Neo-Darwinism. In R. L. Gregory (Ed.), The Oxford companion to the mind (pp. 234-244). New York: Oxford University Press.

Patterson, C. (1992). Children of lesbian and gay parents. Child Development, 63, 1025-1042.

Patterson, C. H. (1989). Foundations for a systematic eclectic psychotherapy. Psychotherapy, 26(4), 427-435.

Patterson, F. (1978, October). Conversations with a gorilla. National Geographic, pp. 438-465.

Patterson, F., & Linden, E. (1981). The education of Koko. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.

Patterson, G. R. (2002). The early development of coercive family process. In J. B. Ried, G. R. Patterson, & J. J. Snyder (Eds.), Antisocial behavior in children and adolescents: A developmental analysis and the Oregon model for intervention (pp. 25-44). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Patterson, G. R., Littman, R. A., & Bricker, W. (1967). Assertive behavior in children: A step toward a theory of aggression. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 32(5).

Paul, G. L. (1969). Outcome of systematic desensitization: II. Controlled investigation of individual treatment technique variations and current status. In C. M. Franks (Ed.), Behavior therapy: Appraisal and status. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Paul, G. L. (2000). Milieu therapy. In A. E. Kazdin (Ed.), The encyclopedia of psychology. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Paul, S. M. (1977). Movement, mood, and madness: A biological model of schizophrenia. In J. D. Maser & M. E. P. Seligman (Eds.), Psychopathology: Experimental models. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.

Pauling, L. (1970). Vitamin C and the common cold.  San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.

Paulus, P. B., & Dzindolet, M. T. (1993). Social influence processes in group brainstorming. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 64, 575-586.

Paunonen, S. V., Jackson, D. N., Trzebinsky, J., & Forsterling, F. (1992). Personality structure across cultures: A multimethod evaluation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 62, 447–456.

Pavlov, I. P. (1902). The work of the digestive glands (W. H. Thompson, Trans.). London: Griffin. (Original work published 1897)

Pavlov, I. P. (1927). Conditioned reflexes. London: Oxford University Press.

Pavlov, I. P. (1960). Conditioned reflexes (G. V. Anrep, Trans.). New York: Dover. (Original work published 1927, Oxford, England: Oxford University Press.)

Peeters, A., Barendregt, J. J., Willekens, F., Mackenbach, J. P., Al Mamun, A., & Bonneux, L. (2003). Obesity in adulthood and its consequences for life expectancy: A life-table analysis. Annals of Internal Medicine, 138, 24-32.

Pendlebury, W. W., & Solomon, P. R. (1994). Alzheimer's disease: Therapeutic strategies for the 1990s. Neurobiologi of Aging, 15, 287-289.

Penfield W, & Jasper, H. (1954). Epilepsy and the Functional Anatomy of the Human Brain. Boston, MA: Little, Brown & Co.

Penfield, W., & Rasmussen, T. (1950). The cerebral cortex of man. New York: Macmillan.

Pennebaker, J. W. (1995). Emotion, disclosure, and health: An overview. In J. W. Pennebaker (Ed.),  Emotion, disclosure, and health. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Pennebaker, J. W., Kiecolt-Glaser, J., & Glaser, R. (1988). Disclosure of traumas and immune function: Health implications for psychotherapy. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 56, 239-245.

Perez, D. A., Hosch, H. M., Ponder, B., & Trejo, G. C. (1993). Ethnicity of defendants and jurors as influences on jury decisions. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 23, 1249-1262.

Perker, K. C. H., Hanson, R. K., & Hunsley, J. (1988). MMPI, Rorschach, and WAIS: A meta-analytic comparison of reliability, stability, and validity.  Psychological Bulletin, 103, 367–373.

Perls, F. S. (1969). Gestalt therapy verbatim. Lafayette, CA: Real People.

Perls, F. S. (1970). Four lectures. In J. Fagan & I. L. Shephers, Getstalt therapy now. Palo Alto, CA: Science and Behavior Books.

Perls, F. S., Hefferline, R. F., & Goodman, P. (1951). Gestalt Therapy. New York: Julien Press.

Perrett, D. I., & Emery, N. J. (1994). Understanding the intentions of others from visual signals: Neurophysiological evidence. Cahiers de Psychology Cognitive/Current Psychology of Cognition, 13, 683-694.

Perrett, D. I., Harries, M., Mistlin, A. J., & Chitty, A. J. (1988). Three stages in the classification of body movements by visual neurons. In H. B. Barlow, C. Blakemore, & M. Weston Smith (Eds.), Images and understanding. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Perrett, D. I., Hietanen, J. K., Oram, M. W., & Benson, P. J. (1992). Organization and functions of cells responsive to faces in the temporal cortex. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London: Series B, 335, 23-30.

Perry, E. L., Kulik, C. T., & Bourhis, A. C. (1996). Moderating effects of personal and contextual factors in age discrimination. Journal of Applied Psychology, 81, 628-647.

Perry, S. (1980, January 7). Hospital resists end of forced medication. The Minneapolis Star p. 1B.

Pert, C. B. (1997). The molecules of emotion: Why you feel the way you feel. New York: Scribner.

Pert, C. B., & Snyder, S. H. (1973). Opiate receptor: Demonstration in nervous tissue. Science, 179, 1011-1014.

Pervin, L. A., (1994). A critical analysis of current trait theory. Psychological Inquiry, 5, 103–113.

Peters, W. A. (1971). A class divided. Garden City, NY: Doubleday.

Petersen, A. C. (1993). Creating adolescents: The role of context and process in developmental trajectories. Journal of Research on Adolescence, 3 1-18.

Peterson, A. C. (1987, September). Those gangly years. Psychology Today, pp. 28-34.

Peterson, A. C. (1988). Adolescent development. Annual Review of Psychology, 39, 583-607.

Peterson, A. C. (1989, August). Developmental transitions and their role in influencing life trajectories. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the American Psychological Association, New Orleans.

Peterson, C., & Vaidya, R. S. (2001). Explanatory style, expectations, and depressive symptoms. Personality and Individual Differences, 31, 1217-1223.

Peterson, I. (1996, February 24). Chess champion sinks Deep Blue's figuring. Science News, p. 119.

Peterson, L. R., & Peterson, M. J. (1959). Short-term retention of individual verbal items. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 58, 193-198.

Peth-Pierce, R. (1997). Infant child care and attachment security: Results of the NICHD Study of Early Child Care. Child Development, 1997, 68(5), 860-879.

Petitto, L. A., & Marentette, P. F. (1991). Babbling in the manual mode: Evidence for the ontogeny of language. Science, 251, 1493-1496.

Petri, H. (1996). Motivation. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

Petrocelli, J. V. (2002). Effectiveness of group cognitive-behavioral therapy for general symptomatoloty: A meta-analysis. Journal of Specialists in Group Work, 27, 92-115.

Petruzello, S. J., Landers, D. M., Hatfield, B. D., Kubitz, J. A., & Salazar, W. (1991). A meta-analysis on the anxiety-reducing effects of acute and chronic exercise. Sports Medicine, 11, 143-182.

Petty, R. E., Wheeler, S. C., & Tormala, Z. L. (2003). Persuasion and attitude change. In T. Millon & M. J. Lerner (Eds.), Handbook of psychology: Personality and social psychology (Vol. 5, pp. 353-382). New York: Wiley.

Peuskens, J. (1995). Risperidone in the treatment of patients with chronic schizophrenia: A multinational, multi-centre, double-blind, parallel-group study versus haloperidol. British Journal of Psychiatry, 166, 712-726.

Pfaff, D. (1969). Parsimonious biological models of memory and reinforcement. Psychological Review, 76(1), 70-81.

Pham, L. B., Taylor, S. E., & Seeman, T. E. (2001). Effects of environmental predictability and personal mastery on self-regulatory and physiological processes. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 611-620.

Phares, E. J. (1976). Locus of control in personality. Morristown, NJ: General Learning Press.

Phelan, J. C., Link, B. G., Stueve, A., & Pescosolido, B. A. (2000). Public conceptions of mental illness in 1950 and 1996: What is mental illness and is it to be feared? Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 41, 188-207.

Piaget, J. (1932). The moral judgment of the child. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World.

Piaget, J. (1951). Plays, dreams, and imitation in childhood. New York: Norton.

Piaget, J. (1952). The origins of intelligence in children. New York: International University Press.

Picard, N., & Srick, P. L. (1996). Motor areas of the medial wall: A review of their location and functional activation. Cerebral Cortex, 6, 342-353.

Picco, R. D., & Dzindolet, M. T. (1994). Examining the Luscher Color Test. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 79, 1555–1558.

Pichot, P. (1984). Centenary of the birth of Hermann Rorschach. Journal of Personality Assessment, 48, 591–596.

Pickar, D. (1988). Perspectives on a time-dependent model of neuroleptic action. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 14, 255-265.

Pickles, J. O. (1988). An introduction to the physiology of hearing (2nd ed.), San Diego: Academic Press.

Pietro, P., Guazzeli, M., Basso, G., Jaffe, K., & Grafman, J. (2000). Neural correlates of imaginal aggressive behavior assessed by positron emission tomography in healthy subjects. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 1722-1781.

Piliavin, I. M., Piliavin, J. A., & Rodin, J. (1975). Costs, diffusion, and the stigmatized victim. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 32, 429-438.

Piliavin, I. M., Rodin, J., & Piliavin, J. A. (1969). Good samaritanism: An underground phenomenon? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 13, 289-299.

Piliavin, J. A., & Piliavin, I. M. (1972). Effects of blood on reactions to a victim. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 23, 353-361.

Pilkonis, P. A. (1977). The behavioral consequences of shyness. Journal of Personailty, 45, 596–611.

Pillemer, D. B. (1990). Clarifying the flashbulb memory concept: Comment on McCloskey, Wible, and Cohen (1988). Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 119, 92-96.

Pilling, S., Bebbington, P., Kuipers, E., Garety, P., Geddes, J., Orbach, G., & Morgan, C. (2002). Psychological treatments in schizophrenia: I. Meta-analysis of family intervention and cognitive behavior therapy. Psychological Medicine, 32, 763-782.

Pinel, J. P. J. (1993). Biopsychology (2nd ed.). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

Pingitore, R., Dugoni, B. L., Tindale, R. S., & Spring, B. (1994). Bias against overweight job applicants in a simulated employment interview. Journal of Applied Psychology, 79, 909-917.

Pinhas-Hamiel O., Dolan,  L. M., Daniels,  S. R., et al. (1996). Increased incidence of non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus among adolescents. Journal of Pediatrics, 128, 608-615.

Pinker, S. (1994). The language instinct: How the mind creates language. New York: Morrow.

Pinker, S. (1995). The Language Instinct. The General Psychologist, 31, 63-65.

Pinker, S. (1997). How the mind works. New York: Norton.

Piper, A., Jr., (1997). Hoax and reality: The bizarre world of multiple personality disorder. Northvale, NJ: Jason Aronson.

Pi-Sunyer, X., Kissileff, H. R., Thornton, J., & Smith, G. P. (1982). C-terminal occtapeptide of cholecystokinin decreases food intake in obese men. Physiology & Behavior, 29, 627-630.

Pitman, R. K., Orr, S. P., Forgue, D. F., deJong, J. B., & Claiborn, N. M. (1987). Psychophysiologic assessment of posttraumatic stress disorder imagery in Vietnam combat veterans. Archives of General Psychiatry, 44, 970-975.

Pitt, H. A., & Costrini, A. M. (1979). Vitamin C prophylaxis in marine recruits. Journal of the American Medical Association, 241, 908-911.

Pitts, C. E. (1976). Behavior modification—1787. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 9, 146.

Platt, C. (1996). King death: The black plague and its aftermath in late-medieval England. Buffalo, NY: University of Toronto Press.

Pliner, P. (1982). The effects of mere exposure on liking for edible substances. Appetite: Journal for Intake Research, 3, 283-290.

Pliner, P., & Pelchat, M. L. (1991). Neophobia in humans and the special status of foods of animal origin. Appetite, 16, 205-218.

Pliner, P., Pelchat, M., & Grabski, M. (1993). Recuction of neophobia in humans by exposure to novel foods. Appetite, 20, 111-123.

Plomin, R. (1989). Environment and genes: Determinants of behavior. American Psychologist, 44, 105-111.

Plomin, R. (1997). Identifying genes for cognitive abilities and disabilities. In R. J. Sternberg & E. L. Grigorenko (Eds.), Intelligence, heredity and enviroment (pp. 89-104). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Plomin, R., & Bergeman, C. S. (1991). The nature of nurture: Genetic influence on "environmental" measures. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 14(3), 373-427.

Plomin, R., DeFries, J. C., Craig, I. W., & McGuffin, P. (2003). Behavioral genetics. In R. Plomin, J. C. DeFries, I. W. Craig, & P. PcGuffin (Eds.). Behavioral genetics in the postgenomic era. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Plomin, R., DeFries, J. C., McClearn, G. E., & Rutter, M. (1997). Behavioral genetics. New York: Freeman.

Polefrone, J. M., & Manuck, S. B. (1987). Gender differences in cardiovascular and neuroendocrine response to stressors. In R. C. Barnett, L. Biener, & G. K. Baruch (Eds.), Gender and stress. New York: Free Press.

Pollard, P. (1995). Pornography and sexual aggression. Current Psychology: Developmental, Learning, Personality, Social, 14(3), 200-221.

Pomeroy, W. B. (1972). Dr. Kinsey and the Institute for Sex Research. New York: Harper & Row.

Pomeroy, W. B. (1975). The diagnosis and treatment of transvestites and transsexuals. Journal of Sex and Marital Therapy, 1, 215-224.

Poole, D. A., & Lindsay, D. S. (1995). Interviewing preschoolers: Effects of nonsuggestive techniques, parental coaching and leading questions on reports of nonexperienced events. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 60, 129-154.

Poole, D. A., Lindsay, D. S., Memon, A., & Bull, R. (1995). Psychotherapy and the recovery of memories of childhood sexual abuse: U. S. and British practitioners' opinions, practices, and experiences. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 63, 426-437.

Pope, H. G., & Yergelun-Todd, D. (1996). The residual cognitive effects of heavy marijuana use in college students. Journal of the American Medical Association, 275, 521-527.

Porter, R. H., & Moore, J. D. (1981). Human kin recognition by olfactory cues. Physiology & Behavior, 27, 493-495.

Porter, R. H., Cernoch, J. M., & McLaughlin, F. J. (1983). Maternal recognition of neonates through olfactory cues. Physiology & Behavior, 30, 151-154.

Poulin-Dubois, D., Serbin, L. A., Kenyon, R., & Derbyshire, A. (1994). Infants' intermodal knowledge about gender. Developmental Psychology, 30, 436-442.

Poulos, C. X., & Cappell, H. (1991). Homeostatic theory of drug tolerance: A general model of physiological adaptation. Psychological Review, 98, 390-408.

Povinelli, D. J., & Bering, J. M. (2002). The mentality of apes revisited. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 11, 115-119.

Powell, L., & Thoreson, C. (1987). Modifying the Type A pattern: A small group treatment approach. In J. A. Blumenthal & D. C. McKee (Eds.), Applications in behavioral medicine and health psychology: A clinician's source book (pp. 171-207).  Sarasota, FL: Professional Resource Exchange

Prange, A. J., Jr., Lipton, M. A., Nemeroff, C. B., & Wilson, I. C. (1977). Minireview—the role of hormones in depression. Life Sciences,20, 1305-1318.

Prange, A. J., Jr., Wilson, I. C., Lynn, C. W., Lacoe, B. A., & Stikeleather, R. A. (1974). L-Tryptophan in mania—contribution to a permissive hypothesis of affective disorders. Archives of General Psychiatry, 30, 56-62.

Pratkanis, A. R., & Aronson, E. (1992). Age of propaganda: The everyday use and abuse of persuasion. New York: Freeman.

Pratt, L. A., Forde, D. E., Crum, R. M. et al. (1996, December 15). Depression, psychotropic medication, and risk of myocardial infarction. Prospective data from the Baltimore ECA follow-up. Circulation, 94, 3123-3129.

Premack, D. & Premack, A. J. (1983). The mind of an ape. New York: Norton.

Premack, D. (1962). Reversibility of the reinforcement relation. Science, 136, 255-257.

Pressley, M., Symons, S., McDaniel, M. A., Snyder, B. et al. (1988). Elaborative interogation facilitates acquisition of confusing facts. Journal of Educational Psychology, 80(3), 268-278.

Preti, G., Cutler, W. B., Garcia, C. R., Huggins, G. R., & Lawley, H. J. (1986). Human axillary secretions influence women's menstrual cycles: The role of donor extract of females. Hormones and Behavior, 20, 474-482.

Pribram, K. H. (1969, January). The neurophysiology of remembering. Scientific American, 220(1), 73-86.

Pribram, K. H. (1998). A century of progress? In R. M. Bilder, & F. F. LeFever (Eds.), Neuroscience of the mind on the centennial of Freud's Project for a Scientific Psychology (pp. 11-19). New York: New York Academy of Sciences.

Pribram, K. H., & Gill, M. M. (1976). Freud's “Project” re-assessed: Preface to contemporary cognitive theory and neuropsychology. New York: Basic Books.

Price, D. D. (2000). Psychological and neural mechanisms of the affective dimension of pain. Science, 288, 1769-1772.

Prince, M. (1905). The dissociation of personality. New York: Longman.

Pritchard, R. M. (1961, June). Stabilized images on the retina. Scientific American, pp. 72-78.

Pullum, G. K. (1991). The great Eskimo vocabulary hoax. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Putnam, F. W. (1984). The psychophysiologic investigation of multiple personality disorder: A review. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 7, 31-39.

Putnam, F. W. (1989). Diagnosis and treatment of multiple personality disorder. New York: Guilford Press.

Putnam, F. W. (1991). Dissociative disorders in children and adolescents: A developmental perspective. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 14, 519-531.

Pyszczynski, T., Hamilton, J. C., Greenberg, J., & Becker, S. E. (1991). Self-awareness and psychological dysfunction. In C. R. Snyder & D. R. Forsyth (Eds.), Handbook of social and clinical psychology: The health perspective. New York: Pergamon.

 

 

Quadrel, M. J., Fischhoff, B., & Davis, W. (1993). Adolescent (in)vulnerability. American Psychologist, 48, 102-116.

Qualls, P. J., & Sheehan, P. W. (1981). Electromyograph biofeedback as a relaxation technique: A critical appraisal and reassessment. Psychological Bulletin, 90, 21-42.

 

 

Racenstein, J. M., Harrow, M., Reed, R., Martin, E., Herbener, E., & Penn, D. L (2002). The relationship between positive symptoms and instrumental work functioning in schizophrenia: A 10-year follow-up study. Schizophrenia Research, 56, 95-103.

Rachman, S. J., & Hodgson, R. J. (1980). Obsessions and compulsions. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Radecki, T. (1989, February-March). On picking good television and film entertainment. NCTV News, 10(1-2), 5.

Rafaeli, A., & Klimoski, R. J. (1983). Predicting sales success through handwriting analysis: An evaluation of the effects of training and handwriting sample content. Journal of Applied Psychology, 68, 212-217.

Ragins, B. R., & Sundstrom, E. (1989). Gender and power in organizations: A longitudinal perspective. Psychological Bulletin, 105, 51-88.

Ragozzino, M. E., & Kesner, R. P. (1996). Learning and memory for taste information: Role of  the agranular insular cortex. Society for Neuroscience Abstracts, 22, 1868.

Rahe, R. H. (1972). Subjects' recent life changes and their near-future illness reports. Annals of Clinical Research, 4, 250-265.

Raichle, M. E. (1987). Images of the brain in action. In R. L. Gregory (Ed.), The Oxford companion to the mind (pp. 347-353). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Raine, A. (1993). The psychopathology of crime: Criminal behavior as a clinical disorder. San Diego, CA: Academic Press.

Rajecki, D. W., Bledsoe, S. B., & Rasmussen, J. L (1991). Successful personal ads: Gender differences and similarities in offers, stipulations, and outcomes. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 12, 457-469.

Ramachandran, V. S., & Blakeslee, S. (1998). Phantoms in the brain. New York: Morrow.

Ramanaiah, N. V., Detwiler, F. R. J., & Byravan, A. (1995). Sex-role orientation and satisfaction with life. Psychological Reports, 77, (3, Pt. 2), 1260-1262.

Ramey, S. L. & Ramey, C. T. (1992). Early educational intervention with disadvantaged children—To what effect? Applied and Preventive Psychology, 1, 131-140.

Ranc, C. S. W., & Macgregor, A. M. C. (1990). Morbidly obese patients' perceptions of social discrimination before and after surgery for obesity. Southern Medical Journal, 83, 1390-1395.

Randall, C. L. (2001). Alcohol and pregnancy: Highlights from three decades of research. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 62, 554-561.

Randi, J. (1981). Science and the chimera. In G. O. Abell & B. Singer (Eds.), Science and the paranormal (pp. 209-222). New York: Scribner's.

Randi, J. (1996, January 15). The 2000 Club. Information available on the World Wide Web at http://www.mamboland.com/randi/randi.html

Rao, S. M., Huber, S. J., & Bornstein, R. A. (1992). Emotional changes with multiple sclerosis and Parkinson's disease. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 60, 369-378.

Rappaport, L. (1993). The treatment of nocturnal enuresis—Where are we now? Pediatrics, 92, 465-466.

Raskin, D. C., Honts, C. R., & Kircher, J. C. (1997). The scientific status of research on the polygraph techniques: The case for polygraph tests. In D. L. Faigman, D. Kaye, M. J. Saks, & J. Sanders (Eds.), Modern scientific evidence: The law and science of expert testimony. St. Paul, MN: West.

Raskin, N. J., & Rogers, C. R. (2001). Person-centered therapy. In R. J. Corsini & D. Wedding (Eds.), Current Psychotherapies (6th ed.). Itasca, IL: Peacock.

Rating the diets. (1993, June). Consumer Reports, 58, 353-357.

Rattray, R. S. (1923). Ashanti. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Rauste-Von Wright, M. (1989) Body image satisfaction in adolescent girls and boys: A longitudinal study. Journal of Youth & Adolescence, 18(1), 71-83.

Ravussin, E., Lillioja, S., Knowler, W., Christin, L., et al. (1988). Reduced rate of energy expenditure as a risk factor for body-weight gain. New England Journal of Medicine, 318, 467-472.

Ravussin, E., Valencia, M. E., Esparza, J., Bennett, P. H., & Schultz, L. O. (1994). Effects of a traditional lifestyle on obesity in Pima Indians. Diabetes Care, 17, 1067-1074.

Ray, O., & Ksir, C. (1990). Drugs, society, and human behavior (5th ed.). St. Louis: Times Mirror/Mosby.

Raygor, A. L., & Raygor, R. D. (1985). Effective reading. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Raygor, A. L., Wark, D., & Raygor R. (1982). Systems for study. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Raygor, R. D. (1973). An exploratory study of perceptual unit size and position in reading. Yearbook of the National Reading Conference.

Raz, S. (1993). Structural cerebral pathology in schizophrenia: Regional or diffuse? Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 102, 445-452.

Rechtschaffen, A., & Bergmann, B. M. (1995). Sleep deprivation in the rat by the disk-over-water method. Behavioural Brain Research, 69, 55-63.

Rechtschaffen, A., Gilliland, M. A., Bergmann, B. M., & Winter, J. B. (1983). Physiological correlates of prolonged sleep deprivation in rats. Science, 221, 182-184.

Reed, J. (1995). Female sexual dysfunction. International Review of Psychiatry, 7(2), 175-182.

Reed, S. K. (2000). Cognition (5th ed.). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Reese, S. (1998, July). Sweet dreams. American Demographics, 20, 33.

Regier, D. A., Boyd, J. H., Burke, J. D., Jr., Rae, D. S., Myers, J. K., Kramer, M., Robins, L. N., George, L. K., Karno, M., & Locke, B. Z. (1988). One-month prevalence of mental disorders in the United States. Archives of General Psychiatry, 45, 977-986.

Regier, D. A., Narrow, W. E., Rae, D. S., Manderscheid, R. W., Locke, B. Z., & Goodwin, F. K. (1993). The de facto U.S. mental and addictive disorders service system: Epidemiologic catchment area prospective 1-year prevalence rates of disorders and services. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50, 85-94.

Rehm, L. P.,  Kaslow, N. J., & Rabin, A. S. (1987). Cognitive and behavioral targets in a self-control therapy program for depression. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 55, 60-67.

Reifman, A. S., Larrick, R. P., & Fein, S. (1991). Temper and temperature on the diamond: The heat-aggression relationship in major league baseball. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 17(5), 580-585.

Reilly, R. (1997, October 6). Ole! Ole! (1997 Ryder Cup golf). Sports Illustrated, 87, 32-35.

Reisner, A. D. (1996). Repressed memories: True and false. Psychological Record, 46(4), 563-579.

Reisner, A. D. (1997). Repressed memories: True and false: Erratum. Psychological Record, 47(1), 2.

Rendall, D., Cheney, D. L., & Seyfarth, R. M.  (2000). Proximate factors mediating "contact" calls in adult female baboons (Papio cynocephalus ursinus) and their infants. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 114, 36-46.

Repetti, R. L.  (1989).  Effects of daily workload on subsequent behavior during marital interactions: The role of social withdrawal and spouse support.  Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 57, 651-659.

Repetti, R. L. (2000). The differential impact of chronic job stress on mothers’ and fathers’ behavior with children. Manuscript in preparation.

Repetti, R. L., & Wood, J. (1997). Effects of daily stress at work on mothers’ interactions with preschoolers. Journal of Family Psychology, 11, 90-108.

Rescorla, R. A. (1968). Probability of shock in the presence and absence of CS in fear conditioning. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 66, 1-5.

Rescorla, R. A. (1988). Pavlovian conditioning: It’s not what you think it is. American Psychologist, 43, 151-160.

Resnick, S. M. (1992). Positron emission tomography in psychiatric illness. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 1, 92-98.

Rest, J. R. (1986). Moral development: Advances in research and theory. New York: Praeger.

Reynolds, S., Stiles, W. B., Barkham, M., & Shapiro, D. A. (1996). Acceleration of changes in session impact during contrasting time-limited psychotherapies. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 64,(3), 577-586.

Rheingold, H. F., Gewirtz, J.L.,  & Ross, H. W. (1959). Social conditioning of vocalization in the infant. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 51, 68-73.

Rice, M. E. (1997). Violent offender research and implications for the criminal justice system. American Psychologist, 52(4), 414-423.

Rice, P. L. (1999). Stress and health (3^rd ed.). Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

Richards, R. J. (1987). Darwin and the emergence of evolutionary theories of mind and behavior. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Richardson, D. W., & Short, R. V. (1978). Time of onset of sperm production in boys. Journal of Biosocial Science, 10 (Suppl. 5), 15-25.

Richardson, J. (1993). The curious case of coins: Remembering the appearance of familiar objects. The Psychologist: Bulletin of the British Psychological Society, 6, 360-366.

Richter, C. P. (1942-1943). Total self regulatory functions in animals and human beings. Harvey Lecture Series, 38, 63-103.

Richter, C. P., Holt, L., & Barelare, B. (1938). Nutritional requirements for normal growth and reproduction in rats studied by the self-selection method. American Journal of Physiology, 122, 734-744.

Rickels, K., Zaninelli, R., McCafferty, J., Bellew, K., Iyengar, M., & Sheehan, D. (2003). Paroxetine treatment of generalized anxiety disorder: A double-blind, placebo-controlled study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 160, 749-756.

Ried, J. B., Patterson, G. R., & Snyder, J. J. (Eds.) (2002). Antisocial behavior in children and adolescents: A developmental analysis and the Oregon model for intervention. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Rieser, P. A., & Underwood, L. E. (1990). Disorders of growth and short stature: Medical overview. In C. S. Holmes (Ed.), Psychoneuroendocrinology: Brain, behavior, and hormonal interactions (pp. 10-16). New York: Springer-Verlag.

Rihmer, Z. (2001). Can better recognition and treatment of depression reduce suicide rates? A brief review. European Psychiatry, 16, 406-409.

Rinn, R. C. (1975). An inexpensive, portable, self-administered source of aversive stimulation: The rubber band. Behavioral Engineering, 3, 39.

Riskind, J. H., Beck, A. T., Berchick, R. J., Brown, G. (1987). Reliability of DSM-III diagnoses for major depression and generalized anxiety disorder using the structured clinical interview for DSM-III. Archives of General Psychiatry, 44, 817-820.

Ritvo, E. R., Freeman, B. J., Mason-Brothers, A., Mo., A., & Ritvo, A. M. (1985). Concordance for the syndrome of autism in 40 pairs of afflicted twins. American Journal of Psychiatry, 142, 74-77.

Rivas-Vazquez, R. A. (2003). Benzodiazepines in contemporary clinical practice. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 34, 424-428.

Robbins, W. J., Brody, S., Hogan, A. G., Jackson, C. M., & Green, C. W. (1928). Growth. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Roberto, L. G. (1983). Issues in diagnosis and treatment of transsexualism. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 12, 445-473.

Roberts, J. E., Gotlib, I. H., & Kassel, J. D. (1996). Adult attachment security and symptoms of depression: The mediating roles of dysfunctional attitudes and low self-esteem. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 310-320.

Roberts, S. B., Savage, J., Coward, W. A., Chew, B., & Lucas, A. (1988). Energy expenditure and intake in infants born to lean and overweight mothers. New England Journal of Medicine, 318, 461-466.

Robins, R. W., Gosling, S., & Craik, K. H. (2000). Trends in psychology: An empirical issue. American Psychologist, 55, 277-278.

Robinson, D. N. (1996) Wild beasts & idle humours: The insanity defense from antiquity to the present. Cambridge, MA: Oxford University Press.

Robinson, L. A., Berman, J. S., & Neimeyer, R. A. (1990). Psychotherapy for the treatment of depression: A comprehensive review of controlled outcome research. Psychological Bulletin, 108, 30-49.

Rochefort, D. A. (1997). From poorhouses to homelessness: Policy analysis and mental health care (2^nd ed.). Westport, CT: Auburn House/Greenwood Publishing Group.

Rodin, J. (1979). Obesity theory and behavior therapy: An uneasy couple? Paper presented at the meeting of the Association for the Advancement of Behavior Therapy.

Rodin, J. (1985). Insulin levels, hunger and food intake: An example of feedback loops in body weight regulation. Health Psychology, 4, 1-18.

Rodin, J. (1986). Aging and health: Effects of the sense of control. Science, 233, 1271-1276.

Rodin, J., & Langer, E. J. (1977). Long-term effects of a control-relevant intervention with the institutionalized aged. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 35(12), 897-902.

Rodin, J., & Wing, R. R. (1988). Behavioral factors in obesity. Diabetes/Metabolism Reviews, 4, 701-725.

Roehrs, T., Beare, D., Zorick, F., & Roth, T. (1994). Sleepiness and ethanol effects on simulated driving. Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research, 18, 154-158.

Rogers, C. R. (1942). Counseling and psychotherapy: Newer concepts in practice. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

Rogers, C. R. (1951). Client-centered therapy: Its current practice, implications and theory. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

Rogers, C. R. (1959). A theory of therapy, personality, and interpersonal relationships, as developed in the client-centered framework. In S. Koch (Ed.), Psychology: A study of science: Vol. 3. Formulations of the person and the social context (pp. 184–256). New York: McGraw-Hill.

Rogers, C. R. (1961). On becoming a person. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

Rogers, C. R. (1980). A way of being. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

Rogers, C. R., & Stevens, B. (1967). Person to person: The problem of being human. New York: Simon & Schuster.

Rogers, P. J., & Hill, A. J. (1989). Breakdown of dietary restraint following mere exposure to food stimuli: Interrelationships between restraint, hunger, salivation, and food intake. Addictive Behaviors, 14, 387-397.

Rogers, R. W. (1983). Cognitive and physiological processes in fear appeals and attitude change: a revised theory of protection motivation. In J. T. Cacioppo & R. E. Petty (Eds.), Social psychophysiology (pp. 153-176). New York: Guilford.

Rogers, R. W., & Prentice-Dunn, S. (1981). Deindividuation and anger-mediated interracial aggression: Unmasking regressive racism. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 41, 63-73.

Rogoff, B., & Morelli, G. (1989). Perspectives on children's development from cultural psychology. American Psychologist, 44, 343–348.

Roid, G. H. (2003). Stanford-Binet Intelligence Scales (5th ed.). Itasca, IL: Riverside Publishing.

Roland, P. E. (1985). Cortical organizations of voluntary behavior in man. Human Neurobiology, 4, 155-167.

Rollin, B. E. (1992). Animal rights and human morality. Buffalo, NY: Prometheus Books.

Romanes, G. J. (1883). Animal intelligence. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Rorschach, H. (1942). Psychodiagnostics. (P. Lemkau & B. Kronenburg, Trans.). Bern, Switzerland: H. Huber. (Original work published 1921)

Rosaldo, M. Z. (1974). Woman, culture, and society: A theoretical overview. In S. M. Rosaldo & L. Lamphere (Eds.), Woman, culture, and society (pp. 17-42). Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Rosch, E. (1973). On the internal structure of perceptual and semantic categories. In T. E. Moore (Ed.), Cognitive development and the acquisition of language. New York: Academic Press.

Roscoe, S. N. (1985). Bigness is in the eye of the beholder. Human Factors, 27(6), 615-636.

Rose, K. J. (1984, February). How animals think. Science Digest, 89, 59-61.

Rose, R. M., Gordon, T. P., & Bernstein, I. S. (1972). Plasma testosterone levels in the male rhesus: Influences of sexual and social stimuli. Science, 178, 643-645.

Rosekrans, M., & Hartup, W. (1967). Imitative influences of consistent and inconsistent response consequences to a model on aggressive behavior in children. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 7, 429-434.

Rosen, B., & Jerdee, T. H. (1995). The persistence of age and sex stereotypes in the 1990s: The influence of age and gender in management decisions. Washington, DC: American Association of Retired Persons, Public Policy Institute.

Rosen, G. M. (1977). The relaxation book. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Rosen, G. M. (1981). Guidelines for the review of do-it-yourself treatment books. Contemporary Psychology, 26, 189-191.

Rosen, G. M. (1987). Self-help treatment books and the commercialization of psychotherapy. American Psychologist, 42, 46-51.

Rosen, G. M. (1993). Self-help or hype? Comments on psychology's failure to advance self-care. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 24, 340-345.

Rosenbaum, R. S., Priselac, S. K., Black, S. E., Gau, R., Nadel, L., & Moscovitch, M. (2000). Remote spatial memory in an amnesiac person with extensive bilateral hippocampal lesions.  Nature Neuroscience, 3, 1044-1048.

Rosenblum, L. A., & Harlow, H. (1963). Approach-avoidance conflict in the mother surrogate situation. Psychological Reports, 12, 83-85.

Rosenfeld, I. (1997, December 7). Get rid of ulcers—for good. Parade Magazine, pp. 10-11.

Rosenhan, D. L. (1973). On being sane in insane places. Science, 179, 250-258.

Rosenhan, D. L. (1975). The contextual nature of psychiatric diagnosis. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 84, 442-452.

Rosenman, R. H., Brand, R. J., Jenkins, C. D., Friedman, M., Straus, R., & Wurm, M. (1975). Coronary heart disease in the Western Collaborative Group Study: Final follow-up experience of 8 1/2 years. Journal of the American Medical Association, 233, 872-877.

Rosenstein, D., & Oster, H. (1988). Differential facial responses to four basic tastes in newborns. Child Development, 59, 1555-1568.

Rosenthal, A. M. (1964). Thirty-eight witnesses: The Kitty Genovese case. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Rosenthal, D. (1970). Genetic theory and abnormal behavior. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Rosenthal, R. (1966). Experimenter effects in behavioral research. New York: Appleton-Century Crofts.

Rosenthal, T. L. (1993). To soothe the savage breast. Behavior Research and Therapy, 31(5), 439-462.

Rosenthal, T. L., & Steffek, B. D. (1991). Modeling methods. In F. H. Kanfer & A. P. Goldstein (Eds.), Helping people change. Elmsford, NY: Pergamon.

Roskos-Ewoldsen, D. R., & Fazio, R. H. (1992). On the orienting value of attitudes: Attitude accessibility as a determinant of an object's attraction of visual attention. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 63, 198-211.

Ross, A. C. (1982). Brain hemispheric functions and the Native American. Journal of American Indian Education, 21(1).

Ross, J., & Lawrence, K. A. (1968). Some observations on memory artifice. Psychonomic Science, 13, 107-108.

Ross, L. M., & Pollio, H. R. (1991). Metaphors of death: A thematic analysis of personal meanings. Omega: Journal of Death and Dying, 23, 291-307.

Rossi, P. J. (1968). Adaptation and negative aftereffect to lateral optical displacement in newly hatched chicks. Science, 160, 430-432.

Roth, L. (1979). Commitment law for patients, doctors, and lawyers. American Journal of Psychiatry, 136, 1121-1127.

Rothbart, M. K., & Ahadi, S. A. (1994). Temperament and the development of personality. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 103, 55-66.

Rothbaum, B. O., Hodges, L. F., Kooper, R., Opdyke, D., et al. (1995). Effectiveness of computer-generated (virtual reality) graded exposure in the treatment of acrophobia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 152(4), 626-628.

Rothbaum, B. O., Hodges, L., Anderson, P. L., Price, L., & Smith, S. (2002). Twelve-month follow-up of virtual reality and standard exposure therapies for fear of flying. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 70, 428-432.

Rothbaum, B. O., Hodges, L., Watson, B. A., Kessler, G. D., et al., (1996). Virtual reality exposure therapy in the treatment of fear of flying: A case report. Behaviour research & therapy, 34(5-6), 477-481.

Rotter, J. B. (1975). Some problems and misconceptions related to the construct of internal versus external control of reinforcement. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 43, 56–67.

Rotton, J. (1990). Individuals under stress. In C. E. Kimble (Ed.). Social psychology: Living with people. New York: W. C. Brown.

Rotton, J., & Cohn, E. G. (2000). Violence as a curvilinear function of temperature in Dallas: A replication. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 78, 1074-1081.

Rotton, J., & Kelly, I. W. (1985). Much ado about the full moon: A meta-analysis of lunar-lunacy research. Psychological Bulletin, 97, 286-306.

Routh, D. K. (1998). Hippocrates meets Democrates: A History of Psychiatry and Clinical Psychology. In A. S. Bellack & M. Hersen (Eds.). Comprehensive clinical psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 1-48). New York: Pergamon Press.

Rovee-Collier, C., Greisler, P. C., & Earley, L. A. (1985). Contextual determinants of retrieval in three-month-old infants. Learning and Motivation, 16, 139-157.

Rowe, W. F. (1993, Winter) Psychic detectives: A critical examination. Skeptical Inquirer, 17, 159-165.

Rowland, L. W. (1939). Will hypnotized persons try to ham themselves or others? Journal of Abnormal and Social Pscychology, 34, 114-117.

Roy, A., DeJong, J., & Linnoila, M. (1989). Extraversion in pathological gamblers: Correlates with indexes of noradrenergic function. Archives of General Psychiatry, 46, 679-681.

Roy, M-A., Neale, M. C., Pedersen, N. L., Mathe, A. A., & Kendler, K. S. (1995). A twin study of generalized anxiety disorder and major depression. Psychological Medicine, 25, 1037-1049.

Rozin, P. (1976). The selection of food by rats, humans, and other animals. In J. Rosenblatt, R. A. Hinde, D. Beer, & E. Shaw (Eds.), Advances in the study of behavior, Vol. 6. New York: Academic Press.

Rozin, P. (1982). "Taste-smell confusions" and the duality of the olfactory sense. Perception & Psychophysics, 31, 397-401.

Rozin, P., & Kalat, J. W. (1971). Specific hungers and poison avoidance as adaptive specializations of learning. Psychological Review, 78, 459-486.

Rubin, J. Z., Provezano, F. J., & Luria, Z. (1974). The eye of the beholder: Parents' view on sex of newborns. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 44, 512-519.

Rubin, Z. (1970). Measurement of romantic love. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 16, 265-273.

Ruchlis, H. (1990). Clear thinking: A practical introduction. Buffalo, NY: Prometheus Books.

Rush, B. (1812). Medical inquiries and observations, upon the diseases of the mind. Philadelphia: Kimber & Richardson.

Rushton, J. P. (1981). The altruistic personality. In J. P. Rushton & R. M. Sorrentino (Eds.), Altruism and helping behavior (pp. 251-266). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Rushton, J. P. (1989). Genetic similarity, human altruism, and group selection. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 12, 503-559.

Rushton, J. P., & Ankney, C. D. (1996). Brain size and cognitive ability: Correlations with age, sex, social class, and race. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 3.

Rushton, J. P., Fulker, D. W., Neale, M. C., Nias, D. K. B., & Eysenck, H. J. (1986). Altruism and aggression: The heritability of individual differences. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 1192-1198.

Russell, M. J. (1976). Human olfactory communication. Nature, 260, 520-522.

Rutter, M. (1979). Separation experiences: A new look at an old topic. Journal of Pediatrics, 95, 147-154.

Rzewnicki, R., & Forgays, D. G. (1987). Recidivism and self-cure of smoking and obesity: An attempt to replicate. American Psychologist, 42, 97-100.

 

 

Sackeim, H. A., Prudic, J. Devanand, D. P., Nobler, M. S., Lisanby, S. H., Peyser, S., et al. (2000). A prospective, randomized, double-blind comparison of bilateral and right unilateral electroconvulsive therapy at different stimulus intensities. Archives of General Psychiatry, 57, 425-434.

Sackett, P. R. (1994). Integrity testing for personnel selection. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 3, 73-76.

Sacks, O. (1985). The man who mistook his wife for a hat: And other clinical tales. New York: Summit Books.

Sacks, O. (1995). An anthropologist on Mars: Seven paradoxical tales. New York: Knopf.

Saegert, S., Swap, W., & Zajonc, R. B. (1973). Exposure, context, and interpersonal attraction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 25, 234-243.

Sahakian, B. (1987). Anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa. In R. L. Gregory (Ed.), The oxford companion to the mind (pp. 28-29). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Sahley, C. L., Gelperin, A., & Rudy, J. W. (1981). One-trial associative learning modifies food odor preferences of a terrestrial mollusc. Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, 78, 640-642.

Salovey, P., & Mayer, J. D. (1990). Emotional intelligence. Imagination, Cognition, and Personality, 9, 185-211.

Sample, J., & Warland (1973). Attitude and prediction of behavior. Social Forces, 51, 292-304.

Sapirstein, G., & Kirsch, I. (1996). Listening to Prozac, but hearing placebo? A meta-analysis of the placebo effect of antidepressant medication. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the American Psychological Association, Toronto, Canada.

Sapolsky, B. S., & Tabarlet, J. O. (1991). Sex in primetime television: 1979 versus 1989. Journal of Broadcasting and Electronic Media, 35, 505-516.

Sapp, M. (1994). The effects of guided imagery on reducing the worry and emotionality components of test anxiety. Journal of Mental Imagery, 18, 165-179.

Sarafino, E. P. (1990). Health psychology: Biopsychosocial interactions. New York: Wiley.

Sarafino, E. P., & Goehring, P. (2000). Age comparisons in acquiring biofeedback control and success in reducing headache pain. Annals of Behavioral Medicine, 22, 1-9.

Savage-Rumbaugh, E. S. (1993). Language learnability in man, ape, and dolphin. In H. L. Roitblat, L. M. Herman, & P. E. Nachtigall (Eds.), Language and communication: Comparative perspectives. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Savage-Rumbaugh, S., & Lewin, R. (1994). Kanzi: The ape at the brink of the human mind. New York: Wiley.

Savage-Rumbaugh, S., Shanker, S., & Taylor, T. (1996). Apes, language, and the human mind. New York: Oxford University Press.

Savitsky, J. C., & Lindblom, W. D. (1986). The impact of the guilty but mentally ill verdict on juror decisions: An empirical analysis. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 16, 686-701.

Sax, L. J., Astin, A. W., Korn, W. S., & Mahoney, K. M. (1996). The American freshman: National norms for Fall 1996. Los Angeles, CA: Higher Education Research Institute, UCLA.

Saxe, L. (1994). Detection of deception: Polygraph and integrity tests. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 3, 69-73.

Saxe, L., Dougherty, D., & Cross, T. (1985). The validity of polygraph testing. American Psychologist, 40, 355-366.

Saxena, S., & Prasad, K. (1989). DSM-III subclassifications of dissociative disorders applied to psychiatric outpatients in India. American Journal of Psychiatry, 146, 261-262.

Scarborough, E. (1990). Margaret Floy Washburn, 1871-1939. In A. N. O'Connell & N. F. Russo (Eds.), Women in psychology: A bio-bibliographical sourcebook (pp. 342-349). New York: Greenwood Press.

Scarr, S. (1986). Mother care / other care. New York: Basic Books.

Scarr, S. (1989). Protecting general intelligence: Constructs and consequences for interventions. In R. J. Linn (Ed.), Intelligence: Measurement, theory, and public policy. Champaign: University of Illinois Press.

Scarr, S., & Weinberg, R. A. (1986). The early childhood enterprise: Care and education of the young. American Psychologist, 41, 1140-1146.

Schab, F. R. (1990). Odors and the remembrance of things past. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 16, 648-655.

Schab, F. R. (1991). Odor memory: Taking stock. Psychological Bulletin, 109, 242-251.

Schachter, D. L. (1992). Understanding implicit memory: A cognitive neuroscience approach. American Psychologist, 47, 559-569.

Schachter, D. L. (1996). Searching for memory: The brain, the mind, and the past. New York: Basic Books.

Schachter, D. L., Reiman, E., Curran, T., Yun, L. S., Bandy, D., McDermott, K. B., Roediger, H. L., III (1996). Neuroanatomical correlates of veridical and illusory recognition memory: Evidence from positron emission tomography. Neuron, 17, 267-274.

Schachter, S. (1978). Pharmacological and psychological determinants of smoking. In R. E. Thornton (Ed.), Smoking behaviour: Physiological and psychological influences (pp. 208-228). Edinburgh Scotland: Churchill-Livingstone.

Schachter, S., & Singer, J. E. (1962). Cognitive, social, and physiological determinants of emotional state. Psychological Review, 69, 379-399.

Schachter, S., & Wheeler, L. (1962). Epinephrine, chlorpromazine and amusement. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 65, 121-128.

Schafer, M. & Crichlow, S. (1996). Antecedents of groupthink: A quantitative study. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 40(3), 415-435.

Schaie, K. W. (1988). Ageism in psychological research. American Psychologist, 43(3), 179-183.

Schaie, K. W. (1994). The course of adult intellectual development. American Psychologist, 49(4), 304-313.

Schatzman, M., Worsley, A., & Fenwick, P. (1988). Correspondence during lucid dreams between dreamed and actual events. In J. Gackenbach & S. LaBerge (Eds.), Conscious mind, sleeping brain. New York: Plenum.

Scheff, T. J. (1975). Labeling madness. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Scheier, M. F., & Carver, C. S. (1992). Effects of optimism on psychological and physical well-being: Theoretical overview and empirical update. Cognitive Therapy and Research, 16, 201-228.

Schein, E. H., Hill, W. F., Lubin, A., & Williams, H. L. (1957). Distinguishing characteristics of collaborators and resistors among American prisoners of war. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 55, 197-201.

Scheufele, P. M. (2000). Effects of progressive relaxation and classical music on measurements of attention, relaxation, and stress responses. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 23, 207-228.

Schildkraut, J. (1965). The catecholamine hypothesis of affective disorders: A review of supporting evidence. American Journal of Psychiatry, 122, 509-522.

Schlenger, W. E., Caddell, J. M., Ebert, L., Jordan, B. K., Rourke, K. M., Wilson, D., et al. (2002). Psychological reactions to terrorist attacks: Findings from the National Study of Americans' Reactions to September 11. Journal of the American Medical Association, 288, 581-588.

Schlossberg, N. K. (1984). Exploring the adult years. In A. M. Rogers & C. J. Scheirer (Eds.), The G. Stanley Hall lecture series (Vol. 4, pp. 105-154). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Schnall, S., & Laird, J. D. (2003). Keep smiling: Enduring effects of facial expressions and postures on emotional experience and memory. Cognition & Emotion, 17, 787-797.

Schneider, B. H. (1987). The gifted child in peer group perspective. New York: Springer-Verlag

Schneider, R., Costiloe, J., Howard, R., & Wolf, S. (1958). Olfactory perception thresholds in hypogonadal women: Changes accompanying administration of androgen and estrogen. Journal of Clinical Endocrinology, 18, 379-390.

Schneidman, E. S. (1976). Death work and stages of dying. In E. S. Schneidman (Ed.), Death: Current perspectives (pp. 443-451). Palo Alto, CA: Mayfield.

Schok, K., & Samuels, C. A. (1992). Neonatal bathing and massage intervention with fathers, behavioural effects 12 weeks after birth of the first baby. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 15(1), 67-81.

Schott, R. (1995). The childhood and family dynamics of transvestites. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 24, 309-327.

Schreiber. F. (1974). Sybil. New York: Warner.

Schuerger, J. M. (1992). The Sixteen Personality Factor Questionnaire and its junior versions. Journal of Counseling and Development, 71, 231–244.

Schultes, R. E. (1976). Hallucinogenic plants. New York: Golden Press.

Schultz, D. (1981). A history of modern psychology (3rd ed.). New York: Academic Press.

Schultz, D. P., & Schultz, S. E. (1996). A history of modern psychology (6th ed.). Fort Worth, TX: Harcourt Brace.

Schulz, R., Musa, D., Staszewski, J., & Siegler, R. S. (1994). The relationship between age and major league baseball performance: Implications for development. Psychology and Aging, 9, 274-286.

Schuman, H., & Johnson, M. P. (1976). Attitudes and behavior: Annual Review of Sociology, 2, 161-207.

Schutte, N. S., Malouff, J. M., Post-Gordon, J. C., & Rodasta, A. L. (1988). Effects of playing video games on children's aggressive and other behaviors. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 18, 454-460.

Schwartz, L. L. (1991). The historical dimension of cultic techniques of persuasion and control. Cultic Studies Journal, 8(1). 37-45.

Schwartz, M. W., Woods, S. C., Porte, D., Jr., Seeley, R. J., & Baskin, D. G. (2000). Central nervous system control of food intake. Nature, 404, 661-671.

Schwartzwald, J., & Amir, Y. (1984). Interethnic relations and education: An Israeli perspective. In N. Miller & M. B. Brewer (Eds.), Groups in contact: The psychology of desegregation (pp. 53-76). Orlando, FL: Academic Press.

Schwarz, N., Strack, F., Kommer, D., & Wagner, D. (1987). Soccer, rooms, and the quality of your life: Mood effects on judgments of satisfaction with life in general and with specific domains. European Journal of Social Psychology, 17, 69-79.

Sclafani, A.  (1995). How food preferences are learned: Laboratory animal models. Proceedings of the Nutrition Society, 54, 419-427.

Sclafani, A., & Springer, D. (1976). Dietary obesity in adult rats: Similarities to hypothalamic and human obesity syndromes. Psychology and Behavior, 17, 461-471.

Scott, J. M. (1969). The white poppy: A history of opium. New York: Funk & Wagnalls.

Scott, J. P., & Ginsburg, B. E. (1994). The Seville statement on violence revisited. American Psychologist, 49(10), 849-850.

Scott, T. R. (1998, August). Taste and Eating. Paper presented at the American Psychological Association 106th Annual Convention, San Francisco, CA.

Scribner, S. 1977). Modes of thinking and ways of thinking: Culture and logic reconsidered. In P. N. Johnson-Laird & P. C. Wasson (Eds.), Thinking: Readings in cognitive science (pp. 483-500). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Scull, A. (1993). The most solitary of afflictions: Madness and society in Britain, 1700-1900. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press.

Seamon, G., & Gazzaniga, M. S. (1973). Coding strategies and cerebral laterality effects. Cognitive Psychology, 5, 249-256.

Searle, J. (1992). The rediscovery of the mind. Cambridge, MA: MIT/Bradford Books.

Sears, R. R., Maccoby, E. E., & Levin, H. (1957). Patterns of child rearing. Evanston, IL: Row, Peterson.

Segall, M. H., Campbell, D. T., & Herskovits, M. J. (1966). The influence of culture on visual perception. Indianapolis, IN: Bobbs-Merrill.

Segall, M. H., Dasen, P. R., Berry, J. W., & Poortinga, Y. H. (1990). Human behavior in global perspective: An introduction to cross-cultural psychology. New York: Pergamon.

Seibert, P. S., & Ellis, H. C. (1991). Irrelevant thoughts, emotional mood states, and cognitive task performance. Memory and Cognition, 19, 507-513.

Seiden, R. (1978). Where are they now? A follow-up study of suicide attempters from the Golden Gate Bridge. Suicide and Life-Threatening Behavior, 8, 203-216.

Seidenberg, M. S., & Petitto, L. A. (1979). Signing behavior in apes: A critical review. Cognition, 7, 177-215.

Seidler, R. D., Purushothan, A., Kim, S.-G, Ugurbil, K., Willingham, D., & Ashe, J. (2002). Cerebellum activation associated with performance change but no motor learning. Science, 296, 2043-2046.

Seifer, R., Schiller, M., Sameroff, A., Resnick, S., & Riordan, K. (1996). Attachment, maternal sensitivity, and infant temperament during the first year of life. Developmental Psychology, 32, 12-25.

Seigel, S. (1983). Classical conditioning, drug tolerance, and drug dependence. In R. G. Smart, F. B. Glaser, Y. Israel, H. Kalant, R. E. Popham, & W. Schmidt (Eds.), Research advances in alcohol and drug problems (Vol. 7, pp. 207-246). New York: Plenum.

Sekuler, R., & Blake, R. (1994). Perception (3rd ed.). New York: Knopf.

Sekuler, R., & Blake, R. (2001). Perception (4th ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.

Selfridge, O. G. (1955). Pandemonium: A paradigm for learning. In D. V. Blake & A. M. Uttley (Eds.), Proceedings of the symposium on the mechanization of thought processes (pp. 511-529). London: Her Majesty's Stationery Office.

Seligman, J., & King, P. (1996, February 26). Roofies: The date rape drug. Newsweek, 54.

Seligman, M. E. P. (1971). Phobias and preparedness. Behavior Therapy, 2, 307-320.

Seligman, M. E. P. (1972). For helplessness: Can we immunize the weak? In Readings in psychology today (2nd ed.). Del Mar, CA: CRM.

Seligman, M. E. P. (1975). Helplessness: On depression, development, and death. San Francisco: Freeman.

Seligman, M. E. P. (1989). Helplessness. New York: Freeman.

Seligman, M. E. P. (1991). Learned optimism. New York: Knopf.

Seligman, M. E. P. (1994). What you can change and what you can't: The complete guide to successful self-improvement. New York: Knopf.

Seligman, M. E. P. (1995). The effectiveness of psychotherapy: The Consumer Reports study. American Psychologist, 50, 965-974.

Seligman, M. E. P. (1998, December). Why therapy works. APA Monitor, 29, 2.

Seligman, M. E. P.,  & Yellen, A. (1987). What is a dream? Behavior Research and Therapy, 25, 1-24.

Seligman, M. E. P., & Csikszentmihalyi, M. (2000). Positive psychology: An introduction. American Psychologist, 55, 5-14.

Selmi, P. M., Klein, M. H., Greist, J. H., & Sorrell, P. (1990). Computer-administered cognitive-behavioral therapy for depresssion. American Journal of Psychiatry, 147, 51-56.

Selye, H. (1956). The Stress of Life. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Selye, H. (1974). Stress without distress. Philadelphia: Lippincott.

Selye, H. (1976). Stress in health and disease. Boston: Butterworth.

Selye, H. (1976). The Stress of Life (Rev. ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill.

Service, R. F. (1994). Will a new type of drug make memory-making easier? Science, 226, 218-219.

Sevcik, R. A., & Savage-Rumbaugh, E. S. (1994). Language comprehension and use by great apes. Language and Communication, 14, 37-58.

Shader, R. I. (Ed.). (1994). Manual of psychiatric therapeutics (2nd ed.). Boston: Little, Brown.

Shader, R. I., & Greenblatt, D. J. (1993). Use of benzodiazepines in anxiety disorders. New England Journal of Medicine, 328, 1398-1405.

Shader, R. I., Greenblatt, D. J., & Balter, M. B. (1991). Appropriate use and regulatory control of benzodiazepines. Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology, 31, 781-784.

Shadish, W. R., Matt, G. E., Navarro, A. M., & Phillips, G. (2000). The effects of psychological therapies under clinically representative conditions: A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 126, 512-529.

Shaffer, J. B., & Galinsky, M. D. (1989). Models of group therapy. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Shafton, A. (1995). Dream reader. Albany, NY: SUNY Press.

Shapiro, D. H., & Walsh, R. N. (Eds.) (1984). Meditation: Classic and contemporary perspectives. New York: Aldine.

Shapiro, K. L. (1991, July). Use morality as basis for animal treatment. APA Monitor, p. 5.

Sharpe, L. T., & Nordby, K. (1989). Total color-blindness: An introduction. In R. F. Hess, L. T. Sharpe, & K. Nordby (Eds.), Night vision: Basic, clinical and applied aspects. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Shatz, C. J. (1992). The developing brain. Scientific American, 267(3), 60-67.

Shavit, Y., Terman, G. W., Martin, F. C., Lewis, J. W., Liebeskind, J. C., & Gale, R. P. (1985). Stress, opioid peptides, the immune system, and cancer. Journal of immunology, 135, 434S-837S.

Shaywitz, S. E., Shaywitz, B. A., Fletcher, J. M., & Escobar, M. D. (1990). Prevalence of reading disability in boys and girls. Journal of the American Medical Association, 246, 998-1002.

Shepard, R. N., & Podgorny, P. (1978). Cognitive processes that resemble perceptual processes. In W. K. Estes (Ed.), Handbook of learning and cognitive processes (pp. 189-237). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Shephard, R. J. (1997). Aging, physical activity, and health. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.

Shepherd, N. (1993). A price below rubies: Jewish women as rebels and radicals. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Sher K. J., & Trull, T. J. (1994). Personality and disinhibitory psychopathology: Alcoholism and antisocial personality disorder. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 103, 92-102.

Sherfey, M. J. (1966). The evolution and nature of female sexuality in relation to psychoanalytic theory. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 14, 28-128.

Sherif, M., Harvey, O. J., White, B. J., Hood, W. R., & Sherif, C. W. (1961). Intergroup conflict and cooperation: The Robber's Cave experiment. Normal, OK: University of Oklahoma Press.

Sherry, D. F., & Vaccarino, A. L. (1989). Hippocampus and memory for food caches in black-capped chickadees. Behavioral Neuroscience, 103, 308-318.

Shields, S. A. (1975). Functionalism, Darwinism, and the psychology of women: A study in social myth. American Psychologist, 30, 739-754.

Shneidman, E. S. (1987). Psychological approaches to suicide. In VandenBos, G. R. & Bryant, B. K. (Eds.), Cataclysms, crises, and catastrophes: Psychology in action. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Shneidman, E. S. (1992). A conspectus of the suicidal scenario. In R. W. Maris, A. L. Berman, J. T. Maltsberger, & R. I. Yufit (Eds.), Assessment and prediction of suicide (pp. 50-64). New York: Guilford Press.

Shontz, F. C., & Green, P. (1992). Trends in research on the Rorschach: Review and recommendations. Applied and Preventive Psychology, 1, 149–156.

Short, R. (1979). Sexual selection and its component parts, somatic and genital selection, as illustrated by man and the great apes. Advances in the Study of Behavior, 9, 131-158.

Shorter, E. (1997). A history of psychiatry. New York: Wiley.

Shotland, R. L., & Heinold, W. D. (1985). Bystander response to arterial bleeding: Helping skills, the decision-making process, and differentiating the helping responses. Journal of Personality and Social Psycology, 49, 347-356.

Shurkin, J. S. (1992). Terman’s kids: The groundbreaking study of how the gifted grow up. Boston, MA: Little, Brown.

Siau, K. L. (1996). Group creativity and technology. Journal of Creative Behavior, 29(3), 201-216.

Siebert, S. E., & Kraimer, J. L. (2001). The five-factor model of personality and career success. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 58, 1-21.

Siegal, S. (1991). Feedforward processes in drug tolerance. In R. G. Lister & H. J. Weingartner (Eds.), Perspectives in cognitive neuroscience (pp. 405-416). New York: Oxford University Press.

Siegal, S., & Ellsworth, D. W. (1986). Pavlovian conditioning and death from apparent overdose of medically prescribed morphine: A case report. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 24, 278-280.

Siegel, A. B. (1991). Dreams that can change your life. Los Angeles: Jeremy Tarcher.

Siegel, J. M. (2001) The REM sleep-memory consolidation hypothesis. Science, 294, 1058-1063.

Siegel, L. S., & Hodkin, B. (1982). The garden path to the understanding of cognitive development: Has Piaget led us into the poison ivy? In S. Modgil & C. Midgil (Eds.), Jean Piaget: Consensus and controversy. New York: Praeger.

Siegel, R. K. (1989). Intoxication: Life in pursuit of artificial paradise. New York: Dutton.

Siegel, S. (1984). Pavlovian conditioning and heroin overdose: Reports by overdose victims. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 22, 428-430.

Siegel, S., Hinson, R. E., Krank, M. D., & McCully, J. (1982, April 23). Heroin “overdose” death: Contribution of drug-associated environmental cues. Science, 216, 436-437.

Siegler, M., & Osmond, H. (1976). Models of madness. New York: Harper & Row.

Siegler, R. S. (1996). Emerging minds: The process of change in children's thinking. New York: Oxford University Press.

Sigman, M. (1995). Current research findings on childhood autism. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 40(6), 289-294.

Silva, A. J., Stevens, C. F., Tonegawa, S., & Wang, Y. (1992). Deficient hippocampal long-term potentiation in alpha-calcium-calmodulin kinase II mutant mice. Science, 257, 201-206.

Silver, E., Cirincione, C., & Steadman, H. J. (1994). Demythologizing inaccurate perceptions of the insanity defense. Law and Human Behavior, 18(1), 63-70.

Silverman, I. (1987). Inclusive fitness and ethnocentrism. In V. Reynolds, V. Falger, & I. Vine, (Eds.), The sociobiology of ethnocentrism (pp. 112-117). London: Croom Helm.

Silvern, S. B., & Williamson, P. A. (1987). The effects of video game play on young children's aggression, fantasy, and prosocial behavior. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 8(4), 453-462.

Simmons, J. A. (1989). A view of the world through the bat's ear: The formation of acoustic images in echolocation. Cognition, 33, 155-199.

Simonton, D. K. (1988). Age and outstanding achievement: What do we know after a century of research? Psychological Bulletin, 104(2), 251-267.

Simonton, D. K. (1992). The social context of career success and course for 2,026 scientists and inventors. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 18, 452-463.

Simonton, D. K. (2002). Creativity. In C. R. Snyder & S. J. Lopez (Eds.), The handbook of positive psychology (pp. 189-201). New York: Oxford University Press.

Simpson, S. G., McMahon, F. J., McInnis, M. G., MacKinnon, D. F., Edwin, D., Folstein, S. E., et al. (2002). Diagnostic reliability of bipolar II disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, 736-740.

Sims, E. A. (1974). Studies in human hyperphagia. In G. Bray & J. Bethune (Eds.), Treatment and management of obesity. New York: Harper & Row.

Sinclair, T. (1997, Sept. 12). Patty Hearst turns Symbionese. Entertainment Weekly, 396, 152.

Singer, C. & Underwood, E. A. (1962). A short history of medicine (2nd ed.). Oxford.

Singer, L. T., Arendt, R., Minnes, S., Farkas, K., Salvator, A., Kirchner, H. L., & Kliegman, R. (2002). Cognitive and motor outcomes of cocaine-exposed infants. Journal of the Aerican Medical Assocation, 287, 1952-1960.

Singer, M. & Berg, P. (1991). Genes and genomes: A changing perspective. Mill Valley, CA: University Science Books.

Singer, M. T., & Addis, M. E. (1992). Cults, coercion, and contumely. Cultic Studies Journal, 9(1), 116-123.

Singer, P. (1990). Animal Liberation (2nd ed.) New York: New York Review of Books.

Singh, D. (1995). Female health, attractiveness, and desirability for relationships: Role of breast asymmetry and waist-to-hip ratio. Ethology and Sociobiology, 16, 465-481.

Sirkin, M. I. (1990). Cult involvement: A systems approach to assessment and treatment. Psychotherapy, 27(1), 116-123.

Sistrunk, F., & McDavid, J. W. (1971). Sex variables in conforming behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 17, 200-217.

Sivacek, J., & Crano, W. D. (1982). Vested interest as a moderator of attitude-behavior consistency. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 43, 210-221.

Sjöstrum, L. (1980). Fat cells and body weight. In A. J. Strunkard (Ed.), Obesity. Philadelphia: Saunders.

Skinner, B. F. (1933). The rate of establishment of a discrimination. Journal of General Psychology, 9, 302-350.

Skinner, B. F. (1937). Two types of conditioned reflex: A reply to Konorski and Miller. Journal of General Psychology, 16, 272-279.

Skinner, B. F. (1938). The behavior of organisms: An experimental analysis. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.

Skinner, B. F. (1948). “Superstition in the pigeon. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 38, 168-172.

Skinner, B. F. (1950). Are theories of learning necessary? Psychological Review, 57, 193–216.

Skinner, B. F. (1953). The science of human behavior. New York: Free Press.

Skinner, B. F. (1956). A case history in scientific method. American Psychologist, 11, 221-233.

Skinner, B. F. (1957). Verbal behavior. Englewood Cliffs: NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Skinner, B. F. (1967). B. F. Skinner . . . An Autobiography. In E. G. Boring & G. Lindzey (Eds.), A history of psychology in autobiography (Vol. 5). New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts.

Skinner, B. F. (1984). The evolution of behavior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 41, 217-221.

Skinner, B. F. (1990). Can psychology be a science of the mind? American Psychologist, 45, 1206-1210.

Slaby, A. E., Garfinkel, B. D., & Garfinkel, L. F. (1994). No one say my pain. New York: Norton.

Slaby, R. (1974). Verbal regulation of aggression and altruism. In J. De Wit & W. Hartup (Eds.), Determinants and origins of aggressive behavior. The Hague: Mouton Press.

Slavin, R. E., & Braddock, J. H. III (1993, Summer). Ability grouping: On the wrong track. The college Board Review, pp. 11-18.

Slife, B. D., & Reber, J. S. (2001). Eclecticism in psychotherapy: Is it really the best substitute for traditional theories? In B. D. Slife, R. N. Williams, & S. H. Barlow (Eds.), Critical issues in psychotherapy (pp. 213-234). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Sloane, R. B., Staples, F. R., Christol, A. H., Yorkston, N. J., & Whipple, K. (1975). Psychotherpy versus behavior therapy. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Slobin, D. I. (1971). Psycholinguistics. Glenview, IL: Scott, Foresman.

Slobin, D. I. (1973). Cognitive prerequisites for the development of grammar. In C. A. Ferguson & D. I. Slobin (Eds.), Studies of child development. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.

Slotkin, T. A., Lappi, S. E., McCook, E. C., Lorber, B. A., & Siedler, F. J. (1995). Loss of neonatal hypoxia tolerance after prenatal nicotine exposure: Implications for Sudden Infant Death Syndrome. Brain Research Bulletin, 38, 69-75.

Slowman, L. (1977). The role of attractiveness and mate selection in phylogenetics. Biological Psychiatry, 12, 487-493.

Small, S. A., Zeldin, R. S., & Savin-Williams, R. C. (1983). In search of personality traits: A multimethod analysis of naturally occurring prosocial and dominance behavior. Journal of Personality, 51, 1–16.

Smith, C., & Wong, P. T. P. (1991). Paradoxical sleep increases predict successful learning in a complex operant task. Behavioral Neuroscience, 105, 282-288.

Smith, D. (2003). Angry thoughts, at-risk hearts. Monitor on Psychology, 34, 46.

Smith, E., & Mackie, D. (2000). Social Psychology. Philadelphia: Taylor & Francis.

Smith, J. C. (1986). Meditation, biofeedback, and the relaxation controversy: A cognitive-behavioral perspective. American Psychologist, 41, 1007-1009.

Smith, M. L., & Glass, G. V. (1977). Meta-analysis of psychotherapy outcome studies. American Psychologist, 32, 752-760.

Smith, M. L., & Milner, B. (1981). The role of the right hippocampus in the recall of spatial location. Neuropsychologia, 19, 781-793.

Smith, M. L., Glass, G. V., & Miller, R. L. (1980). The benefits of psychotherapy. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press.

Smith, P. F. (1995). Cannabis and the brain. New Zealand Journal of Psychology, 24, 5-12.

Smith, P. Magaro, P., & Pederson, S. (1983). Clinical types in a normal population: Concurrent and construct validity. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 39, 498–506.

Smith, S. M., Glenberg, A. M., & Bjork, R. A. (1978). Environmental context and human memory. Memory & Cognition, 6, 342-355.

Smith, T. W., I Ruiz, J. M. (2002). Psychosocial influences on the development and course of coronary heart disease: Current status and implications for research and practice. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 70, 548-568.

Smith, T. W., Limon, J. P., Gallo, L. C., & Ngu, L. Q. (1996). Interpersonal control and cardiovascular reactivity: Goals, behavioral expression, and the moderating effects of sex. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 70, 1012-1024.

Smith, V. L., Kassin, S. M., & Ellsworth, P. C. (1989). Eyewitness accuracy and confidence: Within- versus between-subjects correlations. Journal of Applied Psychology, 74(2), 356-359.

Snarey, J. R. (1985). Cross-cultural universality of social-moral development: A critical review of Kohlbergian research. Psychological Bulletin, 97, 202-233.

Snodgrass, S. E. (1985). Women's intuition: The effect of subordinate role on interpersonal sensitivity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 49, 146-155.

Snodgrass, S. E., Hecht, M. A., & Ploutz-Snyder, R. (1998). Interpersonal sensitivity: Expressivity or perceptivity? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 74, 238-249.

Snow, M. E., Jacklin, C. N., & Maccoby, E. (1983). Sex-of-child differences in father-child interaction at one year of age. Child Development, 54, 227-232.

Snyder, C. R., & Shenkel, R. J. (1975, March). The P. T. Barnum effect. Psychology Today, 52–54).

Snyder, S. H. (1972). Catecholamines in the brain as mediators of amphetamine psychosis. Archives of General Psychiatry, 27, 169-179.

Snyder, S. H. (1977). Opiate receptors and internal opiates. Scientific American, 236, 44-56.

Snyder, S. H. (1985, October). The molecular basis of communication between cells. Scientific American, 253, 132-141.

Snyder, S. H. (1986). Drugs and the brain. New York: Scientific American Library.

Solomon, D. A., Keitner, G. I., Miller, I. W., Shea, M. T., & Keller, M. B. (1995). Course of illness and maintenance treatments for patients with bipolar disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 56, 5-13.

Solomon, M. (1987, December). Standard issue. Psychology Today, pp. 30-31.

Sommer, R., Wynes, M., & Brinkley, G. (1992). Social facilitation effects in shopping behavior. Environment and Behavior, 24, 285-297.

Sonenstein, F. L. (1992). Condom use. Science, 257, 861.

Sonnad, S. S., Moyer, C. A., Patel, S., Helman, J. I., Garetz, S. L., & Chervin, R. D. (2003). A model to facilitate outcome assessment of obstructive sleep apnea. International Journal of Technology Assessment in Health Care, 19, 253-260.

Sowell, E. R., Trauner, D. A., Gamst, A., & Jernigan, T. L. (2002), Development of cortical and subcortical brain structures in childhood and adolescence: A structural MRI study. Developmental Medicine & Neurology, 44, 4-16.

Spangenberg, J. J., & Lategan, T. P. (1993). Coping, androgyny, and attributional style. South Aftican Journal of Psychology, 23(4), 195-203.

Spanos, N. P. (1982). A social psychological approach to hypnotic behavior. In G. Weary & H. L. Mirels (Eds.), Integrations of clinical and social psychology. New York: Oxford.

Spanos, N. P. (1996). Multiple identities and false memories: A sociocognitive perspective. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Spanos, N. P., Burgess, C. A., Roncon, V., Wallace-Capretta, S., & Cross, P. (1993). Surreptitiously observed hypnotic responding in simulators and in skill-trained and untrained high hypnotizables. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 65, 391-398.

Spanos, N. P., DeGroot, H. P., Tiller, D. K., Weeks, J. R., & Bertrand, L. D. (1985). Trance logic, duality, and hidden observer responding in hypnotic, imagination control, and simulating subjects: A social psychological analysis. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 94, 611-623.

Spanos, N. P., Menary, E., Gabora, N. J., DuBreuil, S. C., & Dewhirst, B. (1991). Secondary identity enactments during hypnotic past-life regression: A sociocognitive perspective. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 61, 308-320.

Spear, N. E. (1978). The processing of memories: Forgetting and retention. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Spear, N. E. (1979). Experimental analysis of infantile amnesia. In J. E. Kihlstrom, & F. J. Evans (Eds.), Functional disorders of memory. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Spearman, C. (1904). "General intelligence," objectively determined and measured. American Journal of Psychology, 15, 201-293.

Spector, I. P., & Carey, M. P. (1990). Incidence and prevalence of the sexual dysfunctions: A critical review of the empirical literature. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 19, 389-408.

Spector, P. E. (2002). Employee control and occupational stress. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 11, 133-136.

Spector, P. E. (2003). Industrial & organizational psychology: Research and practice (3rd ed.). New York: Wiley.

Speltz, M. L., Greenberg, M. T., & Deklyen, M. (1990). Attachment in preschoolers with disruptive behavior: A comparison of clinic-referred and nonproblem children. Developmental Psychopathology, 2, 31-46.

Sperling, G. (1960). The information available in brief visual presentations. Psychological Monographs, 74(498).

Sperry, R. W. (1956, May). The eye and brain. Scientific American, pp. 48-52.

Sperry, R. W. (1968). Hemisphere disconnection and unity in conscious awareness. American Psychologist, 23, 723-733.

Spitzer, R. L., & Fleiss, J. L. (1974). A reanalysis of the reliability of psychiatric diagnosis. British Journal of Psychiatry, 125, 341-347.

Sporer, S. L., Siegfried, L., Penrod, S., Read, D., & Cutler, B. (1995) Choosing, confidence, and accuracy: A meta-analysis of the confidence-accuracy relation in eyewitness identification studies. Psychological Bulletin, 118, 315-327.

Springer, S. P., & Deutsch, G. (1993). Left brain, right brain. New York: Freeman.

Springer, S. P., & Deutsch, G. (1997). Left brain, right brain (5th ed.). San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.

Sprito, A., Overholser, J. C., & Stark, L. J. (1989). Common problems and coping strategies: II. Findings with adolescent suicide attempters. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 17, 213-221.

Squire, L. & Slater, P. C. (1983). Electroconvulsive therapy and complaints of memory dysfunction: A prospective three-year follow-up study. British Journal of Psychiatry, 142, 1-8.

Squire, L. R. (1987). Memory and the brain. New York: Oxford University Press.

Squire, L. R. (1992). Memory and the hippocampus: A synthesis from findings with rats, monkeys, and humans. Psychological Review, 99, 195-231.

Squire, L. R., & Zola-Morgan, S. (1988). Memory: Brain systems and behavior. Trends in Neurosciences, 11(4), 170-175.

Squire, L. R., Amaral, D. G., Zola-Morgan, S., Kritchevsky, M., & Press. G. (1989). Description of brain injury in the amnesic patient N. A. based on magnetic resonance imaging. Experimental Neurology, 105, 23-35.

Squire, L. R., Slater, P. C., & Miller, P. L. (1981). Retrograde amnesia and bilateral electroconvulsive therapy. Archives of General Psychiatry, 38, 89-95.

Sroufe, L. A., Fox, N. E., & Pancake, V. R. (1983). Attachment and dependency in developmental perspective. Child Development, 54, 1615-1627.

Staddon, J. E. (1988). The functional properties of feeding: Or why we still need the black box. Appetite, 11, 54-61.

Staddon, J. E. R. (1999). Theoretical behaviorism. In W. O'Donohue & R. Kitchener (Eds.), Handbook of behaviorism (pp. 217-241). San Diego, CA: Academic Press.

Staddon, J. E. R., & Ettinger, R. H. (1989). Learning: An introduction to the principles of adaptive behavior. San Diego, CA: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.

Staddon, J. E. R., & Zanutto, B. S. (1998). In praise of parsimony. In C. D. L. Wynne, & J. E. R. Staddon (Eds.), Models of action: Mechanisms for adaptive behavior (pp. 239-267). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Staddon, J. E., & Bueno, J. L. (1991). On models, behaviorism, and the neural basis of learning. Psychological Science, 2, 3-11.

Stalheim-Smith, A., & Fitch, G. K. (1993). Understanding human anatomy and physiology. St. Paul, MN: West.

Stam. H. J. (1989). From symptom relief to cure: Hypnotic interventions in cancer. In N. P. Spanos & J. F. Chaves (Eds.), Hypnosis: The cognitive-behavioral perspective. Buffalo, NY: Prometheus Books.

Stamm, W. E., & Holmes, K. K. (1990). Chlamydia trachomatis infections of the adult. In K. K. Holmes, P. Mårdh, P. F. Sparling, & P. J. Wiesner (Eds.), Sexually transmitted diseases (2^nd ed., pp. 181-194). New York: McGraw-Hill.

Stamper, C. (1998). Talking with a gorilla. ABCNEWS.com [On-line]. Available: http://www.abcnews.com/sections/tech/DailyNews/koko980424.html

Stams, G.-J. J. M., Juffer, F., van Ijzendoorn, M. H. (2002). Maternal sensitivity, infant attachment, and temperament in early childhood predict adjustment in middle childhood: The case of adopted children and their biologically unrelated parents. Developmental Psychology, 38, 806-821.

Stanley, D. (1996). Tahiti-polynesia handbook (3rd ed.). Chico, CA: Moon Publications.

Stanley, S. M., Lynn, S. J., & Nash, M. R. (1986). Trance logic, susceptibility screening, and the transparency response. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 50, 447-454.

Starker, S. (1988). Self-help treatment books: The rest of the story. American Psychologist, 43, 599-600.

State of New Hampshire v. Joel Hungerford (St. 94 45 7) & State v. John Morahan (St. 93 1734 6) Superior Court, Northern District of Hillsborough County, State of New Hampshire, Notice of Decision, May 23, 1995.

Stattin, H., & Magnusson, D. (1990). Pubertal maturation in female development. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Steadman, H., McGreevy, M. A., Morrissey, J. P., et al. (1993). Before and after Hinckley: Evaluating insanity defense reform. New York: Guilford Press.

Steblay, N. M. (1992). A meta-analytic review of the weapon focus effect. Law and Human Behavior, 16, 413-424.

Steele, C. M. (1994, October 31). Bizarre black IQ claims abetted by media. San Francisco Chronicle, op-ed page.

Steele, C. M. (1997). A threat in the air: How stereotypes shape intellectual identity and performance. American Psychologist, 52, 613-629.

Stein, D. J., Versiani, M., Hair, T., & Kumar, R. (2002). Efficacy of paroxetine for relapse prevention in social anxiety disorder: A 24-week study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, 1111-1118.

Stein, M., Miller, A. H., & Trestman, R. L. (1990). Depression and the immune system. In R. Ader, N. Cohen, & D. L. Felten (Eds.), Psychoneuroimmunology II. New York: Academic Press.

Steinberg, L. D. (1990). Interdependence in the family: Autonomy, conflict and harmony in the parent-adolescent relationship. In S. S. Feldman & G. R. Elliott (Eds.), At the threshold: The developing adolescent. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Steiner, R. A. (1989). Don't get taken! El Cerrito, CA: Wide-Awake Books.

Stephan, W. G. (1992). Sexual motivation, patriarchy and compatibility. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 15, 111-112.

Sternberg, R. J. (1987). Intelligence. In R. L. Gregory (Ed.), The Oxford companion to the mind (pp. 375-379). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Sternberg, R. J. (1996). Successful intelligence: How practical and creative intelligence determine success in life. New York: Simon & Schuster.

Sternberg, R. J. (1997). Career paths in psychology. Washington, DC: APA books.

Sternberg, R. J. (2001). What is the common thread of creativity: Its dialectical relation to intelligence and wisdom. American Psychologist, 56, 360-362.

Sternberg, R. J., & Lubart, T. I. (1995). Defying the crowd: Cultivating creativity in a culture of conformity. New York: The Free Press.

Sternberg, R. J., & Lubart, T. I. (1996). Investing in creativity. American Psychologist, 51(7), 677-688.

Sternberg, R. J., Lautrey, J., & Lubart, T. I. (2003). Where are we in the field of intelligence, how did we get here, and where are we going? In R. J. Sternberg, J. Lautrey, et al. (Eds.), Models of intelligence: International perspectives (pp. 3-25). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Stevens, A. & Coupe, P. (1978). Distortions in judged spatial relations. Cognitive Psychology, 13, 422-437.

Stewart, M. A., & Olds, S. W. (1973). Raising a hyperactive child. New York: Harper & Row.

Stewart, V. M. (1973). Tests of the "carpentered world" hypothesis by race and environment in America and Zambia. International Journal of Psychology, 8, 83-94.

Stickgold, R., Hobson, J. A., Fosse, R., & Fosse, M. (2001). Sleep, learning, and dreams: Off-line memory reprocessing. Science, 294, 1052-1057.

Stiles, W. B., Shapiro, D. A., & Elliott, R. (1986). Are all psychotherapists equivalent? American Psychologist, 41(2), 165-180.

Stone, A. A. (1975). Mental health and law: A system in transition. Rockville, MD: National Institute of Mental Health.

Stone, K. M. (1994). HIV, other STDs, and barriers. In C. K. Mauck, M. Cordero, H. L. Gabelnick, J. M. Spieler, & R. Rivera (Eds.), Barrier contraceptives: Current status and future prospects (pp. 203-212). New York: Wiley.

Storr, A. (1991). Jung. New York: Routledge.

Strack, F., Martin, L. L., & Stepper, S. (1988). Inhibiting and facilitating conditions of facial expressions: A nonobtrusive test of the facial feedback hypothesis. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 768-777.

Stratton, G. M. (1896). Some preliminary experiments on vision without inversion of the retinal image. Psychological Review, 3, 611-617.

Strauss, R. S., & Pollack, H. A. (2001). Epidemic increases in childhood overweight: 1986-1998. Journal of the American Medical Association, 286, 2845-2848.

Streissguth, A. P., Barr, H. H., Sampson, P. D., Darby, B. L., & Martin, D. C. (1989). IQ at age 4 in relation to maternal alcohol use and smoking during pregnancy. Developmental Psychology, 25, 3-11.

Stricker, G. (1983). Some issues in psychodynamic treatment of the depressed patient. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 14, 209-217.

Strickland, B. R. (1989). Internal-external control expectancies: From contingency to creativity. American Psychologist, 44, 1–12.

Strickland, B. R. (1995). Research on sexual orientation and human development. Developmental Psychology, 31, 137-140.

Strickland, T. L., Lin, K-M., Fu, P., Anderson, D., & Zheng, Y. (1995). Comparison of lithium ratio between African-American and Caucasian bipolar patients. Biological Psychiatry, 37, 325-330.

Stroebe, W., Insko, C. A., Thompson, V. D., & Layton, B. D. (1971). Effects of physical attractiveness, attitude similarity, and sex on various aspects of interpersonal attraction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 18, 79-91.

Strunkard, A. J. (Ed.).  (1980). Obesity. Philadelphia: Saunders.

Strupp, H. H. (1989). Psychotherapy: Can the practitioner learn from the researcher? American Psychologist, 44(4), 717-724.

Strupp, H. H., & Hadley, S. W. (1979). Specific vs nonspecific factors in psychotherapy: A controlled study of oucome. Archives of General Psychiatry, 36, 1125-1136.

Stuart, R. B. (1977). Self-help group approach to self-management. In R. B. Stuart (Ed.), Behavioral self-management: Strategies, techniques and outcome. New York: Brunner/Mazel.

Stuss, D. T., Gow, C. A., & Hetherington, C. R. (1992). "No longer Gage": Frontal lobe dysfunction and emotional changes. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 60, 349-359.

Styron, W. (1979). Sophie's choice. New York: Random House.

Suddath, R. L., Christison, G. W., Torrey, E. F., Casanova, M. F., & Weinberger, D. R. (1990). Anatomical abnormalities in the brains of monozygotic twins discordant for schizophrenia. New England Journal of Medicine, 322, 789-794.

Sue, S. (1998). In search of cultural competence in psychotherapy and counseling. American Psychologist, 53, 440-448.

Suedfeld, P., & Piedrahita, L. E. (1984). Intimations of mortality: Integrative simplification as a precursor to death. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 47, 848-852.

Sul, J., Orosz, G., Givens, R. S., & Haydon, P. G. (2004). Neuron Glia Biology, 1, 3-11.

Sullivan, K. A. (1988). Age-specific profitability and prey choice. Animal Behaviour, 36, 613-615.

Sullivan, K. A. (1989). Predation and starvation: Age specific mortality in juvenile juncos (Junco phaenotus). Journal of Animal Ecology, 58, 275-286.

Sulloway, F. J. (1979). Freud: Biologist of the mind: Beyond the Psychoanalytic Legend. New York: Basic Books.

Sumner, W. (1906). Folkways. Boston: Ginn.

Suomi, S. J. (1986). Anxiety-like disorders in young nonhuman primates. In R. Gettleman (Ed.), Anxiety disorders of childhood. New York: Guilford Press.

Suomi, S. J. (1987). Genetic and maternal contributions to individual differences in rhesus monkey biobehavioral development. In N Krasnegor, E. Blass, M. Hofer, & W. Smotherman (Eds.), Perinatal development: A psychobiological perspective. New York: Academic Press.

Super, C. M. (1976). Environmental effects on motor development: A case of African infant precocity. Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 18, 561-567.

Supra, M., Cotzin, M. E., & Dallenbach, K. M. (1944). "Facial vision": The perception of obstacles by the blind. American Journal of Psychology, 57, 133-183.

Susser, E., Lin, S. P., Brown, A. S., Lumey, L. H., & Erlenmeyer-Kimling, L. (1994). No relation between risk of schizophrenia and prenatal exposure to influenza in Holland. American Journal of Psychiatry, 151, 922-924.

Sussman, N. (1976). Sex and sexuality in history. In B. J. Sadock, H. I. Kaplan, & A. M. Freedman (Eds.), The sexual experience (pp. 7-70). Baltimore, MD: Williams & Wilkins.

Sussman, N. M., & Rosenfeld, H. M. (1982). Influence of culture, language, and sex on conversational distance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 42, 66-74.

Swain, A., Narvaez, V., Burgoyne, P., Camerino, G., & Lovell-Badge, R. (1998). Dax1 antagonizes Sry action in mammalian sex determination. Nature, 391, 761-767

Swann, W. B., de la Ronde, C., & Hixon, J. G. (1994). Authenticity and positivity strivings in marriage and courtship. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 66, 857-869.

Swazey, J. P. (1974). Chlorpromazine in psychiatry: A study of therapeutic innovation. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Sweat, J. A., & Durm, M. W. (1993, Winter). Psychics: Do police departments really use them? Skeptical Inquirer, 17, 148-158.

Swim, J. K., & Sanna, L. J. (1996). He's skilled, she's lucky: A meta-analysis of observer's attributions for women's and men's successes and failures. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 22(5), 507-519.

Symons, D. (1992). What do men want? Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 15, 113-114.

Szasz, T. S. (1961). The myth of mental illness. New York: Harper & Row.

Szasz, T. S. (1971). The same slave. American Journal of Psychotherapy, 25, 228-239.

Szasz, T. S. (1973). Mental illness as a metaphor. Nature, 242, 305.

 

 

Tagliabue, J. (1999, January 27). The Pope’s visit: The doctrine: Vatican’s revised exorcism rite affirms existence of devil. The New York Times, p. A16.

Tajfel, H. (1970, November). Experiments in intergroup discrimination. Scientific American, 223, 96-102.

Takanishi, R. (1993). The opportunities of adolescence—research, interventions, and policy: Introduction to the Special Issue. American Psychologist, 48, 85-87.

Takei, N., Sham, P., O'Callaghan, E., Murray, G. K., Glover, G., & Murray, R. M. (1994). Prenatal exposure to influenza and the development of schizophrenia: Is the effect confined to females? American Journal of Psychiatry, 151, 117-119.

Talamini, J. T. (1982). Boys will be girls: The hidden world of the heterosexual male transvestite. Washington, DC: University Press of America.

Tan, L. (1985). Laterality and motor skills in four-year-olds. Child Development, 56, 119-124.

Tang, S., & Hall, V. C. (1995). The overjustification effect: A meta-analysis. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 9(5), 365-404.

Tanner, A. (1979). Bringing home animals. New York: St. Martin's Press.

Tanner, J. M. (1961). Education and physical growth. London: University of London Press.

Tardif, T. Z., & Sternberg, R. J. (1988). What do we know about creativity? In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), The nature of creativity: Contemporary psychological perspectives (pp. 429-440). Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press.

Tarpy, R. M., & Mayer, R. E. (1978). Foundations of learning and memory. Glenview, IL: Scott, Foresman.

Tashkin, D. P., Simmons, M., & Clark, V. (1988). Effect of habitual smoking of marijuana alone and with tobacco on nonspecific airways hyperreactivity. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 20(1), 21-25.

Tavris, C. (1989). Anger: The misunderstood emotion (2nd ed.). New York: Simon & Schuster/Touchstone.

Tavris, C. (1992). The mismeasure of woman. New York: Simon & Schuster.

Tayloe, D. R. (1995). The validity of repressed memories and the accuracy of their recall through hypnosis: A case study from the courtroom. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 37(3), 25-31.

Taylor, S. E. (1989). Positive illusions. New York: Basic Books.

Taylor, S. E. (1990). Health psychology. American Psychologist, 45(1), 40-50.

Taylor, S. E. (2002). Health psychology. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Taylor, S. E., Klein, L. C., Lewis, B. P., Gruenewald, T. L., Gurung, R. A. R., & Updegraff, J. A. (2000). Behavioral responses to stress in females: Tend-and-befriend, not fight-or-flight. Psychological Review, in press.

Taylor, S., Peplau, L., & Sears, D. (1997). Social psychology (9th ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice-Hall.

Teghtsoonian, R. (1971). On the exponents in Stevens’ law and the constant in Ekman’s law. Psychological Review, 78, 71-80.

Teitelbaum, P. (1955). Sensory control of hypothalamic hyperphagia. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 48, 156-163.

Teitelbaum, P. (1957). Random and food-directed activity in hyperphagic and normal rats. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 50, 486-490.

Teitelbaum, P., & Stellar, E. (1954). Recovery from the failure to eat produced by hypothalamic lesions. Science, 120, 894-895.

Tellegen, A., Lykken, D. T., Bouchard, T. J., Wilcox, K. J., Segal, N. L., & Rich, S. (1988). Personality similarity in twins reared apart and together. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 1031–1039.

Teller, D. Y., & Bornstein, M. H. (1987). Infant color vision and color perception. In P. Salapatek & L. B. Cohen (Eds.), Handbook of infant perception: Vol. 1. From sensation to perception (pp. 185-236). Orlando, FL: Academic Press.

Templeton, R. D., & Quigley, J. P. (1930). The action of insulin on the motility of the gastrointestinal tract. American Journal of Psysiology, 91, 467-474.

Tennant, C. (1988). Parental loss in childhood: Its effect in adult life. Archives of General Psychiatry, 45, 1045-1050.

Terman, L. M. (Ed.) (1926) Genetic studies of genius: Vol. I. Mental and physical traits of a thousand gifted children (2^nd ed.). Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Terman, L. M., & Odin, M. (1959). The gifted group in mid-life. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Terrace, H. S. (1979). Nim. New York: Knopf.

Terrace, H. S. (1985). In the beginning was the "name." American Psychologist, 40, 1011-1028.

Tesser, A., Forehand, R., Brody, G., & Long, N. (1989). Conflict: The role of calm and angry parent-child discussion in adolescent development. Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 8, 317-330.

Thase, M. E. (2002). Antidepressant effects: The suit may be small, but the fabric is real. Prevention & Treatment, 5, np.

Theroux, P. (1992). The happy isles of Oceania. New York: Putnam.

Thibaut, J. W., & Riecken, H. W. (1955). Some determinants and consequences of the perception of social causality. Journal of Personality, 24, 113-133.

Thibodeau, R., & Aronson, E. (1992). Taking a closer look: Reasserting the role of self-concept in dissonance theory. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 18(5), 591-602.

Thoma, S. J. (1986). Estimating gender differences in the comprehension and preference of moral issues. Developmental Review, 6, 165-180.

Thoma, S. J., & Rest, J. R. (1999). The relationship between moral decision making and patterns of consolidation and transition in moral judgment development. Developmental Psychology, 35, 323-334.

Thomas, A. K., & Loftus, E. F. (2002). Creating bizarre memories through imagination. Memory and Cognition, 30, 423-431.

Thomas, A., & Chess, S. (1986). The New York Longitudinal Study: From infancy to early adult life. In R. Plomin & J. Dunn (Eds.), The study of temperament: Changed continuities, and challenges. Hillsdale, NH: Erlbaum.

Thomas, A., Chess, S., & Birch, H. G. (1970). The origin of personality. Scientific American, 223, 102–109.

Thomas, S. P. (1993). Introduction. In S. P. Thomas (Ed.), Women and anger. New York: Springer.

Thomas, T. N. (1995). Acculturative stress in the adjustment of immigrant families. Journal of Social Distress & the Homeless, 4(2), 131-142.

Thompson, D. A., & Campbell, R. G. (1977). Hunger in humans induced by 2-deoxy D-glucose: Glucoprivic control of taste preference and food intake. Science, 198, 1065-1068.

Thompson, R. F. (1986). The neurobiology of learning and memory. Science, 233, 941-947.

Thompson, R. F. (1991). Are memory traces localized or distributed? Neuropsychologia, 29(6), 571-582.

Thompson, T. Z, Cowan, T. M., & Frieman, J. (1993). Memory search by a memorist. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Thorndike, E. L. (1898). Animal intelligence: An experimental study of the associative processes in animals. Psychological Review Monograph Supplement, 2 (Whole No. 8).

Thorndike, E. L. (1911). Animal intelligence: Experimental studies. New York: Macmillan.

Thorngren, J. M., & Kliest, D. M. (2002). Multiple family group therapy: An interpersonal/postmodern approach. Family Journal-Counseling and Therapy for Couples and Families, 10, 167-176.

Thornhill, R., & Gangestad, G. W. (1994). Human fluctuating asymmetry and sexual behavior. Psychological Science, 5, 297-302.

Thurstone, L. L. (1938). Primary mental abilities. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Timberlake, W., & Farmer-Dougan, V. A. (1991). Reinforcement in applied settings: Figuring out ahead of time what will work. Psychological Bulletin, 110, 379-391.

Tissot, S. A. D. (1766). Onanism, or a treatise upon the disorders of masturbation (A. Hume, TRans.). London: J. Pridden.

Titchener, E. B. (1898). The postulates of a structural psychology. Philosophical Review, 7, 449-465.

Todes, D. P. (1997). From the machine to the ghost within: Pavlov’s transition from digestive physiology to conditional reflexes. American Psychologist, 52, 947-955.

Tolman, E. C. (1945). A stimulus-expectancy need-cathexis psychology. Science, 101, 160-166.

Tolman, E. C., & Honzik, C. H. (1930). "Insight" in rats. University of California Publications in Psychology, 4, 215-232.

Tomkins, S. S. (1981). The role of facial response in the experience of emoion: A reply to Tourangeau and Ellsworth. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 40, 355-357.

Tordoff, M. G., Novin, D., & Russek, M. (1982). Effects of hepatic denervation on the anorexic response to epinephrine, amphetamine, and lithium chloride: A behavioral identification of glucostatic afferents. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 96, 361-375.

Torgerson, A. M. (1987). Longitudinal research on temperament in twins. Acta Geneticae Medicae et Gemellologiae Twin Research, 36, 145–154.

Torgerson, S. (1983). Genetic factors in anxiety disorders. Archives of General Psychiatry, 40,. 1085-1089.

Torrance, E. P. (1974). The Torrance tests of creative thinking: Technical-norms manual. Bensenville, IL: Scholastic Testing Services.

Torrance, E. P. (1984). Torrance tests of creative thinking: Streamlined (revised) manual, Figural A and B.Bensenville, IL: Scholastic Testing Services.

Torrance, E. P. (1988). The nature of creativity as manifest in its testing. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), The nature of creativity (pp. 43-75). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Torrey, E. F. (1988). Surviving Schizophrenia (revised edition), New York: Harper & Row.

Torrey, E. F., & Peterson, M. R. (1976). The viral hypothesis of schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 2, 136-145.

Torrey, E. F., Bowler, A. E., Rawlings, R., & Terrazas, A. (1993). Seasonality of schizophrenia and stillbirths. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 19, 557-562.

Toufexis, A. (1992, February 3). Do mad acts a madman make? Time Magazine, p. 17.

Towler, G. (1986). From zero to one hundred: Coaction in a natural setting. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 62, 377-378.

Tresemer, D. W. (1977). Fear of success. New York: Plenum.

Trevor-Roper, H. R. (1967). The European witch-craze of the 16th and 17th centuries. Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1967.

Triplett, N. (1898). The dynamogenic factors in pacemaking and competition. American Journal of Psychology, 9, 507-533.

Trivers, R. L. (1971). The evolution of reciprocal altruism. Quarterly Review of Biology, 46, 35-57.

Tronick, E. Z. (1972). Stimulus control and the growth of the infant's visual field. Perception and Psychophysics, 11, 373-375.

True, R. M. (1949). Experimental control in hypnotic age regression states. Science, 110, 583-584.

Tsang, Y. C. (1938). Hunger motivation in gastrectomized. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 26, 1-17.

Tsuang, M. T., & Faraone, S. V. (1990). The genetics of mood disorders. Baltimore, MD: John's Hopkins University Press.

Tulving, E. (2002). Episodic memory: From mind to brain. Annual Review of Psychology, 53, 1-25.

Turing, A. (1950). Computing machinery and intelligence. Mind, 59, 433-460.

Turk, D. C., & Okifuji, A. (2003). Psychological factors in chronic pain: Evolution and revolution. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 70, 678-690.

Turk, D. C., Meichenbaum, D. H., & Berman, W. H. (1979). Application of biofeedback for the regulation of pain: A critical review. Psychological Bulletin, 86, 1322-1338.

Turkheimer, E. (1991). Individual and group differences in adoption studies of IQ. Psychological Bulletin, 110, 392-405.

Turkheimer, E., & Perry, C. D. H. (1992). Why the Gap? Practice and policy in civil comittment hearings. American Psychologist, 47, 646-655.

Turkington, C. (1987, August). Help for the worried well. Psychology Today, 44-48.

Turnbull, C. M. (1961). Some observations regarding the experiences and behavior of the BaMbuti Pygmies. American Journal of Psychology, 74, 304-308.

Turner, C. W., Hesse, B. W., & Peterson-Lewis, S. (1986). Naturalistic studies of the long-term effects of television violence. Journal of Social Issues, 42(3), 7-28.

Turner, M. E., Pratkanis, A. R., Probasco, P., & Leve, C. (1992). Threat, cohesion, and group effectiveness: Testing a social identity maintenance perspective on groupthink. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 63(5), 781-796.

Turton, M . D., O'Shea, D., Gunn, I., Beak, S. A. et al. (1966). A role for glucagon-like peptide-1 in the central regulation of feeding. Nature, 379(6560), 69-74.

Tversky, A., & Kahneman, D. (1973). On the psychology of prediction. Psychological Review, 80, 237-251.

Tversky, A., & Kahneman, D. (1982). Judgements of and by representativeness. In D. Kahneman, P. Slovik, & A. Tversky, Judgement under uncertainty: Heuristics and biases. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Tversky, B. (1981). Distortions in memory for maps. Cognitive Psychology, 13, 407-433.

Tversky, B. (1997). Memory for pictures, environments, maps, and graphs. In D. Payne & F. Conrad (Eds.), Intersections in basic and applied memory research (pp. 257-277). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Tversky, B., Morrison, J. B., Franklin, N., & Bryant, D. J. (1998). Three spaces of spatial cognition. Paper presented at the meeting of the American Psychological Association, San Francisco, CA.

Tye-Murray, N., Spencer, L., & Woodworth, G. G. (1995). Acquisition of speech by children who have prolonged cochlear implant experience. Journal of Speech & Hearing Research, 38(2), 327-337.

 

 

U. S. Bureau of the Census (1991). World population profile: 1991. Washington, DC: U. S. Government Printing Office.

U.S. Bureau of the Census. (1990). Statistical abstract of the United States (119th ed.). Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office.

U.S. Bureau of the Census. (1996). Statistical abstract of the United States 1996. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office.

Udolf, R. (1981). Handbook of hypnosis for professionals. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold.

Udry, J. R. (1993). The politics of sex research. Journal of Sex Research, 30, 103-110.

Ullman, J. (1992, May/June). “I carried it too far, that’s for sure:” A first-person report from the insanity trial of Jeffrey Dahmer. Psychology Today, 25, 28-31.

Ulrich, R. S. (1984). View through a window may influence recovery from surgery. Science, 224, 420-421.

Umiltà, C., Simion, F., & Valenza, E. (1996). Newborn's preference for faces. European Psychologist, 1, 200-205.

Underwood, B. J. (1957). Interference and forgetting. Psychological Review, 64, 49-60.

UNESCO. (1990). The Seville statement on violence. American Psychologist, 45(10), 1167-1168.

Ungerleider, L. G. (1995). Functional brain imaging studies of cortical mechanisms of memory. Science, 270, 769-775.

Urbany, J. E., Bearden, W. O., & Weilbaker, D. C. (1988). The effect of plausible and exaggerated reference prices on consumer perceptions and price search. Journal of Consumer Research, 15, 95-110.

Usher, J. A., & Neisser, U. (1993). Childhood amnesia and the beginnings of memory for four early life events. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 122, 155-165.

 

 

Vaillant, G. E. (1977). Adaptation to life. Boston: Little, Brown.

Valenstein, E. S. (1986). Great and desperate cures: The rise and decline of psychosurgery. New York: Basic Books.

van den Boom, D. C. (1995). Do first-year intervention effects endure? Follow-up during toddlerhood of a sample of Dutch irritable infants. Child Development, 66, 1798-1816.

van den Boom. D. (1990). Preventive intervention and the quality of mother-infant interaction and infant exploration in irritable infants. In W. Koops, H. J. G. Soppe, J. L. van der Linden, P. C. M. Molenaar, & J. J. F. Schroots (Eds.), Developmental psychology research in The Netherlands. The Netherlands: Uitgeverij Eburon.

van Dyke, C., & Byck, R. (1982). Cocaine. Scientific American, 246(3), 128-141.

Van Kammen, D. P. (1977). Y-Aminobutyric acid (Gaba) and the dopamine hypothesis of schizophrenia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 134, 138-143.

Vandenberg, S. G. (1972). Assortative mating, or who marries whom? Behavior Genetics, 2, 127-157.

Vatican updates guidelines for exorcising devils. (1999, January, 27). Saint Paul Pioneer Press, p. 7A.

Vaughn, C. E., Snyder, K., Jones, S., Freeman, W. B., & Falloon, I. R. H. (1984). Family factors in schizophrenic relapse: Replication in California of British research on expressed emotion. Archives of General Psychiatry, 41, 1169-1177.

Veith, I. (1955). Psychiatric thought in Chinese medicine. Journal of the History of Medicine, 10, 261-268.

Veith, I. (1963). The supernatural in far Eastern concepts of mental disease. Bulletin of the History of Medicine, 37, 139-155.

Vertosick, F. T. (1997, October). Lobotomy's back. Discover, 66-72.

Verwoerdt, A., Pfeiffer, E., & Wang, H. S. (1969, February). Sexual behavior in senescence: 2. Patterns of sexual activity and interest. Geriatrics (pp. 137-154).

Vioque, J., Torres, A., & Quiles, J. (2000). Time spent watching television, sleep duration, and obesity in adults living in Valencia, Spain. International Journal of Obesity, 24, 1683-1688.

Visweveran, C., & Ones, D. S. (2000). Measurement error in "Big Five factors" personality assessment: Reliability generalization across studies and measures. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 60, 224-235.

Voyer, D., Voyer, S., & Bryden, M. P. (1995). Magnitude of sex differences in spatial abilities: A meta-analysis and consideration of critical variables. Psychological Bulletin, 117, 250-270.

Vrij, A., & Winkel, F. W. (1993). Objective and subjective indicators of deception. Issues in criminological and legal psychology, 20, 51-57.

Vul’fson, S. G. (1898). Rabota sliunnykh zhelez [The work of salivary glands]. St. Petersburg, Russia: Trenke i Fiusno.

Vygotsky, L. S. (1962). Thought and language. (E. Hanfmann & G. Vakar, Trans.). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. (Original work published 1932).

 

 

Wade, C., & Tavris, C. (1998). Psychology (5th ed.). New York: Addison Wesley.

Wagenaar, W. A. (1986). My memory: A study of autobiographical memory over six years. Cognitive Psychology, 18, 225-252.

Wagner, D. A. (1978). Memories of Morocco: The influences of age, schooling, and environment on memory. Cognitive Psychology, 10, 1-28.

Wahlsten, D., & Gottlieb, G. (1997). The invalid separation of effect of nature and nurture: Lessons from animal experimentation. In R. J. Sternberg & E. Grigorenko (Eds.), ntelligence, heredity, and environment (pp. 163-192). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Wakefield, J. C. (1992). The concept of mental disorder. American Psychologist, 47(3), 373-388.

Wakeling, A. (1996). Epidemiology of anorexia nervosa.  Psychiatry Research, 62(1), 3-9.

Wald, G. (1968). Molecular basis of visual excitation. Science, 162, 230-239.

Waldman, D., & Alvolio, B. (1986). A meta-analysis of age differences in job performance. Journal of Applied Psychology, 71, 33-38.

Waldrop, M. M. (1987). The workings of working memory. Science, 237, 1564-1567.

Walfish, S., & Myerson, M. (1980). Sex role identification and attitudes toward sexuality. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 9, 199-204.

Walker, L. J. (1984). Sex differences in the development of moral reasoning: A critical review. Child Development, 55, 677-691.

Walker, L. J. (1989). A longitudinal study of moral reasoning. Child Development, 60, 157-166.

Walkup, J. T., Labellarte, M. J., Riddle, M. A., Pine, D. S., Greenhill, L., Klein, R., et al. (2001). Fluvoxamine for the treatment of anxiety disorders in children and adolescents. The New England Journal of Medicine, 344, 1279-1285.

Wall, P. D. (1979). On the relation of injury to pain. Pain, 6, 253-264.

Wallace, P. (1977). Individual discrimination of humans by odor. Physiology and Behavior, 19, 577-579.

Wallbott, H. G., Ricci-Bitti, P. & Bänninger-Huber, E. (1986). Non-verbal reactions to emotional experiences. In K. R. Scherer, H. G. Wallbott, & A. B. Summerfield (Eds.), Experiencing emotion: A cross-cultural study (pp. 98-116). Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press.

Waller, D. (1995, December 11). The vision thing. Time, p. 48.

Walmsley, D. M. (1967). Anton Mesmer. London: Hale.

Walsh, B. T., Seidman, S. N., Sysko, R., & Gould, M. (2002). Placebo response in studies of major depression: Variable, substantial, and growing. Journal of the American Medical Association, 287, 1840-1847

Walsh, B. T., Wilson, G. T., Loeb, K. L., Devlin, M. J., Pike, K. M., Roose, S. P., Fleiss, J., & Waternaux, C. (1997). Medication and psychotherapy in the treatment of bulimia nervosa. American Journal of Psychiatry, 154, 523-531.

Walster (Hatfield), E., Aronson, V., Abrahams, D., & Rottman, L. (1966). Importance of physical attractiveness in dating behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 4, 508-516.

Walster, E., Aronson, E., & Abrahams, D. (1966). On increasing the persuasiveness of a low-prestige communicator. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 2, 325-343.

Ward, E., & Ogden, J. (1994). Experiencing vaginismus: Sufferers' beliefs about causes and effects. Sexual and Marital Therapy, 9(1), 33-45.

Wason, P. C., & Johnson-Laird, P. N. (1972). Psychology of reasoning: Structure and content. London: B. T. Batsford.

Wasserman, E. A. (1995). Comparative cognition: Toward a general understanding of cognition in behavior.  Psychological Science, 4, 156-161.

Waterman, A. S. (1982). Identity development from adolescence to adulthood: An extension of theory and a review of research. Developmental Psychology, 18, 341-358.

Waterman, A. S. (1988). Identity status theory and Erikson's theory: Commonalities and differences. Developmental Reveiw, 8, 185-208.

Waterman, A. S. (1988). On the uses of psychological theory and research in the process of ethical inquiry. Psychological Bulletin, 103, 283-298.

Watkins, J. G. (1984). The Bianchi (L. A. Hillside Strangler) case: Sociopath of multiple personality? International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 32, 67-101.

Watson, J. B. (1913). Psychology as the behaviorist views it. Psychological Review, 20, 158-177.

Watson, J. B. (1914). Behavior: An introduction to comparative psychology. New York: Holt.

Watson, J. B. (1919). A schematic outline of the emotions. Psychological Review, 26, 165-196.

Watson, J. B. (1919). Psychology from the standpoint of a behaviorist. Philadelphia: Lippincott.

Watson, J. B. (1928). Psychological care of infant and child. New York: Norton.

Watson, J. B., & Rayner, R. (1920). Conditioned emotional reactions. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 3, 1-14.

Wearden, A. J., Tarrier, N., Barrowclough, C., Zastowny, T. R., & Rahill, A. A. (2000). A review of expressed emotion research in health care. Clinical Psychology Review, 20, 633-666.

Weaver, C. A., III. (1993). Do you need a "flash" to form a flashbulb memory? Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 122, 39-46.

Webb, N. M., & Farivar, S. (1994). Promoting helping behavior in cooperative small groups in middle school mathematics. American Educational Research Journal, 31(2), 369-395.

Webb, W. B. (1982). Some theories about sleep and their clinical applications. Psychiatric Annals, 11, 415-422.

Webb, W. B. (1994). Sleep as a biological rhythm: A historical view. Sleep, 17(2), 188-194.

Wechsler, D. (1972). "Hold" and "Don't hold" tests. In S. M. Chown (Ed.), Human aging. New York: Penguin.

Wedekind, C., & Milinski, M. (2000). Cooperation through image scoring in humans. Science, 288, 850-852.

Weekes, B. (1995). Right-hemisphere writing and spelling. Aphasiology, 9(4), 305-319.

Wegner, D. M., & Wheatley, T. (1999). Apparent mental causation: Sources of the experience of will. American Psychologist, 55, 480-492.

Weiffenbach, J. M., Baum, B. J., & Burghauser, B. (1982). Taste thresholds: Quality specific variation with human aging. Journal of Gerontology, 37, 372-377.

Weinberg, J., & Levine, S. (1979). Psychobiology of coping in animals. In S. Levine & H. Ursin (Eds.), Coping and Health (pp. 39-60). New York: Plenum Press.

Weiner, D. B. (1979) The apprenticeship of Phlippe Pinel: A new document, "Observations of Citizen Pussin on the insane." American Journal of Psychiatry, 136, 1128-1134.

Weinstock, H. Dean, D., & Bolan, G. (1994). Chlamydia trachomatis infections. Infectious Disease Clinics of North America, 8, 797-819.

Weisberg, R. W. (1988). Problem solving and creativity. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), The nature of creativity. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Weisenberg, M. (1977). Pain and pain control. Psychological Bulletin, 84, 1008-1044.

Weisman, A. D. (1986). Denial and middle knowledge. In E. Schneidman (Ed.), Death: Current perspectives (pp. 452-469). Palo Alto, CA: Mayfield.

Weisman, A., López, S. R., Karno, M., & Jenkins, J. (1993). An attributional analysis of expressed emotion in Mexican-American families with schizophrenia. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 102, 601-606.

Weiss, G. (1990). Hyperactivity in childhood. New England Journal of Medicine, 323, 1413-1415.

Weiss, J. M. (1970). Somatic effects of predictable and unpredictable shock. Psychosomatic Medicine, 32, 397-408.

Weiss, J. M. (1972). Psychological factors in stress and disease. Scientific American, 26, 104-113.

Weiten, W. (1988). Pressure as a form of stress and its relationship to psychological symptomatology. Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 6(1), 127-139.

Weiten, W., & Wight, R. D. (1992). Portraits of a discipline: An examination of introductory psychology textbooks in America. In A. E. Puente, J. R. Matthews, & C. L. Brewer (Eds.), Teaching psychology in America: A history (pp. 453-504). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Weitz, S. (1972). Attitude, voice and behavior: A repressed affect model of interracial interaction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 24, 14-21.

Weitzenhoffer, A. M. (1995, August). Catalepsy tests: Their implications for a science of hypnotism. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the American Psychological Association, New York.

Weitzenhoffer, A. M., & Hilgard, E. R. (1959). Stanford Hypnotic Susceptibility Scales, Forms A and B. Palo Alto, CA: Consulting Psychologists Press.

Weitzenhoffer, A. M., & Hilgard, E. R. (1962). Stanford Hypnotic Susceptibility Scales, Form C. Palo Alto, CA: Consulting Psychologists Press.

Weitzenhoffer, A. M., & Hilgard, E. R. (1963). Stanford Hypnotic Susceptibility Scales, Forms 1 and 2. Palo Alto, CA: Consulting Psychologists Press.

Weizenbaum, J. (1976). Computer power and human reason: From judgment to calculation. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.

Weizenbaum, J., (1966). ELIZA—A computer program for the study of natural language communication between man and machine, Communications of the ACM 9(1), 36-45.

Wekstein, L. (1979). Handbook of suicidology: Principles, problems, and practice. New York: Bruner/Mazel.

Wellenkamp, J. (1995). Cultural similarities and differences regarding emotional disclosure: Some examples from Indonesia and the Pacific. In J. W. Pennebaker (Ed.), Emotion, disclosure, and health. Washington, DC: American Psycholical Association.

Wellman, H. M., & Gelman, S. A. (1992). Cognitive development: Foundational theories and core domains. Annual Review of Psychology, 43, 337-376.

Wells, G. L. (1993). What do we know about eyewitness identification? American Psychologist, 48(5), 553-571.

Wells, G. L., & Loftus, E. F. (2003). Eyewitness memory for people and events. In A. M. Goldstein (Ed.), andbook of Psychology: Forensic psychology (Vol. 11, pp. 149-160). New York: John Wiley & Sons.

Wells, G. L., & Olson, E. A. (2003). Eyewitness testimony. Annual Review of Psychology, 54, 277-295.

Wells, W. R. (1941). Experiments in the hypnotic production of crime. Journal of Psychology, 11, 63-102.

Wender, P. H., Kety, S. S., Rosenthal, D., Schulsinger, Fini, et al. (1986). Psychiatric disorders in the biological and adoptive families of adopted individuals with affective disorders. Archives of General Psychiatry, 43, 923-929.

Werry, J. S., Methven, R. J., Fitzpatrick, J., & Dixon, H. (1983). The interrater reliability of DSM-III in children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 11, 341-354.

Wertheimer, M. (1912). Experimentelle studien uber das schen von bewegung. Zeitgeist fur Psychologie, 61, 111-134.

West, L. J. (1993). A psychiatric overview of cult-related phenomena. Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis, 21(1), 1-19.

Wever, E. G. (1970). Theory of hearing. New York: Wiley.

Wever, R. A. (1979). The circadian system of man. Heidelberf, West Germany: Springer-Verlag.

Wheeler, A. (1990, Fall). Biological cycles and rhythms vs. biorhythms. Skeptical Inquirer, 75-82.

Wheeler, R. J., & Frank, M. A. (1988). Identification of stress buffers. Behavioral Medicine, 14(2), 78-89.

Whelan, E. M., & Stare, F. J. (1990). Nutrition. Journal of the American Medical Association, 263, 2661-2663.

Whisman, M. A. (1993). Mediators and moderators of change in cognitive therapy of depression. Psychological Bulletin, 114, 248-265.

Whitam, F. L. (1983). Culturally invariable properties of male homosexuality: Tentative conclusions from cross-cultural research. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 12, 187-206.

Whorf, B. L. (1956). Science and linguistics. In J. B. Carroll (Ed.), Language, thought, and reality: Selected writings of Benjamin Lee Whorf. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Wicker, A. W. (1969). Attitudes versus actions: The relationship of verbal and overt behavioral responses to attitude objects. Journal of Social Issues, 25, 41-78.

Wickwire, F. S. (1948, August 2). Report on the Kinsey report. Life, pp. 86-90.

Widdig, A., Streich, W. J., & Tembrock, G. (2000). Coalition formation among male Barbary Macaques (Macaca sylvanus). American Journal of Primatology, 51, 37-51.

Wiens, A. N., & Menustik, C. E. (1983). Treatment outcome and patient characteristics in an aversion therapy program for alcoholism. American Psychologist, 38, 1089-1096.

Wierson, M., Long, P. J., & Forehand, R. L. (1993). Toward a new understanding of early menarche: The role of environmental stress in pubertal timing. Adolescence, 28, 13-24.

Wilcox, D., & Hager, R. (1980). Toward realistic expectation for orgasmic response in women. Journal of Sex Research, 28, 13-24.

Wilcoxon, H. C., Dragoin, W. B., & Kral, P. A. (1971, February 26). Illness-induced aversions in rat and quail: Relative salience of visual and gustatory cues. Science, 171, 826-828.

Wilder, D. A., & Shapiro, P. (1989). Role of competition-induced anxiety in limiting the beneficial impact of positive behavior of an out-group member. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 56, 60-69.

Wilding, J., & Valentine, E. (1994a). Memory champions. British Journal of Psychology, 85(2), 231-244.

Wilding, J., & Valentine, E. (1994b). Mnemonic wizardry with the telephone directory: But stories are another story. British Journal of Psychology, 85(4), 501-509.

Wiley, D., & Bortz, W. M., II. (1996). Sexuality and aging: Usual and successful. Journals of Gerontology, 51A, M140-M146.

Wilkins, L., & Richter, C. P. (1940). A great craving for salt by a child with corticoadrenal insufficiency. Journal of the American Medical Association, 114, 866-868.

Wilkinson, A. (1999, February 15). Notes left behind: The language of suicide. The New Yorker, 44-49.

Wilkinson, R. G. (1975). Techniques of ancient skull surgery. Natural History, 84, 94-101.

Williams, B. C., & Miller, C. A. (1992). Preventive health care for young children: Findings from a 10-country study and directions for United States policy. Pediatrics, 89 (Suppl.).

Williams, C. L., & Berry, J. W. (1991). Primary prevention of acculturative stress among refugees. American Psychologist, 46,(6), 632-641.

Williams, G. (1966). Adaptation and natural selection. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Williams, G. D., Stinson, F. S., Clem, D., & Noble, J. (1992). Surveillance report #23, Apparent per capita alcohol consumption: National, state, and regional trends, 1977-1990. Rockville, MD: National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism.

Williams, J. E. (1993). Young adults' views on aging: A 19-nation study. In M. I. Winkler (Ed.), Documentos conferencias del XXIV Congreso Interamerciano de Psicología. Santiago, Chile: Sociedad Interamericano de Psicología.

Williams, L. V. (1986). Teaching for the Two-Sided Mind: A Guide to Right Brain-Left Brain Education. New York: Simon & Schuster.

Williams, R. B., Barefoot, J. C., Califf, R. M., Haney, T. L., Saunders, W. B., Pryor, D. B., Hlatky, M. A., Siegler, I. C., & Mark, D. B. (1992). Prognostic importance of social and economic resources among medically treated patients with angiographically documented coronary artery disease. Journal of the American Medical Association, 267, 520-524.

Williams, R. B., Jr., Barefoot, J. C., & Shekelle, R. B. (1985). The health consequences of hostility. In M. A. Chesney & R. H. Rosenman (Eds.), Anger and hostility in cardiovascular and behavioral disorders. New York: Hemisphere.

Williamson, A. M., & Sanderson, J. W. (1986). Changing the speed of shift rotations: A field study. Ergonomics, 29(9), 1085-1095.

Williamson, D. A., Bentz, B. G., & Rabalais, J. Y. (1998). Eating disorders. In T. H. Ollendeck, & M. Hersen (Eds.), Handbook of child psychopathology (pp. 291-305). New York: Plenum.

Williamson, R. C., Reinhart, A. D., & Blank, T. P. (1992). Early retirement: Promises and pitfalls. New York: Plenum.

Wilson, C., & Brewer, N. (1993). Individuals and groups dealing with conflict: Findings from police on patrol. Basic and Applied Social Psychology, 14, 55-67.

Wilson, E. O. (1971). The insect societies. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Wilson, R. R. (1986). Don't panic: Taking control of anxiety attacks. New York: Harper & Row.

Wilton, R. N. (1979). Knowledge of spatial relations: The specification of information used in making inferences. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 31, 133-146.

Windle, M. (2000). A latent growth curve model of delinquent activity among adolescents. Applied Developmental Science, 4, 193-207.

Wing, R. R., & Jeffery, R. W. (1979). The effect of two behavioral techniques and social context on food consumption. Addictive Behavior, 4, 71-72.

Winkel, M., Novak, D. M., & Hopson, H. (1987). Personality factors, subject gender, and the effects of aggressive video games on aggression in adolescents. Journal of Research in Personality, 21, 211-223.

Winner, E. (1996). Gifted children: Myths and realities. New York: Basic Books.

Winter, J. S. D., & Couch, R. M. (1995). Sexual differentiation. In P. Felig, J. D. Baxter, & L. A. Frohman (Eds.), Endocrinology and metabolism (3rd ed., pp. 1053-1104). New York: McGraw-Hill.

Witelson, S. F. (1985). The brain connection: The corpus callosum is larger in left-handers. Science, 229, 665-667.

Withers, N. W., Pulvirenti, L., Koob, G. F., & Gillin, J. C. (1995). Cocaine abuse and dependence. Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology, 15(1), 63-78.

Wittchen, H-U., & Hoyer, J. (2001). Generalized anxiety disorder: Nature and course. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 62, 15-19.

Wolcott, S., & Strapp, C. M. (2002). Dream recall frequency and dream detail as mediated by personality, behavior, and attitude. Dreaming, 12, 27-44.

Wolkin, A., Sanfilipo, M., Wolf, A. P., Angrist, B., Brodie, J. D., & Rotrosen, J. (1992). Negative symptoms and hypofrontality in chronic schizophrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49, 959-965.

Wolman, B. B. (1989). Dictionary of behavioral science (2nd ed.). San Diego, CA: Academic Press.

Wolpe, J. (1958). Psychotherapy by reciprocal inhibition. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Wolpe, J. (1973). The practice of behavior therapy (2nd ed.). New York: Pergamon Press.

Wolpe, J. (1976). Theme and variations: A behavior therapy casebook. Elmsford, NY: Pergamon Press.

Wood, J. M., & Bootzin, R. R. (1990). The prevalence of nightmares and their independence from anxiety. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 99(1), 64-68.

Wood, J. M., Nezworski, M. T., & Stejskal, W. J. (1996). The comprehensive system for the Rorschach: A critical examination. Psychological Science, 7, 3–10.

Wood, J. M., Nezworski, M. T., Lilienfeld, S. O., & Garb, H. N. (2003). What's wrong with the Rorschach: Science confronts the controversial inkblot test. New York: Jossey-Bass.

Wood, J. T. (1994). Gendered lives: Communication, gender, and culture. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Wood, W. (2000). Attitude change: Persuasion and social influence. Annual Review of Psychology, 51, 539-570.

Wood, W., & Eagly, A. H. (2002). A cross-cultural analysis of the behavior of women and men: Implications for the origins of sex differences. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 699-727.

Woods, J. H., Katz, J. L., & Winger, G. (1987). Abuse liability of benzodiazepines. Psychopharmacological Reviews, 39, 251-413.

Woolard, H. H., Weddell, G., & Harpman, J. A. (1940). Observations of the neuro-historical basis of cutaneous pain. Journal of Anatomy, 74, 502-553.

Woon, T., Masuda, M., Wagner, N. N., & Holmes, T. H. (1971). The Social Readjustment Rating Scale: A cross-cultural study of Malaysians and Americans. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 2, 373-386.

Worchel, P., & Dallenbach, K. M. (1947). "Facial vision": Perception of obstacles by the deaf-blind. American Journal of Psychology, 60, 502-553.

Workshop on the Medical Utility of Marijuana. (1997). Report to the director, National Institutes of Health, by the Ad Hoc Group of Experts. Washington, DC: National Institutes of Health.

Worthen, J. B., & Marshall, P. H. (1996). Intralist and extralist sources of distinctiveness and the bizarreness effect. American Journal of Psychology, 109(2), 239-263.

Worthington, E. L., Jr., Martin, G. A., Shumate, M., & Carpenter, J. (1983). The effect of brief Lamaze training and social encouragement on pain endurance in a cold pressor tank. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 13, 223-233.

Wortman, C. B., & Silver, R. C. (1989). The myths of coping with loss. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 57, 349-357.

Woychyshyn, C. A., McElheran, W. G., & Romney, D. M. (1992). MMPI validity measures: A comparative study of iriginal with alternative indices. Journal of Personality Assessment, 58, 138–148.

Wright, E. F., Voyer, D., Wright, R. D., & Roney, C. (1995). Supporting audiences and performance under pressure: The home-ice disadvantage in hockey championships. Journal of Sport Behavior, 18, 21-28.

Wright, J. H., & Wright, A. S. (1997). Computer-assisted psychotherapy. Journal of Psychotherapy Practice and Research, 6, 315-329.

Wright, L. (1993, May 24). The New Yorker,69, 54-74.

Wrong man tried for murder. (1985, October 27). St. Louis Post-Dispatch, p. 9A.

Wyatt, J. W., Posey, A., Welker, W., & Seamonds, C. (1984). Natural levels of similarities between identical twins and between unrelated people. The Skeptical Inquirer, 9 62–66.

Wynne, L. C., Singer, M. T., Bartko, J. J., & Toohey, M. L. (1975). Schizophrenics and their families: Recent research on parental communication. In J. M. Tanner (Ed.), Psychiatric research: The widening perspective. New York: International Universities Press.

Wysocki, C. J., & Gilbert, A. N. (1989). National Geographic survey: Effects of age are heterogeneous. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 561, 12-28.

 

 

Yahiro, K., Inoue, M., & Nozawa, Y. (1993). An examination on the Social Readjustment Rating Scale (Holmes et al.) by Japanese subjects. Japanese Journal of Health Psychology, 6(1), 18-32.

Yaksh, T. L. (1984). Multiple spinal opiate receptor systems in analgesia. In L. Kruger & J. C. Liebeskind (Eds.), Neural mechanisms of pain (pp. 197-216). New York: Raven Press.

Yapko, M. D. (1994). Suggestibility and repressed memories of abuse: A survey of psychotherapists' beliefs. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 36, 163-171.

Yee, A. H., Fairchild, H. H., Weizmann, F., & Wyatt, G. E. (1993). Addressing psychology's problems with race. American Psychologist, 48(11), 1132-1140.

Yerkes, R. M., & Dodson, J. D. (1908). The relation of strength of stimulus to rapidity of habit-formation. Journal of Comparative Neurology, 18, 459-482.

Young, A. (1995). The harmony of illusions: Inventing post-traumatic stress disorder. Princeton: Princeton University Press.

Young, B. J., Otto, T., Fox, G. D., & Eichenbaum, H. (1995). Neuronal activity in the parahippocampal region of rats performing a delayed non-matching to sample task. Society for Neuroscience Abstracts, 21, 943.

Young, P. C. (1952). Antisocial uses of hypnosis. In L. M. LeCron (Ed.), Experimental hypnosis. (pp. 376-409). New York: MacMillan.

Young, T. (1802). On the theory of light and colours. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London, 92, 12-48.

 

 

Zahn-Wexler, C., Radke-Yarrow, M., Wagner, E., & Chapman, M. (1992). Development of concern for others. Developmental Psychology, 28, 126-136.

Zajonc, R. B. (1965). Social facilitation. Science, 149, 269-274.

Zajonc, R. B. (1968). Attitudinal effects of mere exposure. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 9(2, Pt. 2).

Zajonc, R. B. (1980). Feeling and thinking: Preferences need no inferences. American Psychologist, 35, 151-175.

Zajonc, R. B. (1984). On the primacy of affect. American Psychologist, 39, 117-123.

Zajonc, R. B. (2000). Feeling and thinking: Closing the debate over the independence of affect. In J. P. Forgas (Ed.), Feeling and thinking: The role of affect in social cognition (pp. 31-58). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Zametkin, A. J. (1995). Attention-deficit disorder: born to be hyperactive? Journal of the American Medical Assocation, 273(23), 1871-1874.

Zametkin, A. J., Nordahl, T. E., Gross, M., King, A. C., Semple, W. E., Rumsey, J., Humburger, S., Cohen, R. M., et al. (1990). Cerebral glucose metabolism in adults with hyperactivity of childhood onset. New England Journal of Medicine, 323, 1361-1366.

Zangwill, O. L. (1987). Binet, Alfred. In R. L. Gregory (Ed.), The Oxford companion to the mind (p. 88). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Zangwill, O. L. (1987). Hypnotism, history of. In R. L. Gregory (Ed.), The Oxford companion to the mind (pp. 330-333). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Zaragoza, M. S., & McCloskey, M. (1989). Misleading postevent information and the memory impairment hypothesis: Comment on Belli and reply to Tversky and Tuchin. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 118, 92-99.

Zaslow, M. J. (1991). Variations in child care quality and its implications for children. Journal of Social Issues, 47(2), 125-138.

Zeineh, M. M., Engel, S. A., Thompson, P. M., & Bookheimer, S. Y. (2003). Dynamics of the hippocampus during encoding and retrieval of face-name pairs. Science, 299, 577-580.

Zelnik, M., & Kantner, J. F. (1980). Sexual activity, contraceptive use, and pregnancy among metropolitan-area teenagers: 1971-1979. Family Planning Perspectives, 12, 230-237.

Zepelin, H., & Rechtschaffen, A. (1974). Mammalian sleep, longevity, and energy metabolism. Brain Behavior & Evolution, 10, 425-470.

Zigler, E. (1995). Can we "cure" mild mental retardation among individuals in the lower socio-economic stratum? American Journal of Public Health, 85(3), 302-304.

Zilbergeld, B. (1983). The shrinking of America: Myths of psychological change. Boston:  Little Brown.

Ziller, R. C. (1957). Four techniques of group decision-making under uncertainty. Journal of Applied Psychology, 41, 384-388.

Zillman, D., Bryant, J., Carveth, R. A. (1981). The effect of erotica featuring sadomasochism and bestiality on motivated intermale aggression. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 7, 153-159.

Zillman, D., Bryant, J., Comisky, P. W., & Medoff, N. J. (1981). Excitation and hedonic valence in the effect of erotica on motivated intermale aggression. European Journal of Social Psychology, 11, 233-252.

Zimbardo, P. G. (1970). The human choice: Individuation, reason, and order versus deindividuation, impulse, and chaos. In W. J. Arnold & D. Levine (Eds.), Nebraska symposium on motivation (pp. 237-307). Lincoln, NE: University of Nebraska Press.

Zimbardo, P. G. (1972, April). Pathology of imprisonment. Transaction/Society, pp. 4-8.

Zimbardo, P. G. (1973). The psychological power and pathology of imprisonment. Catalog of selected documents in psychology, 3, 45.

Zimbardo, P. G. (1977). Shyness. New York: Addison-Wesley.

Zimbardo, P. G. (1992). Psychology and life (13^th ed.). New York: HarperCollins.

Zimbardo, P. G., Pilkonis, P. A., & Norwood, R. M. (1978). The social disease called shyness. In Annual Editions, personality and adjustment 78/79. Guilford CT: Dushkin.

Zimbardo, P. G., Weisenberg, M., Firestone, I., & Levy, B. (1965). Communicator effectiveness in producing public conformity and private attitude change. Journal of Personality, 33, 233-256.

Zito, J. M., Safer, D. J., dosReis, S., Gardner, J. F., Boles, M., & Lynch, F. (2000). Trends in the prescribing of psychotropic medications to preschoolers. Journal of the American Medical Association, 283, 1025-1030.

Zola-Morgan, S., Squire, L. R., & Amaral, D. (1986). Human amnesia and the medial temporal region: Enduring memory impairment following a bilateral lesion limited to the CAI field of the hippocampus. Journal of Neuroscience, 6, 2950-2967.

Zuckerman, D. M., & Zuckerman, B. S. (1985). Television's impact on children. Pediatrics, 75, 233-240.

Zuckerman, M. (1979). Sensation seeking: Beyond the optimal level of arousal. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Zuckerman, M. (1990). The psychophysiology of sensation seeking. Journal of Personality, 58(1), 313-345.

Zuckerman, M. (1991). Psychobiology of Personality. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Zuckerman, M. (1996). Item revisions in the Sensation Seeking Scale Form V (SSS-V). EDRA: Environmental Design Research ASsociation, 20(4), 515.

Zuckerman, M., Eysenck, S., & Eysenck, H. J. (1978). Sensation seeking in England and America: Cross-cultural, age, and sex comparisons. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 46, 139-149.

Zuckerman, M., Kuhlman, D. M., & Camac, C. (1988). What lies beyond E and N? Factor analyses of scales believed to measure dimensions of personality. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 96–107.